It is not much needed to print nand size in SPL during nand boot,
and most of nand spl drivers doesn't print the same.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
board/icorem6_rqs/ is forgot to remove while moving
common board files together in
(sha1: 52aaddd6f4)
"i..MX6: engicam: Add imx6q/imx6ul boards for existing boards"
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The i.MX 6UL/ULL feature a Cortex-A7 CPU which suppor the ARM
generic timer. This change makes use of the ARM generic timer in
U-Boot.
This is crucial to make the ARM generic timers usable in Linux since
timer_init() initalizes the system counter module, which is necessary
to use the generic timers CP15 registers.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Introduce a new config symbol to select the i.MX
General Purpose Timer (GPT).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The blob_encap and blob_decap functions were not flushing the dcache
before passing data to CAAM/DMA and not invalidating the dcache when
getting data back.
Therefore, blob encapsulation and decapsulation failed with errors like
the following due to data cache incoherency:
"40000006: DECO: desc idx 0: Invalid KEY command"
To ensure coherency, we require the key_mod, src and dst buffers to be
aligned to the cache line size and flush/invalidate the memory regions.
The same requirements apply to the job descriptor.
Tested on an i.MX6Q board.
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Clemens Gruber <clemens.gruber@pqgruber.com>
As defined on reference board followed by Intel Edison a Bluetooth
device is attached to HSU0, i.e. PCI 0000:04.1.
Describe it in ACPI accordingly.
Note, we use BCM2E95 ID here as one most suitable for such device based
on the description in commit message of commit 89ab37b489d1
("Bluetooth: hci_bcm: Add support for BCM2E95 and BCM2E96")
in the Linux kernel source tree.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The recent commit 03c4749dd6c7
("gpio / ACPI: Drop unnecessary ACPI GPIO to Linux GPIO translation")
in the Linux kernel reveals the issue we have in ACPI tables here,
i.e. we must use hardware numbers for GPIO resources and,
taking into consideration that GPIO and pin control are *different* IPs
on Intel Tangier, we need to supply numbers properly.
Besides that, it improves user experience since the official documentation
for Intel Edison board is referring to GPIO hardware numbering scheme.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We only need to compile and link these files when building for full
U-Boot. Move them to under cmd/x86/ to make sure they aren't linked in
and undiscarded due to u_boot_list_2_cmd_* being included).
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since commit 051ba9e082 ("Kconfig: mx6ull: Deselect MX6UL from
CONFIG_MX6ULL") CONFIG_MX6ULL does not select CONFIG_MX6UL anymore, so
take this into consideration in all the checks for CONFIG_MX6UL.
This fixes a boot regression.
Reported-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Tested-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
Boot scripts located in the root directory of the first partition of
USB, mmc, and SATA drives are executed twice: first by the distro boot
command and then by the legacy boot command. This may have weird side
effects if those scripts only change or extend the environment
(including parts of the boot command itself).
Removing the script execution from the legacy boot command has its own
caveats. For instance, the distro boot command may execute the boot.scr
on the mmc drive, then the boot.scr on the SATA drive, before the
legacy boot command actually boots from the mmc drive. However, the
current behavior would only execute the boot.scr once more before the
actual boot, but it does not prevent the script located on the SATA
drive from being executed, and thus, both scripts from being mixed up.
Considering that the legacy boot command is only in place to boot old
(standard) installations, let's go with the resolution having less
custom code and remove the script execution from the legacy boot
command.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The current default environment of the cm_fx6 is not suitable for
booting modern distributions.
Instead of extending the custom environment, let's use the distro
boot command, which has been developed for precisely this use case.
If the distro boot command fails, fall back to the old behavior
(except for USB drives where the old behaviour is completely covered
by the distro boot command). That way it is still possible to create
"rescue SD cards" for old installations (e.g. if one messes up the
on-flash environment).
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
In preparation for supporting the distro boot command, introduce the
standard variables for specifying load addresses, which are documented
in README and doc/README.distro, and replace the custom variables
used so far with them.
Since the current address layout disregards an address for an initramfs,
also switch to the load addresses used and proven by other imx6 boards
(e.g. the wandboard and nitrogen6x), instead of going on with our own
way.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The Rockchip-released ATF for the Firefly apparently (i.e. Kever
reported this) does not tolerate a FDT being passed as the platform
parameter and will run into a hard stop.
To work around this limitation in the ATF parameter handling, we
enable SPL_ATF_NO_PLATFORM_PARAM (which will force passing NULL for
the platform parameters).
Note that this only affects this platform, as the ATF releases for the
RK3368 and RK3399 have always either ignored the platform parameter
(i.e. before the FDT-based parameters were supported) or support
receiving a pointer to a FDT.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
While we expect to call a pointer to a valid FDT (or NULL) as the
platform parameter to an ATF, some ATF versions are not U-Boot aware
and have an insufficiently robust (or an overzealour) parameter
validation: either way, this may cause a hard-stop with uncooperative
ATF versions.
This change adds the option to suppress passing a platform parameter
and will always pass NULL.
Debug output from ATF w/ this option disabled (i.e. default):
INFO: plat_param_from_bl2: 0x291450
Debug output from ATF w/ this option enabled:
INFO: plat_param_from_bl2: 0
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
commit 20f1471416 ("imx: spl: Update NAND bootmode detection bit")
broke the NAND bootmode detection by checking if
BOOT_CFG1[7:4] == 0x8 for NAND boot mode.
This commit essentially reverts it, while using the IMX6_BMODE_*
macros that were introduced since.
Tables 8-7 & 8-10 from IMX6DQRM say the NAND boot mode selection
is done when BOOT_CFG1[7] is 1, but BOOT_CFG1[6:4] is not
necessarily 0x0 in this case.
Actually, NAND boot mode is when 0x8 <= BOOT_CFG1[7:4] <= 0xf,
like it was in the code before.
Signed-off-by: Eran Matityahu <eran.m@variscite.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
This is a virtual "board" that uses configuration files and
Kconfig to define the memory layout used by a real board during
the board bring-up process.
It generates an SPL image that can be loaded using imx_usb or
SB_LOADER.exe.
When run, it will generate a set of calibration constants for
use in either or both a DCD configuration file for boards that
use u-boot.imx or struct mx6_mmdc_calibration for boards that
boot via SPL.
In essence, it is a configurable, open-source variant of the
Freescale ddr-stress tool.
https://community.nxp.com/docs/DOC-105652
File mx6memcal_defconfig configures the board for use with
mx6sabresd or mx6qsabreauto.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The calculation of left space for version string is not correct, should
use VIDEO_COLS not VIDEO_LINE_LEN / 2, otherwise we will get larger space
than actual have and cause string to overlay logo picture.
Also current version string display only supports two lines words at max.
This also causes overlay when the LCD pixel column size is not enough.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The clk_set_rate function dereferences the clk pointer without
checking whether it is NULL. This may cause problem when clk is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
We want to have the same configuration defaults for the RK3368-uQ7
as for the RK3399-Q7: this change reduces the default env-size to
8KiB to ensure that it does not overlap the boot-payload on SD/MMC
configurations.
References: commit fe529e6597 ("rockchip: rk3399-puma: reduce env size to 8kiB")
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Khadas VIM is an Open Source DIY Box manufactured by Shenzhen Wesion NOT 'Tomato'
The fix was provided by Khadas Team member 'numbqq'.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The patch replaces the former error() by the new pr_err().
This makes the TPS65910 driver conform to Masahiro's patch
'treewide:replace with error() with pr_err()' introduced
October 2017.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit b6251db8c3 ("Kconfig: Introduce USE_BOOTCOMMAND and migrate
BOOTCOMMAND") removed CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND option from
include/configs/am335x_evm.h file. But that option wasn't added to
defconfig files for BeagleBone Black board.
Because of this we can't boot Linux from SD card using just
"run bootcmd", getting next error:
** File not found /boot/undefined **
That's because "fdtfile" variable has "undefined" value by default, and
"bootcmd" doesn't call "run findfdt" command, which assigns "fdtfile" to
correct device tree file for current board name (obtained from EEPROM).
So we are forced to either call "run findfdt" command manually, or
assign manually "fdtfile=am335x-boneblack.dtb" (e.g. in uEnv.txt file).
Bring back CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND to BBB defconfigs so that we can boot
Linux rootfs from SD card automatically without any addition actions.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
This commit clears 'ethaddr' before calling 'smc911x_initialize' to
allow the SROM MAC address to be assigned properly.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
This commit updates the configuration files needed to support OF_CONTROL
on the OMAP3 EVM baseboard.
Additionally:
- CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD is enabled
- CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT is enabled
Tested using GCC 7.2.0 [--with-float=hard --with-mode=thumb].
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
This commit adds OMAP3 EVM devicetree files from Linux v4.15-rc3. Note
that this is the first addition of OMAP34XX devicetree files.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Since commit 999a78d5cf ("scripts/dtc: Update to upstream version v1.4.5-3-gb1a60033c110")
dtc warns about:
arch/arm/dts/imx53-cx9020.dtb: Warning (interrupts_property): Missing interrupt-parent for /soc/aips@50000000/serial@53fc0000
arch/arm/dts/imx53-cx9020.dtb: Warning (interrupts_property): Missing interrupt-parent for /soc/aips@50000000/ccm@53fd4000
arch/arm/dts/imx53-cx9020.dtb: Warning (interrupts_property): Missing interrupt-parent for /soc/aips@50000000/gpio@53fe4000
arch/arm/dts/imx53-cx9020.dtb: Warning (interrupts_property): Missing interrupt-parent for /soc/aips@60000000/sdma@63fb0000
arch/arm/dts/imx53-cx9020.dtb: Warning (interrupts_property): Missing interrupt-parent for /soc/aips@60000000/ethernet@63fec000
Fix this by adding a node for the tzic interrupt controller.
Copied from "<Linux>/arch/arm/boot/dts/imx53.dts"
Signed-off-by: Patrick Bruenn <p.bruenn@beckhoff.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The DDR DRAM calibration doesn't work on T-topology sometimes, so disable it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
In commit 6e6cf015e7 ("Merge
git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot-imx") the line defining spl_sd
configuration for wandboard was removed, which resulted in no SPL
target being built.
Add it back.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Currently CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT is selecting FSL_CAAM for all i.MX devices,
this causes the following error when building mx6sl boards since
this SoC doesn't have the CAAM block:
In file included from drivers/crypto/fsl/jobdesc.c:12:0:
drivers/crypto/fsl/jobdesc.c: In function 'inline_cnstr_jobdesc_blob_dek':
include/fsl_sec.h:268:25: error: 'CAAM_ARB_BASE_ADDR' undeclared (first use
in this function)
#define SEC_MEM_PAGE1 (CAAM_ARB_BASE_ADDR + 0x1000)
^
drivers/crypto/fsl/jobdesc.c:140:21: note: in expansion of macro 'SEC_MEM_PAGE1'
memcpy((uint32_t *)SEC_MEM_PAGE1, (uint32_t *)plain_txt, in_sz);
^
include/fsl_sec.h:268:25: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only
once for each function it appears in
#define SEC_MEM_PAGE1 (CAAM_ARB_BASE_ADDR + 0x1000)
^
drivers/crypto/fsl/jobdesc.c:140:21: note: in expansion of macro 'SEC_MEM_PAGE1'
memcpy((uint32_t *)SEC_MEM_PAGE1, (uint32_t *)plain_txt, in_sz);
^
scripts/Makefile.build:280: recipe for target 'drivers/crypto/fsl/jobdesc.o'
failed
make[3]: *** [drivers/crypto/fsl/jobdesc.o] Error 1
scripts/Makefile.build:425: recipe for target 'drivers/crypto/fsl' failed
make[2]: *** [drivers/crypto/fsl] Error 2
scripts/Makefile.build:425: recipe for target 'drivers/crypto' failed
make[1]: *** [drivers/crypto] Error 2
Add HAS_CAAM configuration to avoid this error.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
MX6UL contains features that MX6ULL doesn't support.
Deselect CONFIG_MX6UL and select SYS_L2CACHE_OFF and ROM_UNIFIED_SECTIONS.
The motivation for doing this change is that MX6UL supports CAAM and
MX6ULL does not.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Currently the MX6SL option is selected via CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS,
but it is better to select it directly via Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Secure boot is not enabled in warp imximage.cfg, add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Currently only imx6sx-sdb.dtb is loaded, but if revA board is used the
correct dtb is imx6sx-sdb-reva.dtb, so make this possible.
While at it, remove an extra 'mmc dev'.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
NXP development boards based on i.MX6/i.MX7 contain the board
revision information stored in the fuses.
Introduce a common function that can be shared by different boards and
convert mx6sabreauto to use this new mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Commit 5248930ebf ("dm: imx: cm_fx6: Enable more driver model support")
enabled driver model support for MMC. Remove the old mmc init code, which
is no longer used, from the board file.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 5248930ebf ("dm: imx: cm_fx6: Enable more driver model support")
enabled driver model support for AHCI. Remove the old, now unused, sata
init code from the board file.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 5248930ebf ("dm: imx: cm_fx6: Enable more driver model support")
enabled driver model support for USB. But it missed to enable driver
model support for keyboards. As a result, USB keyboards do no longer
work.
Fix this by enabling driver model support for keyboards.
Fixes: 5248930ebf ("dm: imx: cm_fx6: Enable more driver model support")
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 5248930ebf ("dm: imx: cm_fx6: Enable more driver model support")
enabled driver model support for USB, thereby effectively removing USB
support because the cm_fx6 devicetree in the U-Boot does *not* enable the
USB nodes.
Reinstate the USB support by syncing the devicetree with Linux whose
devicetree enables the USB nodes properly.
More precisely, use the devicetree found in Linux v4.15-rc1 with the
following two changes:
1) Remove the audio mux; the required dt-bindings header is not
present in the U-Boot.
2) Keep the usdhc3 MMC controller node currently present in the
U-Boot's devicetree to retain the ability to boot from MMC.
Fixes: 5248930ebf ("dm: imx: cm_fx6: Enable more driver model support")
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
We are going to be using check_time() on more than the mx53ppd, move this
function to a common location.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
There is an #ifdef and #endif with nothing in between. This patch simply
removes this dead/useless code.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
In order to provide a consistent user experience for imx board users,
remove the custom CONFIG_BOOTDELAY values from defconfig files, so that
all boards can use the default two second delay.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Freescale (NXP) boards have lots of defconfig files per board.
I used "imply PANIC_HANG" for them.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Linux device tree contains "ethernet" node for all possible
interface supported by SoC i.e. LS1046A.
It is not necessary for a SerDes protocol to support all possible
interface. So disable unavailable "ethernet" node in device tree.
Also, enable FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV to fetch MAC address
sequentially from environment variables
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
"ethernet" node fix-up for device tree happens before Linux boot.
There can be requirement of updating "ethernet" node even before
fix-up. So, add support of updating "ethernet" node.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The MAC addresses get fixed in the device tree for "ethernet" nodes
is by using trailing number behind "ethernet" found in "/aliases".
It may not be necessary for the "ethernet" nodes to be sequential.
There can be gaps in between or any node disabled
So provide a support to fetch MAC addr sequentially from env
and apply them to "ethernet" nodes in the order they appear in
device tree only if "ethernet" is not "disabled"
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
When adding a partition, set the logical_partition member in the media
structure as mandated by the UEFI spec.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Vadot <manu@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The default value of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN, 0x800000, causes error
when uncompressing Image.gz out of FIT image.
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... Error: inflate() returned -5
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
and loading Image out of FIT image.
Loading Kernel Image ... Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Must RESET board to recover
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
When booting a itb file with a Ramdisk on a imx6 based
board, U-Boot drops the warning:
Loading Kernel Image ... OK
Loading Ramdisk to 4ecf1000, end 4ef8b11f ... \
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4ecf1000, 4ef8b11f]
Fix it!
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Ayoub Zaki <hs@denx.de>
Use dfu_alt_info_emmc variable from include/environment/ti/dfu.h file.
It was probably overlooked when extracting DFU variables to mentioned
file.
This patch fixes DFU on BeagleBone Black, so that we can use commands
like ones below to upgrade various images on eMMC:
=> setenv dfu_alt_info $dfu_alt_info_emmc
=> dfu 0 mmc 1
$ dfu-util -D MLO -a MLO.raw
$ dfu-util -D u-boot.img -a u-boot.img.raw
Without this patch, the user is forced to assign the value to
dfu_alt_info_emmc manually, which contradicts with instructions [1].
[1] http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/Linux_Core_U-Boot_User%27s_Guide
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This patch is ported from the Linux patch posted at [1] and applied to
net tree as commit f1e2400a80ff.
The purpose of this change is to fix the incorrect detection of the link
partner (LP) advertised capabilities which sometimes happens with this PHY
(roughly 1 time in a dozen)
This issue may cause the link to be negotiated at 10Mbps/Full or
10Mbps/Half when 100MBps/Full is actually possible. In some case, the link
is even completely broken and no communication is possible.
To detect the corruption, we must look for a magic undocumented bit in the
WOL bank (hint given by the SoC vendor kernel) but this is not enough to
cover all cases. We also have to look at the LPA ack. If the LP supports
Aneg but did not ack our base code when aneg is completed, we assume
something went wrong.
The detection of a corrupted LPA triggers a restart of the aneg process.
This solves the problem but may take up to 6 retries to complete.
[1] https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171208110811.30789-1-jbrunet@baylibre.com
Fixes: 8995a96d1d ("net: phy: Add Amlogic Meson GXL Internal PHY support")
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Xilinx changes for v2018.01-rc2-v2
fpga:
- Enable loading bitstream via fit image for !xilinx platforms
zynq:
- Fix SPL SD boot mode
zynqmp:
- Not not reset in panic
- Do not use simple allocator because of fat changes
- Various dt chagnes
- modeboot variable setup
- Fix fpga loading on automotive devices
- Fix coverity issues
test:
- Fix env test for !hush case - Stephen's patch
Increase setup, assertion and hold time related to chip-select signal.
Additional delay is needed for the signal to propogate through FPGA.
This adjustment slightly increase the read and write cycle but has no
impact on burst read or write.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Rockchip release bl31.elf file for armv8 SoCs like rk3399, rk3328,
the elf have more than one section, we need to decode it first and
packed them into u-boot.itb with its file. This script is to generate
the its script.
Need default bl31.elf in root directory of U-Boot source and dtb
as parameter.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Rockchip SoCs only need boot0 hook at SPL, and the U-Boot proper do not
need it.
The very beginning of U-Boot proper is different between armv7 and armv8:
armv7 start with ARM_VECTORS while armv8 start with 'b reset'.
Here is the map of very beginning for all cases:
armv7 SPL: TAG(overwrite 'b 1f')+'b reset' + ARM_VECTORS
armv7 U-Boot: ARM_VECTORS
armv8 SPL: TAG(overwrite 'b 1f')+'b reset' + Reserved_iram(rk3399)
armv8 U-Boot: 'b reset'
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
After adding our small zynq uboot which has hush parser off same
variable tests start to failed. Use quotes only when hush is enabled.
Reported-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Access the timestamp ref ctrl register only if runinng
at el3 level otherwise just return. This change fixes
the issue when CRL APB is marked as secure and accessing
when not in el3 causes exception.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Check all return values from file functions.
In case of negative return exit immediately.
Also change fsize return value which can't be negative.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 23276, 23304, 169357)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Dont use 4K sector erase by default, Disabling this
would use 64K sector erase and decreases erase time.
Also disabled by the fact that UBIFS and JFFS2 won't work
with 4K sector erase.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enabling all spi flashes because some of these boards can have different
flashes compared to public version.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This commit adds ENV_SIZE and ENV_OFFSET configuration items for
ARCH_ROCKCHIP, but keeps these non-visible (i.e. not prompt is given).
With these new items present, the configuration from the header files
is moved to Kconfig.
Keeping these non-visible is necessary to have the possibility to
select new default values if CONFIG_IS_IN_* is changed (interactively
or with oldconfig). Otherwise it will always be set to a previous
value if used with a prompt. As an example if we do a defconfig with
CONFIG_IS_IN_MMC and change it to CONFIG_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH via
menuconfig, ENV_SIZE and ENV_OFFSET will not be changed to the correct
values as defconfig will already have set them to the default values
of CONFIG_IS_IN_MMC in .config.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Patch queue for efi - 2017-12-17
A few fixes for 2018.01:
- Compile fix with helloworld example
- DP match fix (fixes FreeBSD loader and grub on block storage)
- More DP fixes for SD, block
- Fix use-after-free
The PCIe reset signal is connected to GPIO4_C6 on the Puma
module. This pin is supplied by 1.8V, but the default iodomain
setting is 3.0V and in this situation the pin is unable to go
high.
Linux assumes that this signal works in early boot
as PCIe is probed before loading the iodomain driver.
Make PCIe work in Linux by setting the gpio4cd iodomain to 1.8V.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add a description for dp_part_fill().
Reword a comment in the function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When converting device nodes and paths to text we should
stick to the UEFI spec.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
According to the UEFI spec the numbering of partitions has to
start with 1.
Partion number 0 is reserved for the optional device path for
the complete block device.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The SD cards and eMMC devices have different device nodes.
The current coding interpretes all MMC devices as eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
If a failure occurs when trying to load an image, it is insufficient
to free() the EFI object. We must remove it from the object list,
too. Otherwise a use after free will occur the next time we
iterate over the object list.
Furthermore errors in setting up the image should be handled.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide a function to remove a handle from the object list
after removing all protocols.
To avoid forward declarations other functions have to move up
in the coding.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_setup_loaded_image() should return an error code indicating if
an error has occurred.
An error occurs if a protocol cannot be installed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When calling efi_dp_find_obj(), we usually want to find the *exact* match
of an object for a given device path. However, I ran into a nasty corner case
where I had the following objects with paths available:
Handle 0x9feffa70
/HardwareVendor(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)[0: ]/USB(6,0)/EndEntire
Handle 0x9feffb58
/HardwareVendor(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)[0: ]/USB(6,0)/HD(1,800,32000,2de808cb00000000,1,1)/EndEntire
and was searching for
/HardwareVendor(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)[0: ]/USB(6,0)/HD(1,800,32000,2de808cb00000000,1,1)/EndEntire
But because our device path search looked for any substring match, it would
return
/HardwareVendor(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)[0: ]/USB(6,0)/EndEntire
because that path is a full substring of the path we were searching for.
So this patch adapts the device path search logic to always look for exact
matches first. The way we distinguish between those cases is by looking at
whether our caller actually deals with remainders.
As a side effect, the code as is from all I can tell now never does a
substring match anymore, because it always gets called with rem=NULL, so
we always only do exact matches now.
Reported-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The efi linker script includes sections needed for the dynamic linker.
However, in our EFI application environment we don't have a dynamic linker.
So let's remove them. That way we save on 4k padding and reduce the file
size of the hello world efi binary from ~4k to ~1k.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Commit bbf75dd934 ("efi_loader: output load options in helloworld")
introduced a const variable in efi_main() called loaded_image_guid which
got populated from a constant struct.
While you would usually expect a compiler to realize that this variable
should really just be a global pointer to .rodata, gcc disagrees and instead
puts it on the stack. Unfortunately in some implementations of gcc it does
so my calling memcpy() which we do not implement in our hello world
environment.
So let's explicitly move it to a global variable which in turn puts it in
.rodata reliably and gets rid of the memcpy().
Fixes: bbf75dd934 ("efi_loader: output load options in helloworld")
Reported-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
I2C reading for DIP switch setting is not reliable for LS1012ARDB
RevD and later versions. This patch is to add hwconfig support to
enable/disable eSDHC1 manually for these boards. Also drop 'status'
fix-up for eSDHC0 and leave it as it is. It shouldn't always be
fixed up with 'okay'.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Add LS1012ARDB RevC/RevC1/RevC2/RevD/RevE information and
detect it when u-boot starts up.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch is to clean up definitions for I2C IO expanders.
The value 0x10 of __SW_BOOT_EMU is wrong. It should be 0x2.
Fixed it in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Function fdt_fixup_board_enet() performs fdt fixup. Only return
fdt_status_okay() when both MC is applied and DPL is deployed, else
return fdt_status_fail().
This check is added to LS1088A/LS2080A/LS2088A boards.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Remove silicon prefix. Automotive grade devices are using xazu instead
of xczu prefix.
The patch "fpga: xilinx: Check for substring in device ID validation"
(sha1: f72132673a)
enables this functionality for zynq devices that only substrings are
checked.
Unfortunately there is no way how to detect device grade that's why
this change is reasonable.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This is the same patch as was done earlier.
Please look at Linux patch:
"arm64: zynqmp: Use only earlycon bootargs instead of full one"
(sha1: f3609c8d4af28b9cc22ca49bf8e529b582ec188c)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove overfetch, ratectrl, include-sg and src-issue dma properties.
Driver is not using them and they are also not documented in the binding
doc.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Kedareswara rao Appana <appanad@xilinx.com>
The at24 driver allows to register I2C EEPROM chips using different vendor
and devices, but the I2C subsystem does not take the vendor into account
when matching using the I2C table since it only has device entries.
But when matching using an OF table, both the vendor and device has to be
taken into account so the driver defines only a set of compatible strings
using the "atmel" vendor as a generic fallback for compatible I2C devices.
So add this generic fallback to the device node compatible string to make
the device to match the driver using the OF device ID table.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Setup bootmode variable based on bootmode selection.
This is helping with setting up boot method.
Also setup sdbootdevice.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Dont read boot mode register directly read it using
zynqmp_mmio_read().
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch is enabling support for SPL QSPI boot.
First of all it is necessary to generate atf-spi.ub which is different
format than atf-uboot.ub (this can be made as legacy image too)
ADDR=`arm-xilinx-linux-gnueabi-readelf -a bl31.elf | grep "Entry point
address" | cut -d ':' -f 2 | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//'`
aarch64-linux-gnu-objcopy -O binary bl31.elf bl31.bin
./tools/mkimage -f auto -A arm64 -T firmware -C none -O u-boot -a $ADDR
-e $ADDR -n "atf1" -E -b arch/arm/dts/zynqmp-zcu102.dtb -d bl31.bin
atf-uboot.ub
./tools/mkimage -A arm64 -T firmware -C none -O u-boot -a $ADDR -e $ADDR
-n "atf-for-qspi" -E -d bl31.bin atf-spi.ub
This patch is using this QSPI layout with offsets:
0 boot.bin
512k atf-ub
640k u-boot.bin
1280k u-boot.img
Which corresponding by writing these images(read from MMC)
mmcinfo
sf probe
load mmc 0 10000000 boot.bin
sf erase 0 +$filesize
sf write 10000000 0 $filesize
load mmc 0 10000000 atf-spi.ub
sf erase 0x80000 +$filesize
sf write 10000000 0x80000 $filesize
load mmc 0 10000000 u-boot.bin
sf erase 0xa0000 +$filesize
sf write 10000000 0xa0000 $filesize
load mmc 0 10000000 u-boot.img
sf erase 0x140000 +$filesize
sf write 10000000 0x140000 $filesize
For testing u-boot running in EL3 you can break atf-spi.ub like this:
sf probe
sf erase 0x80000 +4
Then u-boot.img is executed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This reference is needed for pinctrl driver where some signals can be
routed directly to platform management unit (PMU).
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This was caused by: "fs/fat: Reduce stack usage"
(sha1:2460098cffacd18729262e3ed36656e6943783ed) which converted
fat code to use malloc. But simple malloc is not freeing space
that's why full malloc implementation is needed.
Malloc space is added to RAM.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Do not perform reset when panic happens because in the next reset
panic happens again and logs are overflood by the same errors.
This can be enabled by default and reset can be performed via watchdog.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch is fixing two issues:
1. Insufficient stack size for fat fs buffers
2. Insufficient space in malloc area
Tested on zc702 and zc706.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This drops the limit that fpga is only loaded from FIT images for Xilinx.
This is done by moving the 'partial' check from 'common/image.c' to
'drivers/fpga/xilinx.c' (the only driver supporting partial images yet)
and supplies a weak default implementation in 'drivers/fpga/fpga.c'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com> (On zcu102)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Using "cpu_pos_mask()" function to detect the real online cpus,
and discard the needless cpu nodes on kernel dts.
Signed-off-by: Wenbin Song <wenbin.song@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Check LS1043A/LS2080a by device ID without using personality ID to
determine revision number. This check applies to all various
personalities of the same SoC family.
Signed-off-by: Wenbin Song <wenbin.song@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Include common config_distro_defaults.h and config_distro_bootcmd.h
for u-boot enviroments to support automatical distro boot which
scan boot.scr from external storage devices(e.g. SD and USB)
and execute autoboot script.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Upadhaya <Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Include common config_distro_defaults.h and config_distro_bootcmd.h
for u-boot enviroments to support automatical distro boot which
scan boot.scr from external storage devices(e.g. SD and USB)
and execute autoboot script.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Upadhaya <Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The BRDCFG5[SPISDHC] register field of Qixis device is used
to control SPI and SDHC signal routing.
10 = Force SDHC Mode
- SPI_CS[0] is routed to CPLD for SDHC_VS use.
- SPI_CS[1] is unused.
- SPI_CS[2:3] are routed to the TDMRiser slot.
11 = Force eMMC Mode
- SPI_CS[0:3] are routed to the eMMC card.
0X = Auto Mode
- If SDHC_CS_B=0 (SDHC card installed): Use SDHC mode
described above.
- Else SDHC_CS_B=1 (no SDHC card installed): Use eMMC
mode described above.
In default the hardware uses auto mode, but sometimes we need
to use force SDHC mode to support SD card hotplug, or SD sleep
waking up in kernel. This patch is to support force SDHC mode
by hwconfig.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Texas Instrument's TPS65910 PMIC contains 3 buck DC-DC converts, one
boost DC-DC converter and 8 LDOs. This patch implements driver model
support for the TPS65910 PMIC and its regulators making the get/set
API for regulator value/enable available.
This patch depends on the patch "am33xx: Add a function to query MPU
voltage in uV" to build correctly. For boards relying on the DT
include file tps65910.dtsi the v3 patch "power: extend prefix match
to regulator-name property" and an appropriate regulator naming is
also required.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch changes the calls to uclass_first/next_device() in blk_first/
next_device() to use uclass_find_first/next_device() instead. These functions
don't prepare the devices, which is correct in this case.
With this patch applied, the "usb storage" command now works again as
expected:
=> usb storage
Device 0: Vendor: SanDisk Rev: 1.00 Prod: Ultra
Type: Removable Hard Disk
Capacity: 58656.0 MB = 57.2 GB (120127488 x 512)
Without this patch, it used to generate this buggy output:
=> usb storage
Card did not respond to voltage select!
mmc_init: -95, time 26
No storage devices, perhaps not 'usb start'ed..?
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch extends pmic_bind_children prefix matching. In addition to
the node name the property regulator-name is used while trying to match
prefixes. This allows assigning different drivers to regulator nodes
named regulator@1 and regulator@10 for example.
I have discarded the idea of using other properties then regulator-name
as I do not see any benefit in using property compatible or even
regulator-compatible. Of course I am open to change this if there are
good reasons to do so.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The DM version of do_reset has been issuing a warm-reset, which (on
some platforms keeps GPIOs and other parts of the platform active).
This may cause unintended behaviour, as calling do_reset usually
indicates a desire to reset the board/platform and not just the CPU.
This changes do_reset to always request a COLD reset.
Note that programmatic uses can still invoke a WARM reset through
reset_cpu() or using sysreset_walk().
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update tegra to use binman for image creation. This still includes the
current Makefile logic, but a later patch will remove this. Three output
files are created, all of which combine
SPL and U-Boot:
u-boot-tegra.bin - standard image
u-boot-dtb-tegra.bin - same as u-boot-tegra.bin
u-boot-nodtb-target.bin - includes U-Boot without the appended device tree
The latter is useful for build systems where the device is appended later,
perhaps after being modified.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SPL supports reading U-Boot from a RAM location. At present this is
hard-coded to the U-Boot text base address. Use binman to allow this to
come from the image file, if binman is used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow SPL to access binman symbols and use this to get the address of
U-Boot. This falls back to CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE if the binman symbol
is not available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This area of the image contains symbols whose values are filled in by
binman. If this feature is not used, the table is empty.
Add this to the ARM SPL link script.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman construct images consisting of multiple binary files. These files
sometimes need to know (at run timme) where their peers are located. For
example, SPL may want to know where U-Boot is located in the image, so
that it can jump to U-Boot correctly on boot.
In general the positions where the binaries end up after binman has
finished packing them cannot be known at compile time. One reason for
this is that binman does not know the size of the binaries until
everything is compiled, linked and converted to binaries with objcopy.
To make this work, we add a feature to binman which checks each binary
for symbol names starting with '_binman'. These are then decoded to figure
out which entry and property they refer to. Then binman writes the value
of this symbol into the appropriate binary. With this, the symbol will
have the correct value at run time.
Macros are used to make this easier to use. As an example, this declares
a symbol that will access the 'u-boot-spl' entry to find the 'pos' value
(i.e. the position of SPL in the image):
binman_sym_declare(unsigned long, u_boot_spl, pos);
This converts to a symbol called '_binman_u_boot_spl_prop_pos' in any
binary that includes it. Binman then updates the value in that binary,
ensuring that it can be accessed at runtime with:
ulong u_boot_pos = binman_sym(ulong, u_boot_spl, pos);
This assigns the variable u_boot_pos to the position of SPL in the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The elf module can provide some debugging information to assist with
figuring out what is going wrong. This is also useful in tests. Update the
-D option so that it is passed through to tests as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is only 3 bytes long which is not enough to hold two symbol values,
needed to test the binman symbols feature. Increase it to 15 bytes.
Using very small regions is useful since we can easily compare them in
tests and errors are fairly easy to diagnose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For testing we need to build some ELF files containing binman symbols. Add
these to the Makefile and check in the binaries:
u_boot_binman_syms - normal, valid ELF file
u_boot_binman_syms_bad - missing the __image_copy_start symbol
u_boot_binman_syms_size - has a binman symbol with an invalid size
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases we need to read symbols from U-Boot. At present we have a
a few cases which does this via 'nm' and 'grep'.
It is better to use objdump since that tells us the size of the symbols
and also whether it is weak or not.
Add a new module which reads ELF information from files. Update existing
uses of 'nm' to use this module.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The old CodingStyle document has been converted to ReST and moved
elsewhere. Link to the web version of this document instead.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
These ifdefs are protecting #include statements for files that have
never existed. AFAICT this hardware.h has been copied from the kernel
and the ifdefs have never served a role in U-Boot, so delete them.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Some QEMUs have a problem with time setup that's why
sleep test is failing. Introduce env__sleep_accurate
boardenv variable to have an option to skip sleep test.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
- avoid disturbing 0MiB partition size (in fact < 1MiB)
- test overlap limit between part1 and part2
- test gpt write with data with modifier 'M' for MiB
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Falcon mode was already working with SD card. This enables the
unlocking of NAND to allow the NAND read & write. This also
expands the README file based on the am335x describing how to
setup Falcon mode.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The Micron Flash is locked by default. This will automaticlly
unlock so manually unlocking is unnecessary in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The SPL-OS partition is 0x20000, so let's make
CONFIG_CMD_SPL_WRITE_SIZE same size. This should allow for better
falcon mode operation.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This symbol enables some library code used by various SATA drivers,
so make this a non-user-visible symbol select'ed by the respective
drivers, and let moveconfig handle the rest.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Use 'imply' here liberally to avoid the combinatorial explosion of
defconfig changes in the PowerPC boards.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Use 'imply' here liberally to avoid the combinatorial explosion of
defconfig changes in the PowerPC boards.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
The last user of this driver went away in August 2015 in commit:
b6073fd211 ("arm: Remove mx51_efikamx, mx51_efikasb boards")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
The last user of this driver went away in June 2017, in commit:
98f705c9ce ("powerpc: remove 4xx support")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
This driver really is DM GPIO one and so we need to have a correct
dependency, because DM alone doesn't provide required for CMD_GPIO
call and we're seeing build failures like this:
---------------------->8---------------------
cmd/built-in.o: In function 'do_gpio':
.../cmd/gpio.c:188: undefined reference to 'gpio_request'
...
---------------------->8---------------------
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Eugeniy Paltsev <paltsev@synopsys.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is tedious to define both mask and bit-shift. <linux/bitfield.h>
provides a convenient way to get access to register fields with a
single shifted mask.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Use DIV_ROUND_CLOSEST(). To make the JK value even more precise,
I used a bigger coefficient, then divide it by 512.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Commit 682e09ff9f ("ARM: uniphier: add PLL init code for LD20 SoC")
missed to write the computed value to the SSCPLLCTRL2 register.
Fixes: 682e09ff9f ("ARM: uniphier: add PLL init code for LD20 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Dai Okamura <okamura.dai@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
denali.c has no driver entry in itself. It makes sense only when
compiled together with denali_dt.c
Let NAND_DENALI_DT select NAND_DENALI, and hide NAND_DENALI from
the Kconfig menu.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Fix the link error for the combination of
CONFIG_ARCH_UNIPHIER_LD11=n
CONFIG_ARCH_UNIPHIER_LD20=n
CONFIG_ARCH_UNIPHIER_PXS3=y
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Synopsys HSDK clock controller generates and supplies clocks to various
controllers and peripherals within the SoC.
Each clock has assigned identifier and client device tree nodes can use
this identifier to specify the clock which they consume. All available
clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in the
dt-bindings/clock/snps,hsdk-cgu.h header and can be used in device
tree sources.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
dcache_exists, icache_exists, slc_exists and ioc_exists global
variables in "arch/arc/lib/cache.c" remain uninitialized if
SoC doesn't have corresponding HW.
This happens because we use the next constructions for their
definition and initialization:
-------------------------->>---------------------
int ioc_exists __section(".data");
if (/* condition */)
ioc_exists = 1;
-------------------------->>---------------------
That's quite a non-trivial issue as one may think of it.
The point is we intentionally put those variables in ".data" section
so they might survive relocation (remember we initilaize them very early
before relocation and continue to use after reloaction). While being
non-initialized and not explicitly put in .data section they would end-up
in ".bss" section which by definition is filled with zeroes.
But since we place those variables in .data section we need to care
about their proper initialization ourselves.
Also while at it we change their type to "bool" as more appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
ARCNUM [15:8] field in ARC_AUX_IDENTITY register allows us to
uniquely identify each core in a multi-core system.
I.e. with help of this macro each core may get its index in SMP system.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
DW SDIO controller has external CIU clock divider controlled via
register in the SDIO IP. Due to its unexpected default value
(we expected it to divide by 1 but in reality it divides by 8)
SDIO IP uses wrong CIU clock (it should be 100000000Hz but actual
is 12500000Hz) and works unstable (see STAR 9001204800).
So increase SDIO CIU frequency from actual 12500000Hz to 50000000Hz
by switching from the default divisor value (div-by-8) to the
minimum possible value of the divisor (div-by-2) in HSDK platform
code.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Add bits to support yet another board, the R8A77995 D3 Draak.
The DT file is from Linux 4.15-rc1 , commit
b35334447513c14a4dd55a67c269a743d4a4824b .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Enable all logging features on sandbox so that the tests can be run.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It is useful to display log messages on the console. Add a simple driver
to handle this.
Note that this driver outputs to the console, which may be serial or
video. It does not specifically select serial output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This does not appear to be used by any boards. Before introducing a new
log system, remove this old one.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With clang this gives a warning because hubsts appears to be used before
it is set, even if ultimately it is not used. Simplify the code to avoid
this problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The debug() macro now evaluates its expression so does not need #ifdef
protection. In fact the current code causes a warning with the new log
implementation. Adjust the code to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Before adding new features, move these definitions to a separate header
to avoid further cluttering common.h.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
While sandbox works OK without the special-case code, it does result in
console output being stored in the pre-console buffer while sandbox starts
up. If there is a crash or a problem then there is no indication of what
is going on.
For ease of debugging it seems better to revert this change also.
This reverts commit d8c6fb8ced.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We cannot use sandbox memory at 0 since other things use memory at that
address. Move it up out of the way.
Note that the pre-console buffer is currently disabled with sandbox, but
this change will avoid confusion if it is manually enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While sandbox works OK without the special-case code, it does result in
console output being stored in the pre-console buffer while sandbox starts
up. If there is a crash or a problem then there is no indication of what
is going on.
For ease of debugging it seems better to revert this change.
This reverts commit 47b98ad0f6.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The A33-OLinuXino defconfig was using the default CONS_INDEX value for
A33, which actually points to the R_UART, which is routed to the GPIO
header without proper pull-ups or diodes. The board has a separate
header for UART0, which are routed to pins PB0 and PB1. This header
is properly marked and is likely the first pins any user would try
to get a console.
Fix CONS_INDEX in the defconfig so the console appears on UART0.
Fixes: ca5c37026b ("sunxi: Add support for A33-OLinuXino board")
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Now that more and more devices are built using eMMC, providing a way to
easily flash the system without too much hassle seems like a right thing to
do.
Since fastboot is the most deployed tool to do that these days, we can just
rely on it to provide a way to flash the various components in the system
(SPL, U-Boot and the system itself) easily, especially since you can upload
the U-Boot hosting the fastboot "server" through FEL.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The partitions variable is especially useful to create a partition table
from U-Boot, either directly from the U-Boot shell, or through flashing
tools like fastboot and its oem format command.
This is especially useful on devices with an eMMC you can't take out to
flash from another system, and booting a Linux system first to flash our
system then is not really practical.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The SPL must be located at 8kB (16 sectors) offset. That's right in the
middle of the GPT, so we need to define a smaller amount of partitions to
accomodate for that location.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
On some SoCs, the SPL needs to be located right in the middle of the GPT
partition entries.
One way to work around that is to create partition entries for a smaller
number of partitions to accomodate with where the SPL will be. Create a
Kconfig option to allow to do that.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
sdram sub command of i2c command does not support Drivers Model.
This adds Drivers Model support to sdram sub command.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The .probe_chip function is supposed to probe an i2c device on the bus to
determine whether a device is answering to a particular address.
at91_i2c_probe_chip() did not do anything resembling this and always
returned 0.
It looks as though at91_i2c_probe_chip() was intended to be a .probe
function for the controller, as it was copied-and-pasted to become
at91_i2c_probe() in 0bc8f640a4.
Removing the at91_i2c_probe_chip() function makes the higher layer
(i2c_probe_chip()) try a zero-length read transfer to test for the
presence of a device instead, which does work.
Signed-off-by: Alan Ott <alan@softiron.com>
Acked-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The driver must wait for TXRDY after each byte is pushed into
the i2c FIFO before pushing the next byte. Previously this was
not done for the first byte, causing a race condition with zeros
sometimes being sent for the next byte (which is typically the
first actual data byte).
Signed-off-by: Alan Ott <alan@softiron.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add some comment describing the purpose of struct members and
functions.
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Change meson_i2c_xfer_msg() to return -EREMOTEIO in case of NACK, as
done by other drivers. Also, don't change the return error in
meson_i2c_xfer().
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The datasheet doesn't specify a suggested timeout and 500ms seems very
long: reduce it to 100ms.
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
>From revision J the board uses new phy chip LAN8710. Compared
with RTL8201, RA17 pin is TXERR. It has pullup which causes phy
not to work. To fix this PA17 is muxed with GMAC function. This
makes the pin output-low.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Mavrodiev <stefan@olimex.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
For case when MC is loaded but DPL is not deployed perform MC
object [DPBP, DPIO, DPNI and DPRC] cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Add fall back option, to boot from NOR/QSPI/SD for LS1043, LS1046,
LS1021 in case of distro boot failure.
For LS1046, add kernel validation in case of secure boot in sd_bootcmd
and qspi_bootcmd. For LS1043 and LS1021, add kernel validation in case
of secure boot in sd_bootcmd, qspi_bootcmdand nor_bootcmd.
Signed-off-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Adds config CONFIG_FSL_LS_PPA and CONFIG_FSL_CAAM in
LS2080AQDS and LS2080ARDB secure boot defconfig.
Removes CONFIG_FIT, as with CONFIG_FSL_LS_PPA enabled,
CONFIG_FIT is selected.
Removes CONFIG_SPL_RSA as in NOR boot SPL boot is not done.
Signed-off-by: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Add the secure boot defconfigs for QSPI boot on LS1088ARDB
and LS1088AQDS platforms.
Signed-off-by: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinitha Pillai-B57223 <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Validates PPA, MC, DPC, Bootscript, DPL and Kernel images in ESBC
phase using esbc_validate command.
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment
Add header address for PPA to be validated during ESBC phase for
LS1088A platform based on LAyerscape Chasis 3.
Moves sec_init prior to ppa_init as for validation of PPA sec must
be initialised before the PPA is initialised.
Signed-off-by: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinitha Pillai-B57223 <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Kernel is now located at 0x1000000 instead of 0xa00000
and envirorment variables are located at 3MB offset instead of
2MB in Flash.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Upadhaya <Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This is suplement for patch which handle below errata:
A-009007, A-009008, A-008997, A-009798
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Instruction prefetch feature is by default enabled during core
release. This patch add support of disabling instruction prefetch
by setting core mask in PPA. Here each core mask bit represents a
core and prefetch is disabled at the time of core release.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
IFC-NOR and QSPI-NOR signals are muxed on SoC to save pins
Add fsl_fdt_fixup_flash() to disable IFC-NOR node in dts
if QSPI is enabled and vice-versa
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Existing MC driver framework is based on MC-9.x.x flib. This patch
migrates MC obj (DPBP, DPNI, DPRC, DPMAC etc) to use latest MC flib
which is MC-10.3.0.
Changes introduced due to migration:
1. To get OBJ token, pair of create and open API replaces create APIs
2. Pair of close and destroy APIs replaces destroy APIs
3. For version read, get_version APIs replaces get_attributes APIs
4. dpni_get/reset_statistics APIs replaces dpni_get/set_counter APIs
5. Simplifies struct dpni_cfg and removes dpni_extended_cfg struct
6. Single API dpni_get_buffer_layout/set_buffer_layout replaces
dpni_get_rx/set_rx, tx related, tx_conf_buffer_layout related APIs.
New API takes a queue type as an argument.
7. Similarly dpni_get_queue/set_queue replaces
dpni_get_rx_flow/set_rx_flow , tx_flow related, tx_conf related
APIs
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Unset USE_BOOTCOMMAND for all ls1088 defconfig files to fix
redefinition error. USE_BOOTCOMMAND was introduced in commit
b6251db8c3 ("Kconfig: Introduce USE_BOOTCOMMAND and migrate
BOOTCOMMAND").
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Most predefined TLB tables don't have memory coherence bit set for
SDRAM. This wasn't an issue before invalidate_dcache_range() function
was enabled. Without the coherence bit, dcache invalidation doesn't
automatically flush the cache. The coherence bit is already set when
dynamic TLB table is used. For some boards with different SPL boot
method, or with legacy fixed setting, this bit needs to be set in
TLB files.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This issue is exposed after commit 9000eddbae ("drivers/usb/ehci:
Use platform-specific accessors"), the wrong endianness of EHCI
controller programing will cause USB function down.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This issue is exposed after commit 9000eddbae ("drivers/usb/ehci:
Use platform-specific accessors"), the wrong endianness of EHCI
controller programing will cause USB function down.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Since commit 2614a20847 ("common: command: tempory buffer should
have size of command line buf"), there have been consistent Travis CI
failures on my builds (interestingly not for Tom, even though building
the same commit id) due to a SEGV in building the byteswapped
omapimage:
arm: pcm051_rev3
make[2]: *** [MLO.byteswap] Error 139
^^^ error code for a SEGV
Turns out that the word-based byte-swapping loop in omapimage.c is to
blame. With the loop condition
while (swapped <= (sbuf->st_size / sizeof(uint32_t)))
there had been one-too-many iterations for all file sizes divisible by
the sizeof(uint32_t). I.e. we had 1 iteration for 0 bytes (and also 1
through 3 bytes) and 2 iterations at 4 bytes... clearly overshooting
on 0 and 4 bytes.
This commit fixes the calculation of an up-rounded word-count and
makes sure to keep the zero-based loop-counter below the number of
words to be processed.
References: 2614a20 ("common: command: tempory buffer should have size of command line buf")
Fixes: 79b9ebb ("omapimage: Add support for byteswapped SPI images")
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Martin Elshuber <martin.elshuber@theobroma-systems.com>
Commit f5a2a93892 ("efi_loader: consistently use efi_uintn_t in boot
services") changed the internal EFI API header without adapting its existing
EFI stub users. Let's adapt the EFI stub as well.
Fixes: f5a2a93892 ("efi_loader: consistently use efi_uintn_t in boot services")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Odroid HC1 board is based on Odroid XU4 board, but it has no HDMI,
no eMMC, no build-in USB3.0 hub, no extension port pins, and no GPIO
button. USB3.0 ports are used for build-in JMicron USB to SATA bridge
and Gigabit R8152 ethernet chips. HC1 uses only passive cooling.
This patch also updates Odroid's ADCmax array and reduces ADC tolerance
to 1% to ensure that XU4 and HC1 revisions are properly detected.
I've tested this with XU3, XU3-lite, XU4 and HC1 boards. In case of my test
boards I got following values from ADC register: 372, 370, 1281 and 1313.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
After updating dtc-1.4.5 version, there are too many warning.
This patch is to fix about exynos4 series.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
In Linux, the warning messages are printed out by pr_warn().
We can use Linux-like log functions in tree-wide.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[primary] Check MMC 0:1 for /extlinux/extlinux.conf and boot
[fallback 1] Check MMC 0:1 zImage and run mmcbootz
[fallback 2] Check MMC 0:1 uImage and run mmcboot
[fallback 3] Check NAND partitions and run nandboot
If 'extlinux.conf' is not found on MMC 0, the previous boot behavior is
followed.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
To page mapping the lowest 2 bits needs to be 0x3.
If not fix this, the final lowest 3 bits for page mapping is 0x1
which is marked as reserved.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
After relocation, when error happends, it is hard to track
ELR and LR with asm file objdumped from elf file.
So subtract the gd->reloc_off the reflect the compliation address.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As discussed at [1], the Amlogic Meson GX SoCs can embed a BL31 firmware
and a secondary BL32 firmware.
Since mid-2017, the reserved memory address of the BL31 firmware was moved
and grown for security reasons.
But mainline U-Boot and Linux has the old address and size fixed.
These SoCs have a register interface to get the two firmware reserved
memory start and sizes.
This patch adds a dynamic reservation of the memory zones in the device tree bootmem
reserved memory zone used by the kernel in early boot.
To be complete, the memory zones are also added to the EFI reserved zones.
Depends on patchset "Add support for Amlogic GXL Based SBCs" at [2].
[1] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-amlogic/2017-October/004860.html
[2] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-amlogic/2017-November/005410.html
Changes since v1:
- switched the #if to if(IS_ENABLED()) to compile all code paths
- renamed function to meson_board_add_reserved_memory()
- added a mem.h header with comment
- updated all boards ft_board_setup()
Changes since RFC v2:
- reduced preprocessor load
- kept Odroid-C2 static memory mapping as exception
Changes since RFC v1:
- switch to fdt rsv mem table and efi reserve memory
- replaced in_le32 by readl()
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
[trini: Fix warning on khadas-vim over missing <asm/arch/mem.h>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds platform code for the Khadas VIM board based on a
Meson GXL (S905X) SoC with the Meson GXL configuration.
This initial submission supports UART, MMC/SDCard and Ethernet with the
Internal RMII PHY.
The meson-gxl-s905x-khadas-vim.dts is synchronised from the linux 4.13
stable tree as of 4.13.8.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This adds platform code for the Libre Computer CC "Le Potato" board based on a
Meson GXL (S905X) SoC with the Meson GXL configuration.
This initial submission supports UART, MMC/SDCard and Ethernet with the
Internal RMII PHY.
The meson-gxl-s905x-libretech-cc.dts is synchronised from the linux 4.13
stable tree as of 4.13.8.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Switch P212 Ethernet init to the common Ethernet init function.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Switch Odroid-C2 Ethernet init to the common Ethernet init function.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Introduce a generic common Ethernet Hardware init function
common to all Amlogic GX SoCs with support for the
Internal PHY enable for GXL SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Now, lib/libfdt/fdt_wip.c is the same as scripts/dtc/libfdt/fdt_wip.c
Change the former to a wrapper of the latter.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All the other fdt_*_region() functions are located in fdt_region.c,
while only fdt_find_regions() was added to fdt_wip.c, strangely.
Move it to the suitable place.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the moment our exception entry code needs 34 instructions, so we
can't use put it directly into the table entry, which offers "only"
32 instructions there. Right now we just put an unconditional branch
there, then use a macro to place the 34 instructions *per entry* after
that. That effectivly doubles the size of our exception table, which
is quite a waste, given that we use it mostly for debugging purposes.
Since the register saving part is actually identical, let's just convert
that macro into a function, and "bl" into it directly from the exception
slot, of course after having saved at least the original LR.
This saves us about 950 bytes of code, which is quite a relief for some
tight SPLs, in particular the 64-bit Allwinner ones.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Adjust this test to use the unit test framework. Drop the two existing
commands for running the tests and replace them with a single
'ut compression' command, with sub-commands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Continue to have ret = run_test_internal(...) in run_test so ret
is always initialized]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Include necessary headers explicitly without relying on indirect
header inclusion.
<common.h>, <malloc.h> are unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The Linux derived log functions can be used anywhere and easily
turned on/off by CONFIG_LOGLEVEL.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This header was renamed to rawnand.h in Linux.
The following is the corresponding commit in Linux.
commit d4092d76a4a4e57b65910899948a83cc8646c5a5
Author: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Date: Fri Aug 4 17:29:10 2017 +0200
mtd: nand: Rename nand.h into rawnand.h
We are planning to share more code between different NAND based
devices (SPI NAND, OneNAND and raw NANDs), but before doing that
we need to move the existing include/linux/mtd/nand.h file into
include/linux/mtd/rawnand.h so we can later create a nand.h header
containing all common structure and function prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This driver is highly dependent on the configuration from denali_dt.c
Please enable CONFIG_NAND_DENALI_DT if you use this driver.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
denali_setup_data_interface() is always used.
I put __maybe_unused for a temporal use, then forgot to delete it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Remove unnecessary DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR and header includes.
<common.h> has been replaced with <linux/errno.h> and <linux/printk.h>.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Commit 72443c7f7d ("mtd: cfi: Add support for status register
polling") added a feature check to determine if status register
is available for certain flash chips. The "lower software bits"
register used to determine this feature is not backward compati-
ble. Older flash chips without this feature has reserved value
0xff. Instead of checking "lower software bits" register, use
CFI primary vendor-specific extended query. Since CFI version
1.4, software features can be read from offset 0x53 according to
document AN201168 from Cypress.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The u-boot.sym file is scanned to find unit test suites for execution. At
present it only finds those whose names start with 'dm' or 'env'. This
code is buried in the bowels of the test code so when adding a new suite
it is not easy to discover why it is ignored by the test framework.
There seems to be no need to make this restriction. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
At present the test setup is somewhat mixed with the test itself. But if
the test setup fails (which it should not) then the test is actually
invalid. Put all the test buffers and sizes in a struct and separate out
the core code into a function.
This will make it easier to move the code to use the unit test framework.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The logic to either iterate through a list of tests or pick a named test
is common to at lest two test suits. Move this logic into a new function
and call it from the environment tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The kernel gets the ethernet MAC from the ethaddr variable, the omap boards for
devices with USB based eth adapters just set the usbethaddr which doesn't appear
to get passed to the kernel. The same Raspberry Pi code sets both ethaddr and
usbethaddr so lets do that so linux (tested 4.13 and 4.14) get a static rather
than a random MAC address, while not regressing users of usbethaddr.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
These are actually different bits, and since some monitors (Benq BL2420PT)
have modes with different HSYNC and VSYNC polarity, we should set them
independently
Tested on Pine64-LTS with Benq BL2420PT monitor.
Signed-off-by: Vasily Khoruzhick <anarsoul@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Some H5 boards are designed to start at 1.1V CPUx voltage (e.g. Nano Pi
NEO2), which may not work properly at 1008MHz if the chip's quality is
not so good.
Lower the default CPUx frequency of H5 to 816MHz.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The DCLK_VOP_DIV_CON_MASK should cover only bits 8 through 15.
Fix this to remove an "integer-overflow on shifted constant" warning.
Fixes: 9246d9e ("rockchip: rk3128: add clock driver")
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The PLL selector field for NANDC is only 2 bits wide.
This fixes an 'int-overflow on shift' warning.
Fixes: 9246d9e ("rockchip: rk3128: add clock driver")
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Depending on your compiler, when compiling the hello world efi binary
with -Os, gcc might think it's a smart idea to replace common patterns
such as memory copies with explicit calls to memcpy().
While that sounds great at first, we don't have any memcpy() available
in our helloworld build target. So let's indicate to gcc that we really
do want to have the code be built as freestanding.
Fixes: bbf75dd9 ("efi_loader: output load options in helloworld")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Commit 884bcf6f65 (efi_loader: use proper device-paths for partitions) tried
to introduce the el torito scheme to all partition table types: Spawn
individual disk objects for each partition on a disk.
Unfortunately, that code ended up creating partitions with offset=0 which meant
that anyone accessing these objects gets data from the raw block device instead
of the partition.
Furthermore, all the el torito logic to spawn devices for partitions was
duplicated. So let's merge the two code paths and give partition disk objects
good offsets to work from, so that payloads can actually make use of them.
Fixes: 884bcf6f65 (efi_loader: use proper device-paths for partitions)
Reported-by: Yousaf Kaukab <yousaf.kaukab@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Otherwise with GUID partition types you would end up with things like:
.../HD(Part0,Sig6252c819-4624-4995-8d16-abc9cd5d4130)/HD(Part0,MBRType=02,SigType=02)
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: rebased]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide comments for efi_convert_device_node_to_text()
and efi_convert_device_path_to_text().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
To avoid duplicate coding provide a helper function that
initializes an EFI object and adds it to the EFI object
list.
efi_exit() is the only place where we dereference a handle
to obtain a protocol interface. Add a comment to the function.
Suggested-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The handle of a loaded image is the value of the handle
member of the loaded image info object and not the
address of the loaded image info.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Check that helloworld.efi returns EFI_SUCCESS.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We need to test if we pass a valid image handle when loading
and EFI application. This cannot be done in efi_selftest as
it is not loaded as an image.
So let's enhance helloworld a bit.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add a missing line feed for an error message.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
As the selftest is not compiled as an EFI binary we do not
need special compiler flags.
This avoids the checkarmreloc error on vexpress_ca15_tc2.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use efi_add_protocol to install protocols.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide a test for the EFI_DEVICE_PATH_TO_TEXT_PROTOCOL protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The current implementation of efi_locate_device_path does not match
the UEFI specification. It completely ignores the protocol
parameters.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We need to implement to different functions for the
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_TO_TEXT_PROTOCOL:
ConvertDeviceNodeToText
ConvertDevicePathToText
A recent patch screwed up efi_convert_device_node_to_text
to expect a device path and not a node.
The patch makes both service functions work again.
efi_convert_device_node_to_text is renamed to
efi_convert_single_device_node_to_text and
efi_convert_device_node_to_text_ext is renamed to
efi_convert_device_node_to_text to avoid future
confusion.
A test of ConvertDeviceNodeToText will be provided in
a follow-up patch.
Fixes: adae4313cd efi_loader: flesh out device-path to text
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_dp_str is meant to print a device path and not a device
node.
The old coding only worked because efi_convert_device_node_to_text
was screwed up to expect paths instead of nodes.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In the format specifier we want to specify the maximum width
in case an ending \0 is missing.
So slen must be used as precision and not as field width.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When trying to load an image from a non-existent USB key, U-Boot v2017.11
crashes on my x86 platform:
=> load usb 0:1 03000000 abc
General Protection
EIP: 0010:[<7b59030d>] EFLAGS: 00010286
Original EIP :[<fff4330d>]
...
This used to work in v2017.09. Testing has shown, that this bug was
introduced with patch 95c5553e [efi_loader: refactor boot device and
loaded_image handling].
This patch now checks if a valid "desc" is returned from blk_get_dev()
and only continues when "desc" is available. Resulting in this cmd
output (again):
=> load usb 0:1 03000000 abc
** Bad device usb 0 **
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Zero partition_signature in the efi_device_path_hard_drive_path
structure when signature_type is 0 (no signature) as required by the
UEFI specification.
This is required so that efi_dp_match() will work as expected
when doing memcmp() comparisons. Previously uninitialised memory
would cause it not match nodes when it should have when the signature
type was not GUID.
Corrects a problem where the loaded image protocol would not return a
device path with MEDIA_DEVICE causing the OpenBSD bootloader to fail
on rpi_3 and other targets.
v2: Also handle signature_type 1 (MBR) as described in the specification
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Tested-by: Artturi Alm <artturi.alm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use helper functions efi_created_handle and efi_add_protocol
for creating the console handles and instaling the respective
protocols.
This change is needed if we want to move from an array of
protocols to a linked list of protocols.
Eliminate EFI_PROTOCOL_OBJECT which is not used anymore.
Currently we have not defined protocol interfaces to be const.
So efi_con_out and efi_console_control cannot be defined as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use helper function efi_search_protocol.
Do not print protocol guid twice in debug mode.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use function efi_search_obj, efi_search_protocol and
efi_remove_protocol to simplify the coding.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use helper function efi_search_protocol in efi_search.
Add missing comments.
Put default handling into default branch of switch statement.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This patch provides helper functions to manage protocols.
efi_search_protocol - find a protocol on a handle
efi_add_protocol - install a protocol on a handle
efi_remove_protocol - remove a protocol from a handle
efi_remove_all_protocols - remove all protocols from a handle
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use efi_uintn_t instead of unsigned long.
EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_OPERATION is an enum. If we don't
define an enum we have to pass it as u32.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The argument of efi_search_obj is not changed so it should
be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_dp_match does not change its arguments.
So they should be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Calloc may return NULL. So we must check the return value.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Calloc may return NULL. We should check the return value.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Calloc may return NULL. We have to check the return value.
Fixes: be8d324191 efi_loader: Add GOP support
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Implement UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces.
The efi_uninstall_multipled_protocol_interfaces tries to
uninstall protocols one by one. If an error occurs all
uninstalled protocols are reinstalled.
As the implementation efi_uninstall_protocol_interface is
still incomplete the function will fail.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_install_protocol_interface should provide the created or
provided handle in the debug output.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
EFI_HANDLEs are used both in boottime and in runtime services.
efi_search_obj is a function that can be used to validate
handles. So let's make it accessible via efi_loader.h.
We can simplify the coding using list_for_each_entry.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Check the parameters in efi_locate_handle.
Use list_for_each_entry instead of list_for_each.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Consistenly use efi_uintn_t wherever the UEFI spec uses
UINTN in boot services interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
UINTN is used in the UEFI specification for unsigned integers
matching the bitness of the CPU.
Types in U-Boot should be lower case. The patch replaces it
by efi_uintn_t.
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
As we now have EFI_CALL there is no need for separate
functions efi_uninstall_protocol_interface_ext and
efi_uninstall_protocol_interface.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
As we now have EFI_CALL there is no need for separate
functions efi_install_protocol_interface_ext and
efi_install_protocol_interface.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This unit test checks the following protocol services:
InstallProtocolInterface, UninstallProtocolInterface,
InstallMultipleProtocolsInterfaces,
UninstallMultipleProtocolsInterfaces,
HandleProtocol, ProtocolsPerHandle,
LocateHandle, LocateHandleBuffer.
As UninstallProtocolInterface and UninstallMultipleProtocolsInterfaces
are not completely implemented a TODO message will shown for
their failure.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Constants should be capitalized.
So rename the values of enum efi_locate_search_type.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The parent_handle of the loaded image must be set.
Set the system table.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The following services are tested:
OutputString, TestString, SetAttribute.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Clear environment variable efi_selftest before executing the
default tests.
Provide a test verifying that the EFI watchdog
reboots the system upon timeout.
The test depends on CONFIG_CMD_EFI_SELFTEST=y.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
A test is added that verifies that the watchdog timer actually
causes a reboot upon timeout. The test is only executed on
request using
setenv efi_selftest watchdog reboot
bootefi selftest
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use environment variable bootargs used as load options
for bootefi payloads.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
After executing bootefi selftest
* restore GD
* unlink the load image handle
* return 0 or 1 and not a truncated efi_status_t.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Environment variable efi_selftest is passed as load options
to the selftest application. It is used to select a single
test to be executed.
The load options are an UTF8 string. Yet I decided to keep
the name propertiy of the tests as char[] to reduce code
size.
Special value 'list' displays a list of all available tests.
Tests get an on_request property. If this property is set
the tests are only executed if explicitly requested.
The invocation of efi_selftest is changed to reflect that
bootefi selftest with efi_selftest = 'list' will call the
Exit bootservice.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Move duplicate code to the new function efi_st_do_tests.
Suggested-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
If the compared memory areas match the return value should be 0.
We should not use the unrelated constant EFI_ST_SUCCESS.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Currently we pass bootefi_device_path and bootefi_image_path as
device and image path without initializing them. They may carry
values from previous calls to bootefi.
With the patch the variables are initialized valid dummy values.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Where ulong or unsigned long are used to hold an EFI status
code we should consistenly use efi_status_t.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use a define to detect double inclusion of efi_loader.h.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide a conversion function from utf8 to utf16.
Add missing #include <linux/types.h> in include/charset.h.
Remove superfluous #include <common.h> in lib/charset.c.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The test verifies that resetting the watchdog timer ensures
that it is not called during the timeout period.
Testing that the watchdog timer actually executes a reset
would require a test outside the efi_selftest framework.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The watchdog is initialized with a 5 minute timeout period.
It can be reset by SetWatchdogTimer.
It is stopped by ExitBoottimeServices.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
To avoid a forward declaration move efi_search_obj before
all protocol services functions.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
On the RK3399-Q7, we want to trigger a full platform reset (so the
various software stacks supported don't have to deal with the same
complexities over and over again) in case that anything other than a
power-on reset occurred.
To do so, this defines the /config/sysreset-gpio property and has it
point to a GPIO that will perform a power-on reset of the entire
platform.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
The reset circuitry in the RK3399 only resets 'almost all logic' when
a software reset is performed. To make our software maintenance
easier in the future, we want to have the option (controlled by a DTS
property) to force all reset causes other than a power-on reset to
trigger a power-on reset via a GPIO trigger.
This adds the necessary support to the rk3399-puma (i.e. RK3399-Q7)
board-support and the documentation for the new property
(sysreset-gpio) within the /config-node.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
USB1 is connected to the on-module USB 3.0 hub and power to the hub
(actually it's a reset signal, modeled as a fixed regulator, that will
be released) should be enabled only during the first probing of the
device to avoid the hub from entering its low-power mode (where it
tries to attach on a fixed interval, but we always miss the timeslot
when U-Boot has the controller listening).
This adds a 'tsd,usb-port-power' stringlist to enable the
infrastructure in the board-specific usb_hub_reset_devices to find and
control the fixed regulator associated with control of the USB hub.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
For some versions of the RK3399-Q7 (at least revisions v1.1 and v1.2
are affected), we need to turn on the power for the port connected to
the on-module USB hub only when the device is probed for the first
time to ensure that the hub does not enter a low-power mode (that
U-Boot's USB stack can't deal with).
Note that this is needed for U-Boot only, as Linux eventually manages
to attach the hub even when it has entered into its low-power state
(when the hub wakes up the next time) after a few seconds.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
Even if the board-specific directory Makefile doesn't have any
targets, it still needs to exist.
This adds a minimal Makefile for the board/rockchip/evb_rk3128
directory and a evk-rk3128.c (as built-in.o needs to be built
for every directory that a Makefile gets run for).
Fixes: c7a6866 ("rockchip: rk3128: add evb-rk3128 support")
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add dts binding header for rk3128, files origin from kernel.
Series-Changes: 2
- fix i2c address
- add saradc and usb phy node
- emmc using fifo mode for there is no dma support in rk3128 emmc
- add some clock id in cru.h
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
With some of the recent cleanups (e.g. moving the DRAM controller
drivers for Rockchip devices to drivers/ram/rockchip), the files
and paths listed in MAINTAINERS no longer covered what really is
looked after as part of the Rockchip port.
This commit updates the files/paths listed in MAINTAINERS for the
Rockchip port. I am certain, though, that this will have missed some
additional paths that should have been included...
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Rework the ULCB CPLD driver and make it into a sysreset driver,
since that is what the ULCB CPLD driver is mostly for.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The order of members in struct hws_topology_map is cas_wl, cas_l. The
comments in the original db-88f6820-gp.c had this wrong and have been
copied to other Armada-385 based boards. Practically this hasn't made a
difference since all these boards set both cas_wl and cas_l to 0
(autodetect) but if there were ever a board that did need to set these
explicitly they would run into unexpected issued.
Update the comments to reflect the correct order of structure members.
Reported-by: Tobi Wulff <tobi.wulff@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND has been removed in commit 2be296538e (Convert
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC/NAND/UBI and NOWHERE to Kconfig).
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH has been removed in commit 91c868fe7c
(Convert CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH to Kconfig). The environment #ifdef
is now empty. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Check if we are booting from NAND and let the bootrom
continue to load the rest of the bootloader
Signed-off-by: Sean Nyekjaer <sean.nyekjaer@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It's the first 8 bits of the bootrom error register that
contain the boot error/fallback error code. Let's check that
and continue to boot from UART.
Signed-off-by: Sean Nyekjaer <sean.nyekjaer@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
bbt_mirror_descr and bbt_main_descr is defined but not used
when compiling without CONFIG_SYS_NAND_USE_FLASH_BBT set.
Signed-off-by: Sean Nyekjaer <sean.nyekjaer@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch removes the inclusion of the libgcc math functions and
replaces them by functions coded in C, taken from the coreboot
project. This makes U-Boot building more independent from the toolchain
installed / available on the build system.
The code taken from coreboot is authored from Vadim Bendebury
<vbendeb@chromium.org> on 2014-11-28 and committed with commit
ID e63990ef [libpayload: provide basic 64bit division implementation]
(coreboot git repository located here [1]).
I modified the code so that its checkpatch clean without any
functional changes.
[1] git://github.com/coreboot/coreboot.git
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Currently X86 does not properly support distro defaults.
This patch is only a partial fix.
It provides the name of the bootloader EFI application
for the X86 architecture.
The architecture dependent file names are defined in the UEFI
specification.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 13c531e52a.
The error message with FIT style image mentioned in the above commit
only happens when booting using FIT image containing bzImage kernel
and without setup node (setup.bin). The current documentation for
x86 FIT support in doc/uImage.FIT/x86-fit-boot.txt mentions that
kernel's setup.bin file is required for building x86 FIT images.
The above commit breaks FIT images generated as described in the
documentation. Revert it to allow booting with images built in the
documented way.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
x86_vendor_name is defined as
static const char *const x86_vendor_name[]
So its elements should not be compared to 0.
Remove superfluous paranthesis.
Problem identified with Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Adjust VGA rom address to 0xfffb0000 so that u-boot.rom image
can be built again.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
ROM has been made read-only in qemu recently (namely commit 208fa0e4:
"pc: make 'pc.rom' readonly when machine has PCI enabled"). So this
patch restores compatibility between U-Boot and qemu.
Signed-off-by: Anton Gerasimov <anton@advancedtelematic.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: mention qemu commit title in the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Before this patch one could receive following errors when executing "fatls"
command on machine with cache enabled (ex i.MX6Q) :
=> fatls mmc 0:1
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4f59dfc8, 4f59e7c8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4f59dfc8, 4f59e7c8]
ERROR: v7_outer_cache_inval_range - start address is not aligned - 0x4f59dfc8
ERROR: v7_outer_cache_inval_range - stop address is not aligned - 0x4f59e7c8
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4f59dfc8, 4f59e7c8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4f59dfc8, 4f59e7c8]
ERROR: v7_outer_cache_inval_range - start address is not aligned - 0x4f59dfc8
ERROR: v7_outer_cache_inval_range - stop address is not aligned - 0x4f59e7c8
To alleviate this problem - the calloc()s have been replaced with
malloc_cache_aligned() and memset().
After those changes the buffers are properly aligned (with both start
address and size) to SoC cache line.
Fixes: 09fa964bba ("fs/fat: Fix 'CACHE: Misaligned operation at range' warnings")
Suggested-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
This board is based on the Atmel sama5d3 eval boards.
Supporting the following features:
- Boot from NAND Flash
- Ethernet
- FIT
- SPL
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Kephart <dan.kephart@lairdtech.com>
This board is based on the Atmel 9x5 eval board.
Supporting the following features:
- Boot from NAND Flash
- Ethernet
- FIT
- SPL
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Kephart <dan.kephart@lairdtech.com>
GCC 7.1 seems to be smart enough to track val through the various
static inline functions, but not smart enough to see that val will
always be initialised when no error is returned. This triggers
the following warning:
env/mmc.c: In function 'mmc_get_env_addr':
env/mmc.c:121:12: warning: 'val' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
To make it easier for compiler to understand what is going on, let's
initialise val.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Building spl with CONFIG_OF_EMBED enabled results in an error message
on my board: "SPL image too big". This is because the fdtgrep build
step is only executed for CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE.
Fix this by moving the fdtgrep build step ('cmd_fdtgreo') from
scripts/Makefile.spl to dts/Makefile so that the reduced dtb is
available for all kinds of spl builds.
The resulting variable name for the embedded device tree blob changes,
too, which is why common.h and fdtdec.c have tiny changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In U-Boot, this device tree is compatible with both the Torpedo and
SOM-LV kits. Let's rename it in the device tree since the U-Boot code and
show a more generic OMAP3 name. The code auto detects between the two and
loads the proper DTB file for Linux. This would eliminate the SOM-LV showing
the name Torpedo during boot and hopefully eliminate some confusion.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
It is unwise to first dereference a variable
and then to check if it was NULL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When copying the command line buffer the target array should
at least have the same size.
Cf. definition of console_buffer in common/cli_readline.c.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
use ALLOC_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER_PAD for mbr header allocation
in stack to fix alloc issue in is_gpt_valid()
this patch fix also issue for GPT partition handling
with blocksize != 512 in set_protective_mbr()
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add a header for SAMA5D2 SMC since it's not compatible with
SAMA5D3 one.
Signed-off-by: Ludovic Desroches <ludovic.desroches@microchip.com>
[wenyou: fix the wrong base address of the SMC register]
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
The capabilities have default values which doesn't reflect the reality
when it concerns the base clock and the mul value. Use a fixe rate
for the gck. 240 MHz is an arbitrary choice, it is a multiple of the
maximum SD clock frequency handle by the controller and it allows to
get a 400 kHz clock for the card initialisation.
Signed-off-by: Ludovic Desroches <ludovic.desroches@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Differentiate the generic clock source selection value from the parent
clock index to fix the incorrect assignment of the generic clock
source selection.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
To get the same behavior as the Linux driver, instead of selecting
the closest inferior rate, select the closest inferior or superior
rate
Signed-off-by: Ludovic Desroches <ludovic.desroches@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
What the AT91_UTMI depends on SPL_DM isn't right. AT91_UTMI is not
only used in SPL, also in other place, even if SPL_DM isn't enabled.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
MPU's region setup can be factorized between STM32F4/F7/H7 SoCs family
and used a common MPU's region config.
Only one exception for STM32H7 which doesn't have device area
located at 0xA000 0000.
For STM32F4, configure_clocks() need to be moved from arch_cpu_init()
to board_early_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
In order to factorize code between STM32F4 and STM32F7
migrate all structs related to RCC clocks in include/stm32_rcc.h
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
MMC block needs 48Mhz source clock, for that we choose
to select the SAI PLL.
Update also stm32_clock_get_rate() to retrieve the MMC
clock source needed in MMC driver.
STM32F4 uses a different RCC variant than STM32F7. For STM32F4
sdmmc clocks bit are located into dckcfgr register whereas there
are located into dckcfgr2 registers on STM32F7.
In both registers, bits CK48MSEL and SDMMC1SEL are located at
the same position.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Priouzeau <christophe.priouzeau@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Like STM32H7, now STM32F4/F7 clock drivers are binded by
MFD stm32_rcc driver.
This also allows to add reset support to STM32F4/F7 SoCs family.
As Reset driver is not part of SPL supported drivers, don't bind it
in case of SPL to avoid that stm32_rcc_bind() returns an error.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
This allows to add rcc MFD support to stm32f746-disco board
This rcc MFD driver manages clock and reset for STM32 SoCs family
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
STM32F4 doesn't get rcc.h file, to avoid compilation
issue, migrate RCC related defines from rcc.h to driver
file and remove rcc.h file.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Now that clk_stm32f7.c manages clocks for both STM32F4 and F7 SoCs
rename it to a more generic clk_stm32f.c
Fix also some checkpatch errors/warnings.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
STM32F4 and STM32F7 RCC clock IP are very similar.
Same driver can be used to managed RCC clock for
these 2 SoCs.
Differences between STM32F4 and F7 will be managed using
different compatible string :
_ overdrive clock is only supported by STM32F7
_ different sys_pll_psc parameters can be used between STM32F4
and STM32F7.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Align the RCC compatible string with the one used by kernel.
It will allow to use the same clock driver for STM32F4
and STM32F7 and to manage the differences between the 2 SoCs
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Add a dedicated stm32f7 compatible string to use clk_stm32f7
driver with both STM32F4 and STM32F7 SoCs.
It will be needed to manage differences between these 2 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
PWR IP is used to enable over-drive feature in
order to reach a higher frequency.
Get its base address from DT instead of hard-coded value
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
This node is needed to enable performance mode
when system frequency is set up to 200Mhz.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Up to now we were able to read/write environment data from/to UBI
volumes only indirectly by gluebi driver. This driver creates NAND MTD
on top of UBI volumes, which is quite a workaroung for this use case.
Add support for direct read/write UBI volumes in order to not use
obsolete gluebi driver.
Forward-ported from this patch:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/619305/
Original patch:
Signed-off-by: Marcin Niestroj <m.niestroj@grinn-global.com>
Forward port:
Signed-off-by: S. Lockwood-Childs <sjl@vctlabs.com>
atcspi200 is Andestech spi ip which is embedded in
AE3XX and AE250 platforms. So rename as atcspi200
will be more reasonable to be used in different
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
ATCPIT100 is often used in AE3XX platform which is
based on NDS32 architecture recently. But in the future
Andestech will have AE250 platform which is embeded
ATCPIT100 timer based on RISCV architecture.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
ATCPIT100 is Andestech timer IP which is embeded
in AE3XX and AE250 boards. So rename AE3XX to
ATCPIT100 will be more make sence.
Signed-off-by: rick <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rickchen36@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It will be work fine with unsigned long declaretion in timer
register struct when system is 32 bit. But it will not work
well when system is 64 bit. Replace it by u32 and verify both
ok in 32/64 bit.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When requesting a GPIO, set the PFC GPSR register to GPIO mode,
otherwise the GPIO cannot work.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add hook into the PFC driver to allow the GPIO driver to toggle
GPSR registers into GPIO mode when GPIO is requested.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add code to handle single pins nodes from DT in addition to already
support groups handling.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Stop using the old ad-hoc SH I2C driver and use the new RCar IIC
driver instead. The SH I2C driver should be deprecated and removed
eventually.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Mark the PRR as u-boot,dm-pre-reloc in all Gen3 board DTs as it is
needed very early and turn on the CONFIG_SYSCON to allow the PRR
driver to bind as a syscon uclass.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Implement DM driver for the Renesas PRR into RCar cpu info and convert
all users with DM and OF enabled to this new driver. This means all of
the boards with DM and OF enabled can fetch PRR address from DT, which
is useful on ie. V3M which has different PRR address than the rest of
Gen3 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
As we have a proper clock framework driver, these macros are not
needed, so drop them and clean up the whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
These macros are no longer needed since the DRAM configuration is parsed
from the DT. Drop them all.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Drop the ad-hoc DRAM configuration with macros and just decode
the DRAM configuration from device tree instead. This makes it
far cleaner and easier.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since checkboard() is gone, rmobile_sysinfo is also pointless on Gen3.
Furthermore, nuke ad-hoc CONFIG_RCAR_BOARD_STRING which is also dead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The checkboard() function showing hard-coded board model for which the
U-Boot was built is superseded on Gen3 by show_board_info() displaying
the Model from device tree. Add small ifdef to stop compiling the
function into U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
We can now use rmobile_get_cpu_type() to check the CPU ID rather
than using a macro, make it so.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since both R8A7795 and R8A7796 now use the same files, unify the
Makefile entry to CONFIG_RCAR_GEN3.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Unify the R7A7795 and R8A7796 memory maps in memmap-gen3 and, for now,
select which one is used based on which SoC is selected. Since this is
done in C code instead of statically assigned now, the decision can be
taken by PRR SoC match as well, which will be done in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Replace the ad-hoc values in the PRR CPU ID table with macros,
so that users can use rmobile_get_cpu_type() can compare the
returned value with these macros to figure out on which CPU they
are running.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since the Gen3 clock driver now has a .remove callback, it is no
longer necessary to shut the clock down before booting Linux in the
arch_preboot_os hook. Stop using it and while doing so, remove all
the ad-hoc config options which this hook used.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
These old PFC tables are no longer needed as there is now a proper
PFC pinmux driver in drivers/pinctrl/renesas . Remove them .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Pull out the GIC macros from the board configuration files
into the common Gen3 configuration file since these macros
are the same for all Gen3 systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This command is useless on Salvator-X as it is reading DRAM info from
SPD. We have no SPD on Salvator-X.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since the RCar Gen3 no longer uses the SH SDHI driver, but rather
uses the Matsushita SD driver, which loads all the properties from
device tree, these macros are no longer used, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Enable the Micrel KSZ90x1 driver on ULCB, since the board is populated
with KSZ9031 and without this driver, the PHY cannot be operated.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The eMMC is 1V8 device only and the signaling is always 1V8,
fix the DT for ULCB to describe the hardware correctly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Fix handling of the reset GPIO. Drop the _nodev() suffix from the
gpio_request_by_name() call as there is now a proper DM capable
GPIO driver. Also check if the GPIO is valid before freeing it in
remove path, otherwise U-Boot will crash.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add driver for the RCar IIC or DVFS I2C controller. This driver is based
on the SH I2C driver, but supports DM and DT probing as well as modern
I2C framework API.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Unify the CONFIG_R8A7795 and CONFIG_R8A7796 as CONFIG_RCAR_GEN3
so that every time we add a new SoC, we won't have to add more
stuff to this list.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add xHCI entry into the clock tables, so that the xHCI USB driver
can enable the clock for the xHCI block via clock framework.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The MSTP registers were poked in boards/renesas/rcar-common/common.c
in arch_preboot_os hook thus far to shut down the clock before Linux
takes over. With DM, this is no longer needed and we can do the same
in the clock driver .remove callback. This patch adds such a .remove
callback for R8A7795 and R8A7796.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
It is legal to have multiple /memory nodes in a device tree . Currently,
fdtdec_setup_memory_size() only supports parsing the first node . This
patch extends the function such that if a particular /memory node does
no longer have further "reg" entries and CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS still
allows for more DRAM banks, the code moves on to the next memory node
and checks it's "reg"s. This makes it possible to handle both systems
with single memory node with multiple entries and systems with multiple
memory nodes with single entry.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To help out with the RCar/RMobile upstreaming, I'm adding myself
as the RCar/RMobile maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Xilinx changes for v2018.1
Zynq:
- Add support for Syzygy and cc108 boards
- Add support for mini u-boot configurations (cse)
- dts updates
- config/defconfig updates in connection to Kconfig changes
- Fix psu_init handling
ZynqMP:
- SPL fixes
- Remove slcr.c
- Fixing r5 startup sequence
- Add support for external pmufw
- Add support for new ZynqMP chips
- dts updates
- Add support for zcu102 rev1.0 board
Drivers:
- nand: Support external timing setting and board init
- ahci: Fix wording
- axi_emac: Wait for bit, non processor mode, readl/write conversion
- zynq_gem: Fix SGMII/PCS support
This patch uses readl and writel instead of in_be32 and
out_be32 for io ops as these internally uses readl,
writel for microblaze and for Zynq, ZynqMP there is
no need of endianness conversion and readl, writel
should work straightaway. This patch starts supporting
the driver for Zynq and ZynqMP platforms.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Dont enable SGMII and PCS selection if internal PCS/PMA
is not used, by getting the info about internal/external
PCS/PMA usage from dt property "is-internal-phy".
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Use more accurate description for Xilinx Zynq and ZynqMP based platforms.
With using driver model there shouldn't be a need to create separate
Kconfig config options.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The chapter in which the table explaining the image format changed
chapter as the document evolved. This should help people track the
info down faster.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Francois Dagenais <jeff.dagenais@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Sparse is return warning about this:
arch/arm/mach-zynq/slcr.c: In function 'zynq_slcr_get_mio_pin_status':
arch/arm/mach-zynq/slcr.c:185:16: warning: comparison between signed and
unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(mio_periphs); i++) {
^
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add proper support for EMIT_WRITE operation which is write only.
Do not use EMIT_MASKWRITE which is read-modify-write.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch is based on work done in topic board where the first address
word also storing operation which should be done. This is reducing size
of configuration data.
This patch is not breaking an option to copy default ps7_init_gpl* files
from hdf file but it is doing preparation for ps7_init* consolidation.
The patch is also marking ps7_config as weak function.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add missing declaration to header.
Warning log:
arch/arm/mach-zynq/spl.c:94:12: warning: symbol 'ps7_post_config' was
not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add support for non processor mode, this mode doesn't have
access to some of the registers and hence this patch
bypasses it and also length has to be calculated from
status instead of app4 in this mode.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
U-Boot is generally flashed to a MIPS Boston development board by means
of a .mcs file which Xilinx Vivado software can write to the flash
present on the board. As such we'd generally want to produce an mcs file
when building U-Boot to target the Boston board. Introduce a make target
for u-boot.mcs which generates it using the srec_cat tool available from
the SRecord project, and build it by default when srec_cat is present.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
Generally we load Linux kernels on Boston boards in the form of FIT
images containing a compressed kernel binary. Linux is linked at
0x80100000 and so we need to decompress the kernel binary to that
address, however this is our default load address which means that
unless explicitly avoided we hit a decompression error as the
uncompressed kernel binary overwrites its compressed version from the
FIT image.
Avoid this by adjusting CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR to 0x88000000 (or
0xffffffff88000000 for MIPS64 builds) which avoids the address overlap
between compressed & uncompressed kernel binaries.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
If we run on a CPU which doesn't implement a particular cache then we
would previously get stuck in an infinite loop, executing a cache op on
the first "line" of the missing cache & then incrementing the address by
0. This was being avoided for the L2 caches, but not for the L1s. Fix
this by generalising the check for a zero line size & avoiding the cache
op loop when this is the case.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
When writing code, for example during relocation, we ensure that the
icache has a coherent view of the new instructions with a call to
flush_cache(). This handles the bulk of the work to ensure the new
instructions will execute as expected, however it does not ensure that
the CPU pipeline doesn't already contain instructions taken from a stale
view of the affected memory. This could theoretically be a problem for
relocation, but in practice typically isn't because we sync caches for
enough code after the entry point of the newly written code that by the
time the CPU pipeline might possibly fetch any of it we'll have long ago
written it back & invalidated any stale icache entries. This is however
a problem for shorter regions of code.
In preparation for later patches which write shorter segments of code,
ensure any instruction hazards are cleared by flush_cache() by
introducing & using a new instruction_hazard_barrier() function which
makes use of the jr.hb instruction to clear the hazard.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
A typical use of cache maintenance functions is to force writeback of
data which a device is about to read using DMA - for example a
descriptor or command structure. Such users of cache maintenance
functions require that operations on the cache have completed before
they proceed to instruct a device to read memory. This requires that we
place a completion barrier (ie. sync instruction) between the cache ops
and whatever write informs the device to perform DMA.
Whilst strictly speaking this isn't all users of the cache maintenance
functions & we could instead place the barriers in the drivers that
require them, it would be much more invasive to do so than to just have
the barrier be the default by placing it in the cache functions
themselves. The cost is low enough that it shouldn't matter to us in any
rare cases that we use the cache functions when not performing DMA.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
MIPS is no longer a part of Imagination Technologies, and as such my
@imgtec.com email address will soon cease to function. This patch
updates occurrances of it with my new @mips.com email address, and adds
an entry in .mailmap such that git (& tools such as get_maintainer.pl
when examining history) will use the new address.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
The u-boot.lds linker script for MIPS defines a PTR_COUNT_SHIFT macro to
2 or 3 for 32 bit or 64 bit builds respectively. This macro is never
actually used though, so remove the dead code.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
The boston lowlevel_init() function zeroes the return register v0,
despite the function not being expected to return a value & that value
never being used.
Remove the redundant assignment to v0.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This work-around has been here in U-Boot because the AIDET and GPIO
drivers were missing in the upstream Linux. Both are now available
in Linus' tree:
- drivers/irqchip/irq-uniphier-aidet.c
- drivers/gpio/gpio-uniphier.c
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
I largely reworked the Denali NAND controller driver in Linux.
This commit imports the improvements from Linux. The code is
almost synced with Linux 4.15-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Several drivers check ->chipsize to see if the third row address cycle
is needed. Instead of embedding magic sizes such as 32MB, 128MB in
drivers, introduce a new flag NAND_ROW_ADDR_3 for clean-up. Since
nand_scan_ident() knows well about the device, it can handle this
properly. The flag is set if the row address bit width is greater
than 16.
Delete comments such as "One more address cycle for ..." because
intention is now clear enough from the code.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 14157f861437ebe2d624b0a845b91bbdf8ca9a2d]
struct nand_ecc_caps was designed as flexible as possible to support
multiple stepsizes (like sunxi_nand.c).
So, we need to write multiple arrays even for the simplest case.
I guess many controllers support a single stepsize, so here is a
shorthand macro for the case.
It allows to describe like ...
NAND_ECC_CAPS_SINGLE(denali_pci_ecc_caps, denali_calc_ecc_bytes, 512, 8, 15);
... instead of
static const int denali_pci_ecc_strengths[] = {8, 15};
static const struct nand_ecc_step_info denali_pci_ecc_stepinfo = {
.stepsize = 512,
.strengths = denali_pci_ecc_strengths,
.nstrengths = ARRAY_SIZE(denali_pci_ecc_strengths),
};
static const struct nand_ecc_caps denali_pci_ecc_caps = {
.stepinfos = &denali_pci_ecc_stepinfo,
.nstepinfos = 1,
.calc_ecc_bytes = denali_calc_ecc_bytes,
};
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: a03c60178c181767ecfb26fb311a88742d228118]
Driver are responsible for setting up ECC parameters correctly.
Those include:
- Check if ECC parameters specified (usually by DT) are valid
- Meet the chip's ECC requirement
- Maximize ECC strength if NAND_ECC_MAXIMIZE flag is set
The logic can be generalized by factoring out common code.
This commit adds 3 helpers to the NAND framework:
nand_check_ecc_caps - Check if preset step_size and strength are valid
nand_match_ecc_req - Match the chip's requirement
nand_maximize_ecc - Maximize the ECC strength
To use the helpers above, a driver needs to provide:
- Data array of supported ECC step size and strength
- A hook that calculates ECC bytes from the combination of
step_size and strength.
By using those helpers, code duplication among drivers will be
reduced.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 2c8f8afa7f92acb07641bf95b940d384ed1d0294]
Some NAND controllers can assign different NAND timings to different
CS lines. Pass the CS line information to ->setup_data_interface() so
that the NAND controller driver knows which CS line is concerned by
the setup_data_interface() request.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 104e442a67cfba4d0cc982384761befb917fb6a1]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
In some cases, nand_do_{read,write}_ops is passed with unaligned
ops->datbuf. Drivers using DMA will be unhappy about unaligned
buffer.
The new struct member, buf_align, represents the minimum alignment
the driver require for the buffer. If the buffer passed from the
upper MTD layer does not have enough alignment, nand_do_*_ops will
use bufpoi.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 477544c62a84d3bacd9f90ba75ffc16c04d78071]
Drivers setting NAND_ECC_CUSTOM_PAGE_ACCESS are supposed to handle the
full read/write page sequence, and waiting for a page to actually be
programmed is part of this write-page sequence.
This is also what is done in ->write_oob_xxx() hooks, so let's do that in
->write_page_xxx() as well to make it consistent.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 41145649f4acb30249b636b945053db50c9331c5]
[masahiro:
There is no driver setting NAND_ECC_CUSTOM_PAGE_ACCESS in U-Boot.
No driver is affected by this change.]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The ->errstat() hook is no longer implemented NAND controller drivers.
Get rid of it before someone starts abusing it.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 7d135bcced20be2b50128432c5426a7278ec4f6d]
[masahiro: modify davinci_nand.c for U-Boot]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cached programming is always skipped, so drop the associated code until
we decide to really support it.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 0b4773fd1649e0d418275557723a7ef54f769dc9]
[masahiro: modify davinci_nand.c for U-Boot]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
In order to make the ecclayout definition completely dynamic we need to
rework the way the OOB layout are defined and iterated.
Create a few mtd_ooblayout_xxx() helpers to ease OOB bytes manipulation
and hide ecclayout internals to their users.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 75eb2cec251fda33c9bb716ecc372819abb9278a]
[masahiro:
cherry-pick more code from adbbc3bc827eb1f43a932d783f09ba55c8ec8379]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If your controller already sends the required NAND commands when
reading or writing a page, then the framework is not supposed to
send READ0 and SEQIN/PAGEPROG respectively.
Signed-off-by: Marc Gonzalez <marc_gonzalez@sigmadesigns.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 3371d663bb4579f1b2003a92162edd6d90edd089]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Add the tR_max, tBERS_max, tPROG_max and tCCS_min timings to the
nand_sdr_timings struct.
Assign default/safe values for the statically defined timings, and
extract them from the ONFI parameter table if the NAND is ONFI
compliant.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Marc Gonzalez <marc_gonzalez@sigmadesigns.com>
[Linux commit: 204e7ecd47e26cc12d9e8e8a7e7a2eeb9573f0ba
Fixup commit: 6d29231000bbe0fb9e4893a9c68151ffdd3b5469]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
When changing from one data interface setting to another, one has to
ensure a specific sequence which is described in the ONFI spec.
One of these constraints is that the CE line has go high after a reset
before a command can be sent with the new data interface setting, which
is not guaranteed by the current implementation.
Rework the nand_reset() function and all the call sites to make sure the
CE line is asserted and released when required.
Also make sure to actually apply the new data interface setting on the
first die.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Fixes: d8e725dd8311 ("mtd: nand: automate NAND timings selection")
Reviewed-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Tested-by: Marc Gonzalez <marc_gonzalez@sigmadesigns.com>
[Linux commit: 73f907fd5fa56b0066d199bdd7126bbd04f6cd7b]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The NAND framework provides several helpers to query timing modes supported
by a NAND chip, but this implies that all NAND controller drivers have
to implement the same timings selection dance. Also currently NAND
devices can be resetted at arbitrary places which also resets the timing
for ONFI chips to timing mode 0.
Provide a common logic to select the best timings based on ONFI or
->onfi_timing_mode_default information. Hook this into nand_reset()
to make sure the new timing is applied each time during a reset.
NAND controller willing to support timings adjustment should just
implement the ->setup_data_interface() method.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
[Linux commit: d8e725dd831186a3595036b2b1df9f68cbc6efa3]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
struct nand_data_interface is the designated type to pass to
the NAND drivers to configure the timing. To simplify further
patches convert the onfi_sdr_timings array from type struct
nand_sdr_timings nand_data_interface.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: b1dd3ca203fccd111926c3f6ac59bf903ec62b05]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Currently we have no data structure to fully describe a NAND timing.
We only have struct nand_sdr_timings for NAND timings in SDR mode,
but nothing for DDR mode and also no container to store both types
of timing.
This patch adds struct nand_data_interface which stores the timing
type and a union of different timings. This can be used to pass to
drivers in order to configure the timing.
Add kerneldoc for struct nand_sdr_timings while touching it anyway.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: eee64b700e26b9bcc6fce024681c31f5e12271fc]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
When NAND devices are resetted some initialization may have to be done,
like for example they have to be configured for the timing mode that
shall be used. To get a common place where this initialization can be
implemented create a nand_reset() function. This currently only issues
a NAND_CMD_RESET to the NAND device. The places issuing this command
manually are replaced with a call to nand_reset().
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 2f94abfe35b210e7711af9202a3dcfc9e779219a]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
'extern' is not necessary for function declarations. To prevent
people from adding the keyword to new declarations remove the
existing ones.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 79022591839f110f465cac0223e117b91d47d5db]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The generic NAND DT bindings allows one to tweak the ECC strength and
step size to their need. It can be used to lower the ECC strength to
match a bootloader/firmware config, but might also be used to get a better
reliability.
In the latter case, the user might want to use the maximum ECC strength
without having to explicitly calculate the exact value (this value not
only depends on the OOB size, but also on the NAND controller, and can
be tricky to extract).
Add a generic 'nand-ecc-maximize' DT property and the associated
NAND_ECC_MAXIMIZE flag, to let ECC controller drivers select the best
ECC strength and step-size on their own.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
[Linux commit: ba78ee00e1ff84de9b3ad33edbd3ec599099ee82]
[masahiro: of_property_read_bool -> fdt_getprop for U-Boot]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Add stubs to the header in case CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ONFI_DETECTION is
disabled. This is much easier than adding around #ifdef to the
caller side.
Also, I removed the #ifdef around onfi_params. In Linux, onfi_params
and jedec_params are unified as union. It will be the right thing
to do.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Same macros are defined in various places. Collect them into
include/linux/bitops.h like Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
These boards are on the boundary of "u-boot-nodtb.bin exceeds file
size limit" error.
Reduce the log-level to save memory footprint.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Read dma address using fdtdec_get_addr as it checks for
address cells and size cells and reads the address
properly. fdtdec_get_int always assume address is of int
size which goes wrong if using it on 64-bit architecture.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch makes SMMU work by moving the iommus node under the dwc3 child
entry from parent node.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Kumar Vulisha <anuragku@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch uncomments snps,quirk-frame-length-adjustment which has
the value to adjust the SOF/ITP generated from the controller.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds OTG interrupt support in device tree. It will add
an extra interrupt line number dedicated to OTG events. This will
enable OTG interrupts to serve in DWC3 OTG driver.
Signed-off-by: Manish Narani <mnarani@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds CCI support for USB when CCI is enabled in design.
This patch also adds 'reg' property for Xilinx USB 3.0 IP. The 'reg'
property is added in order to modify a register in that to enable
coherency in Hardware.
Also add address to unit name to avoid dtc warning
Signed-off-by: Manish Narani <mnarani@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds support for reading silicon revision using zynqmp nvmem
driver.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Kumar Vulisha <anuragku@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The AMS includes an ADC as well as on-chip sensors that can be used to
sample external voltages and monitor on-die operating conditions, such as
temperature and supply voltage levels.
Signed-off-by: Rajnikant Bhojani <rajnikant.bhojani@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch sets host quirk2 bit field for No 1.8V supported in case of
1.0 silicon. The 1.0 silicon doesn't have support for UHS-I modes. This
property will ensure the SD runs on High Speed mode.
Signed-off-by: Manish Narani <mnarani@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch modifies the phy_zynqmp.c driver to use reset-controller
framework for asserting/de-asserting reset for High Speed modules.
Also fix documentation and dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Kumar Vulisha <anuragku@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch add the reset nodes in zynqmp.dtsi which are used by
reset-controller framework
Signed-off-by: Anurag Kumar Vulisha <anuragku@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Only silicon v1 requires this termination fix. With new nvmem soc
revision nvmem detection driver this can be autodetected at run time and
this flag is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Generic dtsi file can't use the same mac address for all.
U-Boot read mac from eeprom in zcu102 case and for others random mac
address is generated.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
dtc reports issues with it.
arch/arm64/boot/dts/xilinx/zynqmp-zc1751-xm016-dc2.dtb: Warning
(unit_address_format): Node
/amba/spi@ff040000/spi0_flash0@0/spi0_flash0@00000000 unit name should
not have leading 0s
arch/arm64/boot/dts/xilinx/zynqmp-zc1751-xm016-dc2.dtb: Warning
(unit_address_format): Node
/amba/spi@ff050000/spi1_flash0@0/spi1_flash0@00000000 unit name should
not have leading 0s
arch/arm64/boot/dts/xilinx/zynqmp-ep108.dtb: Warning
(unit_address_format): Node
/amba/spi@ff040000/spi0_flash0@0/spi0_flash0@00000000 unit name should
not have leading 0s
arch/arm64/boot/dts/xilinx/zynqmp-ep108.dtb: Warning
(unit_address_format): Node
/amba/spi@ff050000/spi1_flash0@0/spi1_flash0@00000000 unit name should
not have leading 0s
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Some user space libraries reading platform compatible string and based
on that changing behavior. Mark revB board with revB string.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Currently DP power domain (pd_dp) is not attached to any of the DP nodes which is
causing genpd to trigger a power down request for DP domain, making all DP related
peripherals unusable. So assign power domains for all DP related nodes to enable
proper accounting of DP power domain usage.
Signed-off-by: Jyotheeswar Reddy <jyothee@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch disables the smmu and also removes the mmu-masters
Signed-off-by: Naga Sureshkumar Relli <nagasure@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds the calibration property with required value,
calculated based on rtc input crystal oscillator frequency (32.768Khz).
Signed-off-by: Nava kishore Manne <navam@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
AXI master interface in CEVA AHCI controller requires two unique
Write/Read ID tags per port. This is because, ahci controller uses
different AXI ID[3:0] bits for identifying non-data transfers(like
reading descriptors, updating PRD tables, etc) and data transfers
(like sending/receiving FIS).To make SMMU work with SATA we need to
add correct SMMU stream id for SATA. SMMU stream id for SATA is
determined based on the AXI ID[1:0] as shown below
SATA SMMU ID = <TBU number>, 0011, 00, 00, AXI ID[1:0]
Note: SATA in ZynqMp uses TBU1 so TBU number = 0x1, so
SMMU ID = 001, 0011, 00, 00, AXI ID[1:0]
Since we have four different AXI ID[3:0] (2 for port0 & 2 for port1
as said above) we get four different SMMU stream id's combinations
for SATA. These AXI ID can be configured using PAXIC register.
In this patch we assumed the below AXI ID values
Read ID/ Write ID for Non-Data Port0 transfers = 0
Read ID/ Write ID for Data Port0 transfers = 1
Read ID/ Write ID for Non-Data Port1 transfers = 2
Read ID/ Write ID for Data Port1 transfers = 3
Based on the above values,SMMU stream ID's for SATA will be 0x4c0 &
0x4c1 for PORT0, 0x4c2 & 0x4c3 for PORT1. These values needed to be
added to iommus dts property. This patch does the same.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Kumar Vulisha <anuragku@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
All gpio controllers should contain this property.
This property is not checked by the code that's why this issue wasn't
found earlier.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The correct register size is 0x10000, otherwise
it overlaps with other register space.
Signed-off-by: Hyun Kwon <hyun.kwon@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This will simplify dt overlay structure for the whole PL.
Signed-off-by: Nava kishore Manne <navam@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Extract from Linux mainline patch:
The ARM architected timer specification mandates that the interrupt
associated with each timer is level triggered (which corresponds to
the "counter >= comparator" condition).
A number of DTs are being remarkably creative, declaring the interrupt
to be edge triggered. A quick look at the TRM for the corresponding ARM
CPUs clearly shows that this is wrong, and I've corrected those.
For non-ARM designs (and in the absence of a publicly available TRM),
I've made them active low as well, which can't be completely wrong
as the GIC cannot disinguish between level low and level high.
The respective maintainers are of course welcome to prove me wrong.
While I was at it, I took the liberty to fix a couple of related issue,
such as some spurious affinity bits on ThunderX, and their complete
absence on ls1043a (both of which seem to be related to copy-pasting
from other DTs).
Acked-by: Duc Dang <dhdang@apm.com>
Acked-by: Carlo Caione <carlo@endlessm.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Acked-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
PM callbacks are delivered to the NS OS. Let the PM driver handle the
IRQ and retrieve callback data from the secure HW.
Signed-off-by: Soren Brinkmann <soren.brinkmann@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Changed min-residence to 10ms(was 100 ms) for cpu-sleep-0.
Tried lower values 5ms and 8ms and it worked fine with Debug Off.
But to accommodate PM Debug On case, 10 ms is required. With this
change, low power idle state is into effect more frequently.
Measured boot time with PM debugs On and Off. No change observed
compared to 100ms value.
Signed-off-by: Jolly Shah <jollys@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Will Wong <willw@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Koteswararao Nayudu <kotin@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Version string has unused fields 31:20 which can be used for exporting 9
bits from efuse IPDISABLE regs to recognize eg/cg/ev devices.
These efuse bits are setup for certain devices.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This modifies default value of config DEFINE_TCM_OCM_MMAP
to yes if CONFIG_MP is defined MP supports needs OCM and TCM
part of memory map.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The patch is adding external pmufw "Platform Management Unit firmware"
to boot.bin image. Boot.bin is a Xilinx format which bootrom is capable
to read and boot the system. pmufw is copied to the header data section
follows by u-boot-spl.bin. pmufw is consumed by PMU unit (Microblaze)
and SPL runs on a53-0.
This is generated command line when PMUFW_INIT_FILE is setup.
./tools/mkimage -T zynqmpimage -R ./"" -n
./"board/xilinx/zynqmp/pmufw.bin" -d spl/u-boot-spl.bin spl/boot.bin
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch provides a Kconfig option to use specified
memory for MMU table using reserve_mmu platform specific
routine. Here we used TCM space for MMU table.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch corrects the R5 release sequence by adding the
below steps.
1. Flush dcache to ensure that image loaded into memory.
2. Keep R5 reset just to ensure R5 in reset.
3. Disable caches before accessing TCM as with out this
A53 can do speculative and may result in ECC failures
if TCM's are not initialized. So, it is always better
to disable dcaches before accessing TCM and enable back.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Reported-by: John Linn <linnj@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add configuration files/dtses for mini u-boot configurations which runs
out of OCM.
ram top is calculated from 0 that's why +#define CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE
0xfffc0000
+#define CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_SIZE 0x40000
was hardcoded.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
cc108 board is wiring uart via PL which is good platform for SPL fpga
support.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All these configs were moved to Kconfig that's why this empty ifdef
structure is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Mention device-type = "ethernet-phy", as qemu will need this in absence
of compatible.
Signed-off-by: Sai Pavan Boddu <saipava@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
In legacy method, 1st stage bootloader was used to configure the HW
setting such as NAND timing. Hence, adding a config option in Zynq
NAND driver for the compatibility of device that using 1st stage
bootloder instead of U-boot SPL.
This commit is to add config option
CONFIG_NAND_ZYNQ_USE_BOOTLOADER1_TIMINGS that allow NAND driver use
timing values set by the 1st stage bootloader, instead of the hard-coded
values in the Zynq NAND driver.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Westfahl <jeff.westfahl@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Lee <wilson.lee@ni.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Keng Soon Cheah <keng.soon.cheah@ni.com>
Cc: Chen Yee Chew <chen.yee.chew@ni.com>
Cc: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Cc: Scott Wood <oss@buserror.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
In
if (a || b)
else if (!a)
the constraint (!a) is always true if else is reached and
can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This option prevents booting on am335x_evm at least along with most
likely other platforms.
Fixes: 337bbb6297 ("spl: fit: add SPL_FIT_IMAGE_TINY config to reduce code-size")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
While the USB HW in the RZ/A is basically the same, there are some
differences from the original versions that were in the SH SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
icorem6 has sd on usdhci1 which is devno 0 so return proper
devno from board_mmc_get_env_dev for icorem6 and icorem_6rqs
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add new board names for existing board support
imx6q - icore and icore_rqs boards
imx6ul - geam6ul and isiot boards
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
As per USDHC boot eFUSE descriptions:
USDHC3 => devno 2
USDHC4 => devno 3
Linux will detect mmc0, mmc1, mmc2 based on the status
"okay" on usdhc so imx6qdl-icore-rqs.dtsi has enabled
usdhc1, usdhc3 and usdhc4.But U-Boot can detect based
on the aliases so add mmc1, mmc2 for usdhc3 and usdhc4
respectively and return the board_mmc_get_env_dev
by subtracting -1
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
before relocation pinctrl data BSS is overlapping DT area,
when .data is using uninitialized global variable,
imx6_pinctrl_soc_info. So assign them flags ZERO_OFFSET_VALID
to prevent BSS overlap
Suggested-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reported-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
mx6sxsabresd can run different kernel versions, such as NXP 4.1 or mainline.
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the SD
card changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use the UUID method to specify the
rootfs location.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
imx_set_wdog_powerdown() is always used to disable the power down
enable bit, so remove the boolean parameter of the function.
It is also a bit strange to write a boolean value into registers,
so this new version makes explicit that we are writing 0.
While at it, rename it to imx_wdog_disable_powerdown().
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Clear powerdown enable bit for WDOG3 on i.MX6ULL to avoid unwanted
kernel reboots.
Suggested-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
i.MX6ULL has the same WDOG3 base address as i.MX6UL, so take this
into account in the base address definition.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The boot (and fallback/emergency boot) concept for the RK3399-Q7
differs from Rockchip's reference platforms.
On the RK3399-Q7, some of this functionality is present in the
bootloader itself (and configurable); some is backed in hardware by
the Qseven BIOS_DISABLE signal to invoke the final stages of fallbacks
(i.e. either an external boot bypassing on-module memories or falling
back to the BROM for USB recovery).
In summary: the ADC-based boot_mode check does not apply for the
RK3399-Q7 and we therefore disable it (in this commit) by setting
CONFIG_BOOT_MODE_REG to 0.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The ROCKCHIP_BOOT_MODE_REG option defaults to a hex value, so 0 will
show as 0x0 if a default is provided and changed via Kconfig.
However, it still will show as 0, if no default is given.
Consequently, the "is set to something other than 0" test in a
Makefile is cumbersome. Instead this check can easily be performed in
the C-code.
This removes the ifeq-check from mach-rockchip/Makefile, adds a
matching #if-check to boot_mode.c and fixes resulting link issues (if
boot_mode.o was not included due to the Makefile check) by defining a
stub function (in case the functionality is not built in) for
setup_boot_mode in boot_mode.c.
Fixes: e306779 (rockchip: make boot_mode related codes reused across all platforms)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Existing FPGA program write is always assume RBF data >= 32 bytes, so
any rbf data less than 32 bytes writing to FPGA would be failed.
This patch enhances the FPGA program write to support rbf data with
size >= 4 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
This DT binding doc is porting from Linux DT binding doc.
commit 1adcbea4201a6852362aa5ece573f1f169b28113
Add a device tree bindings document for the SoCFPGA Arria10
FPGA Manager driver.
Signed-off-by: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Acked-By: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Increase the buffer length to be just above maximum permissible value
of 128 kiB . This increases the performance of the UMS and alike by a
factor of 2 - 2.5 as the buffers are less fragmented.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
When usb_hub_reset_devices is called, it should be passed both an
indicator which hub it should operate on and what port number (local
to that hub) should be reset.
Previously, the usb_hub.c code did not include such context and
always started resets from port number 1, performing multiple
reset-requests for the same devices:
/*
* Reset any devices that may be in a bad state when applying
* the power. This is a __weak function. Resetting of the devices
* should occur in the board file of the device.
*/
for (i = 0; i < dev->maxchild; i++)
usb_hub_reset_devices(i + 1);
This adds an additional 'hub' parameter to usb_hub_reset_devices
that provides the context to fully qualify the port-number in.
Existing implementations are changed to accept and ignore the new
parameter.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
Its a valid use case to call ehci_submit_async() with a NULL buffer
with length 0. E.g. from usb_set_configuration().
As invalidate_dcache_range() isn't able to judge if the address
NULL is valid or not (depending on the SoC hardware configuration it
might be valid) do the check in ehci_submit_async() as here we know
that we don't have to invalidate such a buffer.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Currently we check in ehci_shutdown() if ctrl is NULL after
dereferencing it.
Before this we have already dereferenced ctrl, ctrl->hccr,
and ctrl->hcor in ehci_get_portsc_register(), ehci_submit_root(),
and hci_common_init().
A better approach is to already check ctrl, ctrl->hccr, and ctrl->hcor
during the initialization in ehci_register() and usb_lowlevel_init()
and signal an error here via the return code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add firmware V3, firmware loader and XHCI glue for the Renesas R-Car
Gen3 SoCs XHCI controller. Thus far only the R-Car Gen3 R8A7795 ES2.0+
and R8A7796 are supported.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Commit 9000eddbae ("drivers/usb/ehci: Use platform-specific accessors")
broke USB 2.0 on big-endian platforms because for them writel/readl()
does automatic conversion of BE data to LE.
Proper implementation requires to use "raw" variant of these accessors
which read/write data without messing with endianess.
While at it replace cpu_to_be32() to be32_to_cpu() in readl() to
keep sane semantics.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reported-by: Vladimir Boroda <boroda@yahoo.com>
Usb tree/info commands iterate over all usb uclass devices recursively.
Blk uclass devices based on struct blk_desc are created for mass storage
device, treating them as usb uclass devices based on struct usb_device
and referencing usb config interface descriptors cause crash.
To fix, ignore blk and usb_emul uclass devices in usb_show_info
and usb_tree_graph. Also avoid addition of preamble for blk uclass
child devices, otherwise tree dump gets messed up.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <suneelglinux@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3399 has a total of 9 I2C controllers. To support these, the
enum in periph.h is extended and the mapping from the IRQ numbers to
the peripheral-ids is extended to ensure that pinctrl requests are
passed through to the function configuring the I2C pins.
For I2C8, the pinctrl is implemented and tested (on a RK3399-Q7) using
communication with the FAN53555 connected on I2C8.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
The RK3399 clk driver still has a left-over use of extract_bits, which
can be replaced by using bitfield_extract from include/bitfield.h.
This rewrites the invocation to use the shared function.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
A minor code-size increase from the changes for tracking the os-type
of FIT images and from infrastructure for recording the loadables into
the the loaded FDT, broke the builds for sun50i and some OMAP2+ devices.
This change adds a new config option (enabled by default for
MACH_SUN50I, MACH_SUN50I_H5 and ARCH_OMAP2PLUS) that does skips these
processing steps (bringing code size down to below the limit
again). The os-type is not evaluated, but assumed to be IH_OS_UBOOT
(i.e. taking the code-paths intended for backward-compatibility).
Note that enabling this config option precludes any useful downstream
processing, such as utilising a special calling convention for ATF or
OPTEE, based on the os-type of the loadables.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This tracks the SPL changes for ATF for the RK3368-uQ7:
* renames ATF_SUPPORT to ATF
* drops CONFIG_SPL_ATF_TEXT_BASE (now dynamically retrieved from
the .itb file)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This defconfig update makes use of the new features:
* CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_SPL_RESERVE_IRAM is now set to 0, as there is no
overlap between the M0 firmware and the ATF (we load this to DRAM
and relocate it to its final location within the ATF)
* tracks the ATF_SUPPORT -> ATF renaming
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For the RK3368-uQ7, we can now update the .its file to mark the
Trusted Firmware as out 'firmware' bootable and annotate both ATF and
U-Boot with an OS-type.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit updates the .its file for the RK3399-Q7 to use the new
features and demonstrates how to use those:
* it marks the ATF as the 'firmware'
* it tracks the OS-type for U-Boot and ATF
* it loads the PMU (M0) firmware to DRAM and records the location
to /fit-images (where our ATF reads it from)
With the handoff of the next-stage FDT to ATF in place, we can now use
this to pass information about the load addresses and names of each
loadables to ATF: now we can load the M0 firmware into DRAM and avoid
overwriting parts of the SPL stage. This is achieved by changing our
.its-file to use an available area of DRAM as the load-address.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This tracks the SPL changes for ATF for the Firefly:
* renames ATF_SUPPORT to ATF
* drops CONFIG_SPL_ATF_TEXT_BASE
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Having CONFIG_SPL_ATF seems more natural.
Rename it, while it it is easy and there's few boards that use it
(only RK3399 and RK3368 boards).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a new interface spl_invoke_atf() that takes a spl_image_info
argument and then derives the necessary parameters for the ATF entry.
Based on the additional information recorded (into /fit-images) from
the FIT loadables, we can now easily locate the next boot stage.
We now pass a pointer to a FDT as the platform-specific parameter
pointer to ATF (so we don't run into the future headache of every
board/platform defining their own proprietary tag-structure), as
FDT access is already available in ATF.
With the necessary infrastructure in place, we can now update the
support for the ARM Trusted Firmware to dispatch into the
spl_invoke_atf function only if a IH_OS_ARM_TRUSTED_FIRMWARE image is
loaded.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a FDT was loaded (e.g. to append it to U-Boot image), we store it's
address and record information for all loadables into this FDT. This
allows us to easily keep track of images for multiple privilege levels
(e.g. with ATF) or of firmware images preloaded into temporary
locations (e.g. PMU firmware that may overlap the SPL stage).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
During the loading of more complex FIT images (e.g. when the invoked
next stage needs to find additional firmware for a power-management
core... or if there are multiple images for different privilege levels
started in parallel), it is helpful to create a record of what images
are loaded where: if a FDT is loaded for one of the next stages, it
can be used to convey the status and location of loadables.
This adds a fdt_record_loadable() function that can be invoked to
record the status of each loadable below the /fit-images path.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To better support bootin through an ATF or OPTEE, we need to
streamline some of the logic for when the FDT is appended to an image:
depending on the image type, we'd like to append the FDT not at all
(the case for the OS boot), to the 'firmware' image (if it is a
U-Boot) or to one of the loadables (if the 'firmware' is an ATF, an
OPTEE, or some other image-type and U-Boot is listed in the
loadabled).
To achieve this goal, we drop the os_boot flag and track the type of
image loaded. If it is of type IH_OS_U_BOOT, we append the FDT.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Mainly a stylistic change: convert the load_addr and entry_point
fields of struct spl_image_info to uintptr_t (from ulong).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When loading a full U-Boot with detached device-tree using the SPL FIT
backend, we should store the address of the FDT loaded as part of the
SPL image info: this allows us to fixup the FDT with additional info
we may want to propagate onward.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To boot on ARMv8 systems with ARM Trusted Firmware, we need to
assemble an ATF-specific parameter structure and also provide the
address of the images started by ATF (e.g. BL3-3, which may be the
full U-Boot).
To allow us to identify an ARM Trusted Firmware contained in a FIT
image, this adds the necessary definitions.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As per ARC HS databook (see chapter 5.3.3.2) it is required to add
3 NOPs after each write to IC_IVIC which we do from now on.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Eugeniy Paltsev <paltsev@synopsys.com>
Currently slave cores will be kick-started even if we want
to dry run bootm which is not what we really want.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Eugeniy Paltsev <paltsev@synopsys.com>
MRC (Memory Reference Code) is a binary blob used to set up the SDRAM
controller on some Intel boards. Add a test for this feature.
With this test coverage on binman is back up to 100%.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test for this feature. It allows SPL to hold a pointer to the
microcode block. This is used for 64-bit U-Boot on x86.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a main program so that the tests can be executed directly, without
going through the main binman program.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test that the 'entry' module works with or without importlib.
The tests are numbered so that they are executed in the correct order.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a little check at the top of entry.py which decides if importlib
is available. At present this has no test coverage. To add this we will
need to import the module twice, once with importlib and once without.
In preparation for allowing a test to control the importing of this
module, remove all global imports of the 'entry' module.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The tests were broken by two separate commits which adjusted the output
when boards are listed. Fix this by adding back a PowerPC board and
putting the name of each board in the test.
Fixes: b9f7d881 (powerpc, 5xx: remove some "5xx" remains)
Fixes: 8d7523c5 (buildman: Allow showing the list of boards with -n)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Accessing the network slows down the test and limits the environment in
which it can be run. Add an option to disable network tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This script runs the tests but does not report failure. Also it always
returns an exit code of 0 even on failure.
Fix these problems by checking the result of each test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present these tests use the same filename as patman. This adds
confusion when running all tests, since error messages look very similar.
In fact binman tries to run the wrong tests at present.
Rename the tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These test programs are includedd as binary files in U-Boot to avoid
having to build them (and associated toolchain differences). Instructions
on building are in the files themselves, but it seems better to provide
a Makefile which can be manually run when desired.
Add a Makefile, separate from the normal build system, to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a debugging option in the Makefile to allow people to figure out
which u-boot.dtsi files are used in the build. But is it not easy to use
since it only shows files it finds, not those it is looking for. Update it
and update the mention of it to the docs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A few header files still have a definition of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE, causing
warnings during buildman runs. This removes the duplicate definitions
from evb_px5.h, geekbox.h and rv1108_common.h.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Rockchip bootrom will enter download mode if it returns from
spl/tpl with a non-zero value and couldn't find a valid image
in the backup partition.
This patch provide a method to instruct the system to back to
bootrom download mode by checking the BROM_DOWNLOAD_FLAG register.
As the bootrom download function relys on some modules such as
interrupts, so we need to back to bootrom as early as possbile
before the tpl/spl code override the interrupt configurations.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
setup_boot_mode function use the same logic but different
mode register address across all the rockchip platforms,
so it's better to make this function reused across all the
platforms, and let the mode register address setting from
the config file.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
After applying the merged sysreset driver, there are build failures
due to an out-of-sync Makefile. This updates drivers/sysreset/Makefile
to address these build failures.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
With all targets converted to generate prepadded images, this removes
the spl_boot0 field from our config structure and removes the unused
code-path (for images that are not prepadded): i.e. spl_boot0 is now
implied as 'true' and the code is specialised by removing the other
case.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
There still are a few CONFIG_SPL_* options selected using defines from
rk3188_common.h instead of via Kconfig. This migrates those over to
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The BROM supports forcing it to enter download-mode, if an appropriate
result/cmd-word is returned to it. There already is a series to
support this in review, so this prepares the (newly C-version) of the
back-to-bootrom code to accept a cmd to passed on to the BROM.
All the existing call-sites are adjusted to match the changed function
signature.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
For the RK3188, the BROM will attempt to load up the first stage
image (SPL for the RK3188) in two steps: first 1KB to offset 0x800
in the SRAM and then the remainder to offset 0xc00 in the SRAM.
It always enters at 0x804, though.
With this changeset, the RK3188 boot removes the TPL (stub) stage and
builds a single SPL binary that utilizes the early back-to-bootrom via
the boot0-hook.
Consequently, the passing of the saved boot params via pmu->os_reg[2]
is also removed.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The back-to-bootrom implementation for Rockchip has always relied on
the stack-pointer being valid on entry, so there was little reason to
have this as an assembly implementation.
This provides a new C-only implementation of save_boot_params and
back_to_bootrom (relying on setjmp/longjmp) and removes the older
assembly-only implementation.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
The previous setjmp-implementation (as a static inline function that
contained an 'asm volatile' sequence) was extremely fragile: (some
versions of) GCC optimised the set of registers. One critical example
was the removal of 'r9' from the clobber list, if -ffixed-reg9 was
supplied.
To increase robustness and ensure PCS-compliant behaviour, the setjmp
and longjmp implementation are now in assembly and closely match what
one would expect to find in a libc implementation.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
As no '.type' was set for save_boot_params_ret in start.S, binutils
did not track whether it was emitted as A32 or T32. By properly
marking save_boot_params_ret as a potential function entry, we can
make sure that the compiler will insert the appropriate instructions
for branching to save_boot_params_ret both for call-sites emitted as
A32 and T32.
Reported-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
The save_boot_params_ret() prototype (for those of us, that have a
valid SP on entry and can implement save_boot_params() in C), was
previously only defined for !defined(CONFIG_ARM64).
This moves the declaration to a common block to ensure the prototype
is available to everyone that might need it.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Some Rockchip BROM versions (e.g. the RK3188 and RK3066) first read 1KB data
from NAND into SRAM and executes it. Then, following a return to bootrom, the
BROM loads additional code to SRAM (not overwriting the first block read) and
reenters at the same address as the first time.
To support booting either a TPL (on the RK3066) or SPL (on the RK3188) using
this model of having to count entries, this commit adds code to the boot0
hook to track the number of entries and handle them accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Paweł Jarosz <paweljarosz3691@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
This updates the BCM281xx boot0-hook to the updated boot0 semantics
by emitting _start and the vector table before the boot0 hook (as
was the case before).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This updates the BCM235xx boot0-hook to the updated boot0 semantics
by emitting _start and the vector table before the boot0 hook (as
was the case before).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Version-changes: 5
- ran 'whitespace-cleanup'
With the updated boot0 semantics (i.e. giving the boot0-hook control
over when and where the vector table is emitted), the boot0-hook for
the socfpga needs to be adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
With the boot0-hook inserting the additional padding to receive our
SPL magic, the SPL_TEXT_BASE can be aligned again.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Enable the spl_boot0 in SPL and use the pre-padding TAG memory,
the mkimage do not need to pad it but only need to replace the value
with correct TAG value.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
[Updated:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Rockchip SoCs bootrom design is like this:
- First 2KB or 4KB internal memory is for bootrom stack and heap;
- Then the first 4-byte suppose to be a TAG like 'RK33';
- The the following memory address end with '0004' is the first
instruction load and running by bootrom;
Let's use the boot0 hook to reserve the first 4-byte tag for all
the Rockchip SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[Commit message taken from an older patch by:]
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The '_start' is using as vector table base address, and will write
to VBAR register, so it needs to be aligned to 0x20 for armv7.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
[Updated to current code base:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The boot0 hook on ARM does not insert its payload before the vector
table. This is both a mismatch with thec comment above it and
contradict usage of the boot0 hook on ARM64.
To fix this (and unify the semantics for ARM and ARM64), we change the
boot0-hook semantics on ARM to match those on ARM64:
(1) if a boot0-hook is present it is inserted at the start of
the image
(2) if a boot0-hook is present, emitting the ARM vector table
(and the _start) symbol are suppressed in vectors.S and
the boot0-hook has full control over where and when it
wants to emit these
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Configure thermal configs to remain set by default for dra7xx and am57xx
devices.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The dra7xx series of SOCs contain a temperature sensor and an
associated analog-to-digital converter (ADC) which produces
an output which is proportional to the SOC temperature.
Add support for this temperature sensor.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Old url currently returns 403; modify to url that actually works
with current state of the list server
Signed-off-by: S. Lockwood-Childs <sjl@vctlabs.com>
With commit 84d46e7e89 ("tools: env: allow to print U-Boot version")
the fw_env utilities need the version.h header file. Building only
the envtools in a pristine build directory will fail due to missing
header files.
Make sure the header files are a dependency of the envtools target.
Fixes: 84d46e7e89 ("tools: env: allow to print U-Boot version")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building on a multi-core machine for an SPL-enabled board that
also uses CONFIG_OF_EMBED, the following error can be encountered
due to a race condition:
make[3]: *** No rule to make target 'spl/dts/dt.dtb.o', needed by
'spl/dts/built-in.o'. Stop.
../scripts/Makefile.spl:364: recipe for target 'spl/dts' failed
make[2]: *** [spl/dts] Error 2
make[2]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
A reliable way to trigger this race condition is to add "sleep 60" to
the end of the "arch-dtbs" rule's recipe in "dts/Makefile" and to build
U-Boot against a board which uses the CONFIG_OF_EMBED and CONFIG_SPL
options using "make -j8" or a similar command.
This commit corrects this race condition via the use of CONFIG_OF_EMBED
in the same way that commit 3c00a2c8b5 ("Makefile: Correct dependency
race condition with TPL") and commit 054b3a1e80 ("dm: Makefile: Build
of-platdata before SPL") use CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE.
Signed-off-by: M. Vefa Bicakci <m.v.b@runbox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
0 is not a pointer. So do not compare pointers to 0.
Do not return 0 from functions with a pointer return
type.
Problem identified with Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add some useful static code analysis scripts for coccinelle
copied from the Linux kernel v4.14-rc8:
Warn on check against NULL before calling free.
scripts/coccinelle/free/ifnullfree.cocci
Detect superfluous NULL check for list iterator.
scripts/coccinelle/iterators/itnull.cocci
Check if list iterator is reassigned.
scripts/coccinelle/iterators/list_entry_update.cocci
Check if list iterator is used after loop.
scripts/coccinelle/iterators/use_after_iter.cocci
Find wrong argument of sizeof in allocation function:
scripts/coccinelle/misc/badty.cocci
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Coccinelle is a program for static code analysis.
For details on Coccinelle see
http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/
Add scripts/coccicheck copied from Linux kernel v4.14.
The coccicheck script executes the tests *.cocci in
directory scripts/coccinelle by calling spatch.
In Makefile add a coccicheck target. You can use it with
make coccicheck MODE=<mode>
where mode in patch, report, context, org.
Add a copy of Linux v4.14 file Documentation/dev-tools/coccinelle.rst
as doc/README.coccinelle.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The iterator variable of list_for_each is never NULL.
if (1 || A) is always true.
Use break if entry found.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
As per current android recommendation
https://source.android.com/devices/architecture/kernel/modular-kernels
1. Android recovery mode should contain both SOC and ODM
kernel modules in the recovery partition.
2. If a kernel module is required both in recovery and normal boot
mode, the module has to be located in recovery and vendor
partition seperately.
3. Kernel modules used in recovery mode should be independent
of vendor and odm partition
4. Recovery image should contain atleast
storage, display, keypad, battery and pmic modules.
Due to these requirements, recovery image size has increased
to >10MB.
This patch is to increase recovery partition size for TI devices
so that we dont see such flashing error
log:
sending 'recovery' (12560 KB)...
OKAY [ 0.436s]
writing 'recovery'...
FAILED (remote: too large for partition)
finished. total time: 0.458s
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
ld --version | scripts/ld-version.sh
fails with
awk: scripts/ld-version.sh:
line 4: regular expression compile failed (missing '(')
.*)
So let's refresh the script from Linux kernel v4.14-rc8.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
sym_arr is of type struct symbol **.
So in malloc we need sizeof(struct symbol *).
The problem was indicated by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add a driver for the I2C controller available on Amlogic Meson SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Currently the MX6QDL option is selected via CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS,
but it is better to select it directly via Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The VPD data is used on a number of GE products. Move the parsing code to
a common location so that we can share this code.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add support for bootcounter on an EXT filesystem.
Sync configuration whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Some fixes when reading EXT files and directory entries were identified
after using e2fuzz to corrupt an EXT3 filesystem:
- Stop reading directory entries if the offset becomes badly aligned.
- Avoid overwriting memory by clamping the length used to zero the buffer
in ext4fs_read_file. Also sanity check blocksize.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This reverts commit b8b9790e23.
Some wandboard variants no longer boot after this commit, so keep
the original delay to avoid the boot regression.
Reported-by: Varga Zsolt <vazso@vazso.hu>
Tested-by: Varga Zsolt <vazso@vazso.hu>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Command run setup_emmc will create gpt partitions for mmc 0 device
based on patitions variable.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Change dfu_alt_info variable to use the following altsetting:
uboot: To flash raw U-Boot
/zImage: boot: To copy kernel image
/imx6ul-pico-hobbit.dtb: To copy dtb file
rootfs: To copy rootfs
List the currently attached DFU capable USB devices running:
sudo dfu-util -l
Flash U-Boot:
sudo dfu-util -D u-boot.imx -a uboot
Copy boot files:
sudo dfu-util -D zImage -a /zImage
sudo dfu-util -D imx6ul-pico-hobbit.dtb -a /imx6ul-pico-hobbit.dtb
Flash rootfs:
sudo dfu-util -D rootfs.ext4 -a rootfs
To copy boot files you need to have a formated mmc 0:1 partition. To
format with ext4 filesystem you can use ums.
Run on target:
ums 0 mmc 0
and on host:
sudo mkfs.ext4 /dev/sdx1
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and using
the UUID method to specify the rootfs location is a better approach
working even if mmcblk number for the eMMC changes depending on the
kernel versions.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
We first introduce CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND, similar to
CONFIG_USE_BOOTARGS. We then migrate CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND for most
CONFIG_DISTRO_DEFAULT users. In some cases platforms have a complex
scheme around this usage, and these have been defered for the moment so
that platform maintainers can work on a migration plan.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Since CONFIG_DEFAULT_CONSOLE is already started with "console=",
the console argument in CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS is expanded to
"console=console=ttySAC1,115200n8" and this causes the wrong
console device.
#define CONFIG_DEFAULT_CONSOLE "console=ttySAC1,115200n8\0"
...
#define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
"console=" CONFIG_DEFAULT_CONSOLE
Signed-off-by: Dongjin Kim <tobetter@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
UARTs 1 through 5 were missing in the code - added.
Also pick the default according to the configuration setting for the
console index.
Signed-off-by: Ronald Landheer-Cieslak <ronaldlandheercieslak@eaton.com>
This patch is to change U-Boot PCI bus assignement compliant with Linux.
It means each PCIe controller's bus number is 0, not the current maximum
PCI bus number, when start to scan this controller.
Signed-off-by: Minghuan Lian <Minghuan.Lian@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
While commit 36d35345b1 ("tpm: add missing va_end") added
some missing calls to va_end(), it missed a few places.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <adraszik@tycoint.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
TPM_NV_PER_PPREAD: physical presence needed for reading
TPM_NV_PER_WRITEDEFINE: persistent write lock by writing size 0
TPM_NV_PER_WRITEALL: write in one go
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <adraszik@tycoint.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to obtain random data from the TPM.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <adraszik@tycoint.com>
Added commit message, add cast to min()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow the platform to define a partition by name at the end of which
the environment data will be located.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge.ramirez-ortiz@linaro.org>
In U-boot, serial_tstc was use to determine is there have a character in
serial console that pending for read. If there is no "pending" function
implemented in serial driver, the serial-uclass will return "true(1)"
to indicate there have a character pending to read.
Thus, read a character from nulldev serial will result in continuous
getting -EAGAIN return which might lead system to hang.
This commit is to fix a bug in nulldev serial which implement "pending"
function in nulldev serial to always indicate there is no character in
console that pending for read.
Signed-off-by: Wilson Lee <wilson.lee@ni.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Keng Soon Cheah <keng.soon.cheah@ni.com>
Cc: Chen Yee Chew <chen.yee.chew@ni.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is required in the case where U-Boot is typically loaded and run at
a particular address, but for some reason the RAM at that location is not
available, e.g. due to memory fragmentation loading other boot binaries or
firmware, splitting an SMP complex between various different OSs without
using e.g. the EL2 second-stage page tables to hide the memory asignments,
or due to known ECC failures.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
It can be useful to record how long tests take; this can help debug slow
running test systems or track changes in performance over time. Enhance
the test system to record timestamps while running test:
- Whenever a new log file section is started.
- After U-Boot is started and communication has been established.
- After each host or U-Boot command is executed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Fix clock division factor initialization for RCC_PLLCFGR
registers.
PLLR bits (bit 31-28) in RCC_PLLCFGR must not be cleared,
it's a forbidden value. So update RCC_PLLCFGR using
clrsetbits_le32() to set only necessary bits fields.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert this driver to driver model.
This driver is also used by VEXPRESS platforms which doesn't
use driver model.
Tested on STM32F746 and STM32F769 platforms.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Priouzeau <christophe.priouzeau@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Update arm_pl180_mmci_init() prototype by adding struct mmc**
param. This is needed before converting this driver to driver model
in order to use arm_pl180_mmci_init() in driver model and in none
driver model implementation
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This option provides better performance and should really always be
enabled. Make this be default y.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
This patch adds support for the Internal RMII Ethernet PHY on the
Amlogic P212 Reference Board.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
On Amlogic Meson GXL/GXM, supplementary ethernet configuration registers
were added to configure the internal RMII PHY interface.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Amlogic Meson GXL/GXM families embeds an internal RMII Ethernet PHY.
The PHY acts as a generic PHY but needs a slight configuration right
before it's configuration.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
lib/libfdt/ and scripts/dtc/libfdt have the same copies for the
followings 6 files:
fdt.c fdt_addresses.c fdt_empty_tree.c fdt_overlay.c fdt_strerr.c
fdt_sw.c
Make them a wrapper of scripts/dtc/libfdt/*. This is exactly what
Linux does to sync libfdt. In order to make is possible, import
<linux/libfdt.h> and <linux/libfdt_env.h> from Linux 4.14-rc5.
Unfortunately, U-Boot locally modified the following 3 files:
fdt_ro.c fdt_wip.c fdt_rw.c
The fdt_region.c is U-Boot own file.
I did not touch them in order to avoid unpredictable impact.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Add this typedef in the same place as in Linux. This is necessary
to refactor libfdt inclusion.
U-Boot also defines it in include/compiler.h. Of course it should
not do that, but I do not want to open a can of worms.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Prior to this commit, tools/Makefile pulls all libfdt files from
lib/libfdt.
lib/libfdt/ and scripts/dtc/libfdt have the same copies for the
followings 6 files:
fdt.c fdt_addresses.c fdt_empty_tree.c fdt_overlay.c fdt_strerr.c
fdt_sw.c
This commit changes them to #include ones from scripts/dtc/libfdt.
Unfortunately, U-Boot locally modified the following 3 files:
fdt_ro.c fdt_wip.c fdt_rw.c
I did not touch them in order to avoid unpredictable impact.
The fdt_region.c is U-Boot own file. This is also borrowed from
lib/libfdt/.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Fortunately, U-Boot did not modify libfdt_internal.h locally.
Change it to a wrapper of scripts/dtc/libfdt/fdt.h, which will be
periodically synced with the upstream DTC (or kernel).
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Fortunately, U-Boot did not modify fdt.h locally.
Change it to a wrapper of scripts/dtc/libfdt/fdt.h, which will be
periodically synced with the upstream DTC (or kernel).
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Currently, pylibfdt is always compiled if swig is installed on your
machine. It is really annoying because most of targets (excepts
x86, sunxi, rockchip) do not use dtoc or binman.
"checkbinman" and "checkdtoc" are wrong. It is odd that the final
build stage checks if we have built necessary tools. If your platform
depends on dtoc/binman, you must be able to build pylibfdt. If swig
is not installed, it should fail immediately.
I added PYLIBFDT, DTOC, BINMAN entries to Kconfig. They should be
property select:ed by platforms that need them. Kbuild will descend
into scripts/dtc/pylibfdt/ only when CONFIG_PYLIBFDT is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The pylibfdt is used by dtoc (and, indirectly by binman), but there
is no reason why it must be generated in the tools/ directory.
Recently, U-Boot switched over to the bundled DTC, and the directory
structure under scripts/dtc/ now mirrors the upstream DTC project.
So, scripts/dtc/pylibfdt is the best location.
I also rewrote the Makefile in a cleaner Kbuild style.
The scripts from the upstream have been moved as follows:
lib/libfdt/pylibfdt/setup.py -> scripts/dtc/pylibfdt/setup.py
lib/libfdt/pylibfdt/libfdt.i -> scripts/dtc/pylibfdt/libfdt.i_shipped
The .i_shipped is coped to .i during building because the .i must be
located in the objtree when we build it out of tree.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This adds the following commits from upstream:
b1a6003 tests: Add a test for overlays syntactic sugar
737b2df overlay: Add syntactic sugar version of overlays
497432f checks: Use proper format modifier for size_t
22a65c5 dtc: Bump version to v1.4.5
c575d80 Add fdtoverlay to .gitignore
b6a6f94 fdtoverlay: Sanity check blob size
8c1eb15 pylibfdt: Use Python2 explicitly
ee3d26f checks: add interrupts property check
c1e7738 checks: add gpio binding properties check
b3bbac0 checks: add phandle with arg property checks
[ sync with Linux commit: 4201d057ea91c3d6efd2db65219bc91fae413bc2 ]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
libfdt has gained some new files. We need to include them in the
kernel's copy.
Reported-by: Kyle Yan <kyan@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
[ Linux commit: 4322323058f010274564006d61945187a15b6361 ]
This adds platform code for the Amlogic P212 reference board based on a
Meson GXL (S905X) SoC with the Meson GXL configuration.
This initial submission only supports UART and MMC/SDCard, support for the
internal Ethernet PHY in Work In Progress.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Add the Amlogic Meson GXL pinctrl support based on the GXBB driver and
the synchronized DTS from Linux 4.13.5
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Synchronize the Amlogic ARM64 dts from mainline Linux 4.13.5
In the preparation of the support of the Amlogic P212 board,
import the corresponding meson-gxl-s905x-p212.dts file.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
All regulators are hooked to EN_Pin at reset so that EN Pin controls
their state. Hook the LDO1 regulator to EN pin which at reset is not
hooked. This applies only to LP8733.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the DM TPS65910 driver I'm working on, querying the MPU voltage
should return a value in uV. This value can then be used by the
regulator's standard function set_value to set the MPU voltage.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The offset of the permanent flags structure is in a different
place in the response compared to what the code is doing,
which gives us a completely useless result.
Fix by replacing hand-crafted code with generic parser
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <adraszik@tycoint.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The maximum length of the name of the image is
obviously not sizeof(), which is just the
length of a pointer, but IH_NMLEN.
fixes: 62cf11c092
("SPL: Limit image name print length")
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <adraszik@tycoint.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This currently causes a warning in sandbox and will not do the right
thing:
drivers/core/read.c: In function ‘dev_read_addr_ptr’:
drivers/core/read.c:64:44: warning: cast to pointer from integer of
different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
return (addr == FDT_ADDR_T_NONE) ? NULL : (void *)addr;
Use map_sysmem() which is the correct way to convert an address to a
pointer.
Fixes: c131c8bca8 (dm: core: add dev_read_addr_ptr())
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Since the compiler is free to place a char array to any address in
memory (in this case the stack), also to a non word aligned address the
function "fdt_prop_parse" runs into troubles upon it wants to write some
(fdt32_t *) to such a variable (if it has been placed to a none word
aligned address).
To avoid this we tell the compiler to always align this scratchpad to a
word aligned address.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Tested-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All current ClearFog SOMs have the SPI flash populated. Enable SPI flash in
the device tree.
Add an alias to the SPI bus so that the 'sf' command can probe the flash on
bus 1.
Add the "spi-flash" compatible string to make the standard SPI flash driver
probe the device.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The production variant of the SPI flash used by the clearfog
devices are based on winbond chips. Additionally enable
SPI_FLASH_BAR since some variants will have 16MB of flash
that requires this to be enabled.
Remove the default speed and mode; these values are taken from the
device tree when CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH is enabled.
Add default bus, so that 'sf' detects the SPI flash by default.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
[baruch: remove speed/mode; add bus; move winbond to defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable the driver by default for the clearfog boards since the external
port is configured for XHCI.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
[baruch: split from the SoC setup patch]
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This fixes the USB 3.0 support for the a38x SOC.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
[baruch: use fdt_addr_t]
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This makes the initial changes need to support the
a38x series of SOCs. It adds the device-tree identifier
as well as changing the board_support function to take
the IO address designated by device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
[baruch: use fdt_addr_t; update 37xx and 8K implementations]
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable DISTRO_DEFAULTS for
mvebu_db_armada8k_defconfig
mvebu_mcbin-88f8040_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The board uses T-topology for the four x16 DRAM chips, so remove
the write-leveling from the SPL as that is only usefly on fly-by
topology and can be harmful on T-topology. Also update the DRAM
timing with values from calibration on multiple boards.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Update help message for "mac" command to reflect correct descriptions
and parameters.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Value provided in MC_MEM_SIZE_ENV_VAR is in hex. Use 16 as base
in simple_strtoul.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Distro boot support gives flexibility to run distro RFS like Ubuntu
being deployed from SD card or SATA drive. If it fails to detect
external storage, fall back to qspi/sd boot.
Enable this by default in RDB's defconfig by selecting
CONFIG_DISTRO_DEFAULTS
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Ying <zhangying@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Currently the chipselect used to identify the corresponding NAND chip
is stored at the controller and only set during fsl_ifc_chip_init().
This way, only the last NAND chip is working, as the previous value
of cs_nand gets overwritten.
In order to solve this issue the chipselect is computed on demand by
evaluating the bank variable. Thus, the correct chipselect for each
NAND chip operation is used.
Tested on hardware with two NAND chips connected to the IFC
controller.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <oss@buserror.net>
[YS: reformatted commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The zero value returned from qbman_swp_acquire() is an error
condition meaning no free buffer for allocation.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Kushwaha Prabhakar <prabhakar@freescale.com>
[YS: revised commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This reverts commit c61d0009fe.
A tbs2910 board user reported a very slow console frambuffer as
regression in current u-boot. I could bisect this down to the
above mentioned commit.
This revert brings back the fast framebuffer console (one
cache flush per string in puts(), not after each char).
Reported-by: Uwe Scheffler <scheffler.u@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Tested-by: Uwe Scheffler <scheffler.u@web.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The eMMC is 1V8 device only and the signaling is always 1V8,
fix the DT for Salvator-X/XS to describe the hardware correctly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
After updating u-boot from v2016.01 to 2017.09, issue with
"SATA link 0 timeout." on my Cubietruck board.
mdelay milled after moving satapwr code to board.
"sunxi: Turn satapwr on from board_init"
(sha1: 9fbb0c3aa4)
After adding the "mdelay(500);"
line that was lost in the path the error is gone.
Signed-off-by: Werner Böllmann <Werner.Boellmann@fh-dortmund.de>
[Rebased and updated change and commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Only the H3/H5 SoCs have an internal PHY and its related clock and
reset controls.
Use an #ifdef to guard the internal PHY control code block so it
can be built for other SoCs, such as the A83T or A64.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
due misnaming of CONFIG_SUN4I_EMAC in include/configs/sunxi-common.h,
likely missed in:
commit 3146f0c017 ("Move PHYLIB to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Artturi Alm <artturi.alm@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The following error has been observed on i.MX25 with a high-speed SDSC
card:
Data Write Failed in PIO Mode.
It was caused by the timeout set on PRSSTAT.BWEN, which was triggered
because this bit takes 15 ms to be set after writing the first block to
DATPORT with this card. Without this timeout, all the blocks are
properly written.
This timeout was implemented by decrementing a variable, so it was
depending on the CPU frequency. Fix this issue by setting this timeout
to a long enough absolute duration (500 ms).
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
When a high speed card is connected to mx51evk the following error is seen:
U-Boot 2017.11-rc2 (Oct 18 2017 - 13:49:26 -0200)
CPU: Freescale i.MX51 rev3.0 at 800 MHz
Reset cause: POR
Board: MX51EVK
DRAM: 512 MiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1
*** Warning - read failed, using default environment
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Net: FEC
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
=> saveenv
Saving Environment to MMC...
Writing to MMC(0)... failed
The root cause for the failure is the eSDHC-A001 erratum:
"eSDHC-A001 : Data timeout counter (SYSCTL[DTOCV]) is not reliable for
values of 0x4,0x8, and 0xC" that is listed
on some PowerArchitecture chips:
https://www.nxp.com/files-static/32bit/doc/errata/MPC8379ECE.pdf
Even though eSDHC-A001 is not documented on the i.MX51 errata document,
I have confirmed with the NXP design team that this erratum does affect
i.MX51, so fix the problem by selecting SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC_A001
at SoC level.
The i.MX51 ts4800 board already selects this option, but it is better
to move this selection to the i.MX51 SoC level instead.
Successfully tested with a high speed SD card on a mx51evk board.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Sebastien Bourdelin <sebastien.bourdelin@savoirfairelinux.com>
When a high speed card is connected to mx25 the following error is seen:
U-Boot 2017.11-rc2-00104-gb79372a (Oct 31 2017 - 11:02:22 -0200)
CPU: Freescale i.MX25 rev1.2 at 399 MHz
Reset cause: POR
Board: MX25PDK
I2C: ready
DRAM: 64 MiB
No arch specific invalidate_icache_all available!
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0
*** Warning - read failed, using default environment
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Net: FEC
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
=> saveenv
Saving Environment to MMC...
Writing to MMC(0)... failed
, which prevents any usage of the SD card.
The root cause for the failure is the eSDHC-A001 erratum:
"eSDHC-A001 : Data timeout counter (SYSCTL[DTOCV]) is not reliable for
values of 0x4,0x8, and 0xC" that is listed
on some PowerArchitecture chips:
https://www.nxp.com/files-static/32bit/doc/errata/MPC8379ECE.pdf
Even though eSDHC-A001 is not documented on the i.MX25 errata document,
I have confirmed with the NXP design team that this erratum does affect
i.MX25, so fix the problem by selecting SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC_A001
at SoC level.
Successfully tested with a high speed SD card on a mx25pdk board.
Suggested-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit@wsystem.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Sebastien Bourdelin <sebastien.bourdelin@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Tested-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br> # mx25pdk
The motivation for moving MX25 selection to Kconfig is to be
able to better handle MX25 specific errata, so that an errata option
can be selected at SoC level instead of board level.
This selection method also aligns with the way other i.MX SoCs are
selected in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Sebastien Bourdelin <sebastien.bourdelin@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau.dev@gmail.com>
The environment storage location is selectable via Kconfig. We support
eMMC, SD and SPI-NOR as location for U-Boot. This adds support to store
the environment in the SPI-NOR additional to the default eMMC location.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This change updates the USB configuration for the RK3399-Q7 in the DTS:
* fixes the OTG board configuration by enabling it ('okay')
* improves the speed of 'usb start' by disabling the unused EHCI/OHCI
controllers
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
To correctly model the usbhub_enable regulator for U-Boot, we need
to change the settings to:
* the GPIO polarity is GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW
* should be set to inactive (enable-active-low) when boot-on settings
are applied
* it can be changed at runtime (i.e. remove the always-on)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
The fixed regulator for overriding BIOS_DISABLE had been modelling
backwards (i.e. the GPIO polarity and the enable-active-low/high
property had both been inverted), causing the 'regulator' command
to always print/expect 'disabled'/'enabled' backwards.
This fixes the mix-up and models it correctly:
* the GPIO is low-active
* the regulator should be enabled (enable-active-high) during
boot-on initialisation
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
U-Boot bundles a patched copy of libfdt, so it's wrong to attempt to
include it <like/this>. This breaks the build for me when I have dtc
fully installed in my host -- as happened earlier tonight with
Buildroot, for example.
There are several other occurrences throughout the code where '<libfdt'
matches. I'm not modifying these because I have no clue why the
<systemwide> include style is being used -- IMHO wrongly.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kundrát <jan.kundrat@cesnet.cz>
The check in part_get_info_extended() for a successful partition
searching misses a condition for extended partition. In case of
(ext_part_sector == 0), we should anyway mark the partition as found,
even if it's an extended partition, i.e. (is_extended(pt->sys_ind) == 0).
Otherwise, the extended partition (type 0x0f) will never be identified,
and the following recursive call to part_get_info_extended() will get a
wrong 'part_num' and 'which_part' parameter. In the end, all those
partitions in extended table will not be identified.
Let's add the missing OR condition of (ext_part_sector == 0) for
is_extended() check to fix the problem.
The issue is discovered by running fastboot flash to an extended
partition on eMMC.
$ fastboot flash mmcsda5 cache.img
target reported max download size of 536870912 bytes
sending 'mmcsda5' (18796 KB)...
OKAY [ 2.144s]
writing 'mmcsda5'...
FAILED (remote: cannot find partition)
finished. total time: 2.261s
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Before this patch one could receive following errors when executing
"gpt write" command on machine with cache enabled:
display5 factory > gpt write mmc ${mmcdev} ${partitions}
Writing GPT:
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4ef8f7f0, 4ef8f9f0]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4ef8f9f8, 4ef939f8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4ef8f9f8, 4ef939f8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4ef8f7f0, 4ef8f9f0]
success!
To alleviate this problem - the calloc()s have been replaced with
malloc_cache_aligned() and memset().
After those changes the buffers are properly aligned (with both start
address and size) to SoC cache line.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This function is called when signing configuration nodes. Adjust
the error message.
I do not know why we do not need to show the error message in case of
ENOSPC. Remove the if-conditional that seems unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If -K option is missing when you sign image nodes, it fails with
an unclear error message:
tools/mkimage Can't add hashes to FIT blob: -1
It is hard to figure out the cause of the failure.
In contrast, when you sign configuration nodes, -K is optional because
fit_config_process_sig() returns successfully if keydest is unset.
Probably this is a preferred behavior when you want to update FIT with
the same key; you do not have to update the public key in this case.
So, this commit changes fit_image_process_sig() to continue signing
without keydest. If ->add_verify_data() fails, show a clearer error
message, which has been borrowed from fit_config_process_sig().
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The "algo_name" points to a property in a blob being edited. The
pointer becomes stale when fit_image_write_sig() inserts signatures.
Then crypto->add_verify_data() writes wrong data to the public key
destination.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
test_gpt generates a persistent disk image which can be re-used across
multiple test runs. Currently, if the Python code that generates the disk
image change, the image is not regenerated, which could cause test
failures e.g. if a test was updated to expect some new partition name or
size, yet the persistent disk image contained the old name or size. This
change introduces functionality to regenerate the disk image if the
instructions to generate the image have changed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The fw_env utility family has a default environment compiled in
which ties it quite strongly to the U-Boot source/config it has
been built with. Allow to display the U-Boot version it has been
built with using the -v/--version argument.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Designated initializers are more readable because we do not
have to check the order in the struct definitions.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As part of my usual round of build testing, output about missing
MAINTAINERS information was not logged, and thus often overlooked.
Correct that mistake by ensuring that I log the output of
genboardscfg.py every time. As part of that, address a number of
missing MAINTAINERS entires. In the case of a missing file, I have put
the original submitter down. In the rest of the cases I have added the
config (and sometimes relevant header file) to the existing set of file
globs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When HDMI is not initialized (e.g. no monitor is plugged), the current
SimpleFB code will still create a broken SimpleFB node.
Detect whether HDMI is initialized when creating SimpleFB node.
Fixes: be5b96f0e4 ("sunxi: setup simplefb for Allwinner DE2")
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Looking at the schematic, LDO15 and LDO17 are tied as a power source of a
builtin network chipset. The voltage on LDO15 is corrected to 3.3V and the
name of LDO17 is corrected to "vdd_ldo17".
Signed-off-by: Dongjin Kim <tobetter@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
We move all instances of CONFIG_MTDIDS_DEFAULT and
CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT from the header files to the defconfig files.
There's a few cases here where we need to expand upon what was in the
header file.
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #omap3_logic
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The patch:
"dm: ahci: Unwind the confusing init code"
(sha1: 7cf1afce7f)
introduce bug for ceva sata because port didn't start.
On the other hand the dwc_ahci.c was fixed correctly.
Do the same change for ceva too.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <yousaf.kaukab@suse.com>
Inside setup_sata() there is a cpu type check, so there is no need to
do this check in the board file.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Inside setup_sata() there is a cpu type check, so there is no need to
do this check in the board file.
This also brings the benefit to allowing setup_sata() to be called for the
mx6qp wandboard variant.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Enable UMS and DFU, so that the eMMC can be accessed via the
USB gadget port on the board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Commit 001cdbbb32 ("imx: mx6slevk: enable more DM drivers") breaks
MMC support in U-Boot proper on the mx6slevk_spl_defconfig target:
U-Boot SPL 2017.09-00396-g6ca43a5 (Oct 01 2017 - 16:20:18)
Trying to boot from MMC1
U-Boot 2017.09-00396-g6ca43a5 (Oct 01 2017 - 16:20:18 -0300)
CPU: Freescale i.MX6SL rev1.0 792 MHz (running at 396 MHz)
CPU: Commercial temperature grade (0C to 95C) at 33C
Reset cause: POR
Board: MX6SLEVK
I2C: ready
DRAM: 1 GiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0
MMC Device 1 not found
*** Warning - No MMC card found, using default environment
As mx6slevk_spl_defconfig does not use CONFIG_DM_MMC and its
board file does not register the mmc controller for U-Boot proper,
let's fix this by adding CONFIG_DM_MMC=y and device tree support.
While at it, add more DM drivers, so that it becomes closer to
mx6slevk_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Add support for the latest MX6QP wandboard variant.
Based on Richard Hu's work from Technexion's U-Boot tree.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
On Vybrid SoCs U-Boot gets loaded into GFX SRAM which is 512KiB.
Currently 32KiB is reserved for the IMX header. However, this is
not reflected in the size limit. In v2017.11-rc2 the actual size
limit (512KiB-32KiB) has been reached for Colibri VF61, which
lead to a successful build of U-Boot but not a working binary.
The IMX header is much smaller than 32KiB, typically around 1KiB.
Decrease the reserved size to 4KiB and specify the correct U-Boot
size limit. Apply this new base address and limit for all Vybrid
based boards.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
As reported by Jonathan Gray:
"After the recent changes to add SimpleNetworkProtocol to efi_loader
when booting off mmc via an efi payload that doesn't use
SimpleNetworkProtocol U-Boot's fec_mxc driver will now display
various "error frame" messages.
....
MMC Device 1 not found
MMC Device 2 not found
MMC Device 3 not found
Scanning disks on sata...
Found 6 disks
reading efi/boot/bootarm.efi
67372 bytes read in 32 ms (2 MiB/s)
## Starting EFI application at 12000000 ...
>> OpenBSD/armv7 BOOTARM 1.0
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x00003d74
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x00007079
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x00006964
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x00006f6f
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x0000726f
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x00002074
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x00006f6f"
Heinrich Schuchardt explains:
"A receive FIFO overrun can be expected if network packages are not
processed.
With the network patches we check if a package is available quite often."
Move the "error frame" messages to debug level so that a clean output
log can be seen.
Reported-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Many MAINTAINERS files are in subdirectories.
We should enable searching these.
Reported-by: Walt Feasel <waltfeasel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Resort to malloc_cache_aligned() rather than malloc() which also removes
'CACHE: Misaligned operation at range' warnings.
Signed-off-by: Niko Mauno <niko.mauno@vaisala.com>
With the introduction of EFI variable support, we also wanted to persist
these EFI variables. However, the way it was implemented we ended up
persisting all U-Boot environment variables on every EFI boot.
That could potentially lead to unexpected side effects because variables
that were not supposed to be written to persisted env get written. It also
means we may end up writing the environment more often than we should.
For this release, let's just disable EFI variable persistence and instead
implement it properly for the next one.
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Fixes: ad644e7c18 ("efi_loader: efi variable support")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Acked-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Enable support for loadables in SEC firmware FIT image. Currently
support is added for single loadable image.
Brief description of implementation:
Add two more address pointers (loadable_h, loadable_l) as arguments to
sec_firmware_init() api.
Create new api: sec_firmware_checks_copy_loadable() to check if loadables
node is present in SEC firmware FIT image. If present, verify loadable
image and copies it to secure DDR memory.
Populate address pointers with secure DDR memory addresses where loadable
is copied.
Example use-case could be trusted OS (tee.bin) as loadables node in SEC
firmware FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Change DDR allocated for secure memory from 2 MB to 66 MB. This
additional 64 MB secure memory is required for trusted OS running
in Trusted Execution Environment using ARMv8 TrustZone.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Since TX delay is now enabled only in PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_ID
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_TXID.
These change where introduced in phy driver in commit 05b29aa0cb
("net: phy: realtek: fix enabling of the TX-delay for RTL8211F").
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
On ls1012a soc, core clock source frequency is fixed at 100Mhz.
Generic timer frequency is core clock source divided by 4, which
is 25Mhz.
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Memory allocated via malloc is not guaranteed to be zeroized.
So explicitly use calloc instead of malloc.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This comment creates a wrong entry in config_whitelist.txt.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro only appears in commented-out lines. It is not referenced
by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher<hs@denx.de>
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FTI2C010 is not enabled by anyone.
Commit 2852709676 ("dm: i2c: Add a note to I2C drivers which need
conversion") prompted to convert this driver to DM before June 2017,
but not converted yet.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This driver was used by Blackfin boards, but Blackfin support is
gone. There is no user of this driver.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Extend DE2 driver with LCD support. Tested on Pinebook which is based
on A64 and has ANX6345 eDP bridge with eDP panel connected to it.
Signed-off-by: Vasily Khoruzhick <anarsoul@gmail.com>
[agust: rebased v5 on u-boot-video/master]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The supported sleep states are generic on Intel processors. Move the
ASL definition to the common place.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On some platforms (eg: Braswell), the FSP will not produce the
graphics info HOB unless you plug some cables to the display
interface (eg: HDMI) on the board. Add such notes in the FSP
video driver.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Intel Braswell FSP requires SPI controller settings to be locked down,
let's do this in the chrryhill.dts and remove previous Kconfig option.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some Intel FSP (like Braswell) does SPI lock-down during the call
to fsp_notify(INIT_PHASE_BOOT). But before SPI lock-down is done,
it's bootloader's responsibility to configure the SPI controller's
opcode registers properly otherwise SPI controller driver doesn't
know how to communicate with the SPI flash device.
Rather than passively doing the opcode configuration, let's add a
simple DTS property "intel,spi-lock-down" and let the driver call
the opcode configuration function if required by such FSP.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This reverts commit 1e6ebee667.
It's not appropriate to call the Intel SPI driver specific stuff in
the FSP codes. We may add a simple DTS property "intel,spi-lock-down"
and let the Intel SPI driver call these stuff instead.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In an S3 resume path, MRC cache is mandatory. Enforce the dependency
in the Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Imply does not work for a Kconfig choice. Update ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH
to be the default one for Intel Braswell.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It was observed that when booting Linux kernel on Intel Cherry Hill
board, unexpected crash happens quite randomly. Sometimes kernel
just oops, while sometimes kernel throws MCE errors and hangs:
mce: [Hardware Error]: Machine check events logged
mce: [Hardware Error]: CPU 0: Machine Check: 0 Bank 4: c400000000010151
mce: [Hardware Error]: TSC 0 ADDR 130f3f2c0
mce: [Hardware Error]: PROCESSOR 0:406c3 TIME 1508160686 SOCKET 0 APIC 0 microcode 363
This looks like a hardware error per mcelog. After debugging, it
seems turning off turbo mode on the processor does not expose this
behavior, although U-Boot runs OK with turbo mode on. Suspect it is
related to an errata of Braswell processor.
To fix this, remove the Braswell cpu driver which does the turbo
mode configuration, and switch to use the generic cpu-x86 driver.
Also there is a configuration option in the FSP that turns on the
turbo mode and that has been turned off too.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With latest codes on mainstream master, Intel Galileo board does not
boot unfortunately. Git biset leads to b383d6c0 "bootstage: Convert
to use malloc()".
Disable bootstage support to make it boot again. The root cause needs
to be investigated however.
Fixes: b383d6c0 ("bootstage: Convert to use malloc()")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is a eDP bridge similar to ANX9804, it allows to connect eDP panels
to the chips that can output only parallel signal
Signed-off-by: Vasily Khoruzhick <anarsoul@gmail.com>
[agust: fixed most checkpatch errors/warnings]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This header will be used in anx6345 driver
Signed-off-by: Vasily Khoruzhick <anarsoul@gmail.com>
[agust: moved header to drivers/video]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Add an operation to read EDID, since bridge may have ability to read
EDID from the panel that is connected to it, for example LCD<->eDP bridge.
Signed-off-by: Vasily Khoruzhick <anarsoul@gmail.com>
As the support of EFI boot on Allwinner H3 is broken, we still need to
use simplefb to pass the framebuffer to Linux.
Add code to setup simplefb for Allwinner DE2 driver.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Add an option to indicate that the video driver should setup a SimpleFB
node that passes the video framebuffer initialized by U-Boot to the
operating system kernel.
Currently only the Allwinner DE driver uses this option, and the
definition of this option in the sunxi-common.h config header is
converted to an imply of this option from CONFIG_VIDEO_SUNXI.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The sunxi DE1 video option used to be CONFIG_VIDEO, which has the same
name as the "Enable legacy video support" option in
drivers/video/Kconfig.
Change the option name to CONFIG_VIDEO_SUNXI, which is really used by
Makefile under drivers/video/sunxi/, and defined in sunxi-common.h
when CONFIG_VIDEO is selected before this change. Now CONFIG_VIDEO_SUNXI
selects CONFIG_VIDEO and the usages of CONFIG_VIDEO in sunxi Kconfig and
config headers are all converted to use CONFIG_VIDEO_SUNXI.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
The U-Boot binary may trip over its actual allocated size in the storage.
In such a case, the environment will not be readable anymore (because
corrupted when the new image was flashed), and any attempt at using saveenv
to reconstruct the environment will result in a corrupted U-Boot binary.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The Banana Pi M2-Magic is a small board with an Allwinner A33, an eMMC, a
wifi chip and some pin headers. Enable support for it.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Encountered an issue where fastboot can't write to NAND on a CHIP_pro,
the symbol was neither present in the board's config header, nor the
Kconfig, this patch puts it in the Kconfig and defaults on when
SUNXI_NAND is selected.
Signed-off-by: Ben Young <computermouth@crunchbangplusplus.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
As explained in arch/arm/mach-sunxi/clock_sun8i_a83t.c, clk for CPU
clusters is computed as clk = 24*n. However, the current formula is clk
= 24*(n-1).
This results in a clock set to a frequency that isn't specified as
possible for CPUs.
Let's use the correct formula.
Fixes: f542948b1e ("sunxi: clk: add basic clocks for A83T")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The Allwinner SPI flash SPL boot support is guarded by the SPL_SPI_SUNXI
symbol. But despite its generic name, the actual only use case for this
is to provide SPI flash support to the SPL, which requires
CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT to be defined.
Select this symbol from the SPL_SPI_SUNXI Kconfig definition. This
avoids doing this explicitly in the defconfig, and fixes SPI booting on
the Pine64 SoPine (and -LTS version) and the OrangePi Win board (both with
SPI flash).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Provide a Kconfig option that we can use as dependency for
features that are broken. This allows to easily disable them
without removing the code.
As no short text is supplied the option will not appear in
menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As you see in crypto_algos in common/image-sig.c, the algorithm
should be either "rsa2048" or "rsa4096". "rs2048" is a typo.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Both "conf_name" and "sig_name" point to the name of config node.
The latter should be the name of the signature node.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
don't use prettyprint_part_size() in create_gpt_partitions_list()
that avoid to align offset and size to 1 MiB and increase precision for
start and size.
This patch avoid the risk to change partition size and lost data during
rename or swap.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Add test of first and last LBA in gpt for rename and swap.
Only the name is expected to change, so test 3 columns
for part command
1: first LBA (start)
2: last LBA (end)
3: partition name
After rename, the last LBA change and it is a error in current U-Boot code
+ "first" = 0x7ff : invalid value (<start)
+ "second" = 0x17ff => size increasing !
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
+ test write for one partition on all the device (size=0)
+ test write with disk uuid and 2 partitions
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
the partition starting at 0x4400 is refused with overlap error:
$> gpt write mmc 0 "name=test,start=0x4400,size=0"
Writing GPT: Partition overlap
error!
even if the 0x4400 is the first available offset for LBA35 with default
value:
- MBR=LBA1
- GPT header=LBA2
- PTE= 32 LBAs (128 entry), 3 to 34
And the command to have one partition for all the disk failed also :
$> gpt write mmc 0 "name=test,size=0"
After the patch :
$> gpt write mmc 0 "name=test,size=0"
Writing GPT: success!
$> part list mmc 0
Partition Map for MMC device 0 -- Partition Type: EFI
Part Start LBA End LBA Name
Attributes
Type GUID
Partition GUID
1 0x00000022 0x01ce9fde "test"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
type: data
guid: b4b84b8a-04e3-4000-0036-aff5c9c495b1
And 0x22 = 34 LBA => offset = 0x4400 is accepted as expected
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
add sandbox test for some gpt sub-command
- gpt read / part list : read the gpt partition created by sgdisk on host
test start, size, LBA and name output
- gpt verify : verify the gpt partition create by sgdisk on host
PS: persistent data test_gpt_disk_image.bin are udpated
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
copy the persistent gpt binary file as it can be modified during the test
that avoid issue if the test fail: the test always restart with clean file
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
RTC_CONFIG_D register contains the day within the month to generate
an alarm, not the month. This corrects the printf to indicate it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Remove hardcoded ftd file name from environment variables.
Use CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE macro instead.
Signed-off-by: Michal Oleszczyk <m.oleszczyk@grinn-global.com>
Commit 06ad970b53 ("powerpc: mpc85xx: Implemente workaround for CPU
erratum A-007907") clears L1CSR2 for the boot core, but other cores
don't run through the workaround. Add similar code for secondary
cores to clear DCSTASHID field in L1CSR2 register.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
All users of this macro have been converted. Remove MTDDEBUG and
related CONFIG options.
ubifs_dbg_msg_key() is kept. It is silent unless DEBUG is defined.
I am not touching scripts/config_whitelist.txt. The deprecated options
will be dropped by the next resync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
In old days, the MTD subsystem in Linux had debug facility like
DEBUG(MTD_DEBUG_LEVEL1, ...).
They were all replaced with pr_debug() until Linux 3.2. See Linux
commit 289c05222172 ("mtd: replace DEBUG() with pr_debug()").
U-Boot still uses similar macros. Covert all of them for easier sync.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
The semantic patch I used is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression e1, e2;
@@
-MTDDEBUG(e1, e2)
+pr_debug(e2)
@@
expression e1, e2;
@@
-MTDDEBUG(e1, e2,
+pr_debug(e2,
...)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Commit dd74b945af ("ARM: uniphier: use pr_() instead of printf()
where appropriate"), but I missed to update this file for some reason.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If the environment "verify" is set to n, the image verification
is entirely skipped. Remove it as a preparation for verified boot.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The default value of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN, 0x800000, causes error
when uncompressing Image.gz out of FIT image.
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... Error: inflate() returned -5
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
UniPhier 32-bit SoCs use CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL. So, many nodes must
be marked as dm-pre-reloc to prevent fdtgrep from stripping them off.
Sprinkling U-Boot-specific properties all over the place is painful
because DT files are synced with Linux from time to time.
Split u-boot,dm-pre-reloc out to uniphier-v7-u-boot.dtsi, which is
appended to UniPhier V7 DTS before the build.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The option is never enabled by anyone. Remove the code surrounded
by its ifdef. This should be handled by the clock/reset drivers.
CONFIG_UNIPHIER_ETH in scripts/config_whitelist.txt will be dropped
by the next resync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
I thought commit d37d31849c ("ARM: uniphier: enable DWC3 xHCI
driver") enabled CONFIG_USB_DWC3_UNIPHIER, but CONFIG_USB_XHCI_DWC3
was missing in uniphier_v7_defconfig. Re-add.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
We add the various SMC91XX symbols to drivers/net/Kconfig and then this
converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SMC911X
CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Apply to the rest of the tree, re-squash old and new patch]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_NAND_MXC
CONFIG_NAND_OMAP_GPMC
CONFIG_NAND_OMAP_GPMC_PREFETCH
CONFIG_NAND_OMAP_ELM
CONFIG_SPL_NAND_AM33XX_BCH
CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Finish migration of CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE, fix some build issues,
add CONFIG_NAND_MXC so we can do CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
I've missed to add the ACPI resume support to this x86 build target.
This patch adds the ACPI resume support enabling S3 suspend /
resume.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Up to now we depended on an exported variable to build u-boot.rom.
We should be able to specify it in the configuration file, too.
With this patch this becomes possible using the new Kconfig option
CONFIG_BUILD_ROM.
This option depends on CONFIG_X86 and is selected in
qemu-x86_defconfig and qemu-x86_64_defconfig.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Azalia configuration may be different across boards, hence it's not
appropriate to do that in the SoC level. Instead, let's make the
SoC update_fsp_azalia_configs() routine as a weak version, and do
the actual work in the board codes.
So far it seems only som-db5800-som-6867 board enables the Azalia.
Move the original codes into som-db5800-som-6867.c.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present we directly pass the Azalia config pointer to the FSP UPD.
This updates to use a function to do the stuff, like Braswell does.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
So far there are two copies of Azalia struct defines with one in
baytrail and the other one in braswell. This consolidates these
two into one, put it in the common place, and remove the prefix
pch_ to these structs to make their names more generic.
This also corrects reset_wait_timer from us to ms.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is only needed when graphics console is used. For kernel with
native graphics driver, this can be turned off to speed up.
Change this option's default to n in the Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It was observed that when booting a Ubuntu 16.04 kernel, doing ACPI
S3 suspend/resume sometimes causes the Ubuntu kernel hang forever.
The issue is however not reproduced with a kernel built from i386/
x86_64 defconfig configuration.
The unstability is actually caused by unexpected interrupts being
generated during the S3 resume. For some unknown reason, FSP (gold4)
for BayTrail configures the GPIO DFX5 PAD to enable level interrupt
(bit 24 and 25). As this pin keeps generating interrupts during an
S3 resume, and there is no IRQ requester in the kernel to handle it,
the kernel seems to hang and does not continue resuming.
Clear the mysterious interrupt bits for this pin.
Reported-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Adjust VGA rom address to 0xfffb0000 so that u-boot.rom image
can be built again.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
As "v" is a local variable in stm32_i2c_choose_solution()
"v" has to be copied into "s" to avoid data abort in
stm32_i2c_compute_timing().
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick DELAUNAY <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
On qemu errors like
assert 2.999650001525879 >= 3
occur.
According to the comment in the code the test is meant to be
approximate. So we should accept some milliseconds less.
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Update the script to version 0.26 (as of Linux v4.14-rc1)
Keep our "penguin_chief".
Keep our top_of_kernel_tree.
The negative forms of the command line parameters are described
when using --help.
New options are
--git-blame-signatures => when used with --git-blame,
also include all commit signers
--r => include reviewer(s) if any
--letters => print all matching 'letter' types
from all matching sections
File .get_maintainer.ignore can be used to specify
email addressees that shall be ignored.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
'commit fa24eca1f2 ("omap: Add routine for setting fastboot variables")'
adds initial support and usage of "fastboot getvar" command
for DRA75x and DRA72x devices.
and
'commit 0f9e6aee9d ("arm: dra76: Add support for ES1.0 detection")'
adds initial dra76 device definition
This patch is to extend usage of "fastboot getvar" for DRA76 device.
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
DRA71x processors are reduced pin and software compatible
derivative of DRA72 processors. Extend support for this
revision in "getvar cpu" command.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Mahaveer <vishalm@ti.com>
[praneeth@ti.com: rebase to u-boot master]
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add vendor partition to Android GPT table for eMMC.
A Vendor image contains SoC-specific code and configuration.
Prior to Android 8.0, the vendor partition was optional ;
files belonging to these images were placed in boot.img or system.img
with symlinks (such as /vendor >/system/vendor ) when absent.
Android 8.0 makes the vendor partition mandatory
The goal is to modularize Android partitions with standard interface between
the Android Platform (on system.img ) and vendor-provided code(on vendor.img).
This standard interface enables the Android Platform to be updated
without affecting the SoC partitions. This makes it possible to upgrade a
device system.img from Android 8.0 to Android P while other images (such as
vendor.img) remain at Android 8.0. This modularity enables timely
Android platform upgrades (such as monthly security updates )
without requiring SoC/ODM partners to update SoC- and device-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Mahaveer <vishalm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add vendor partition to Android GPT table for eMMC.
A Vendor image contains SoC-specific code and configuration.
Prior to Android 8.0, the vendor partition was optional ;
files belonging to these images were placed in boot.img or system.img
with symlinks (such as /vendor >/system/vendor ) when absent.
Android 8.0 makes the vendor partition mandatory
The goal is to modularize Android partitions with standard interface between
the Android Platform (on system.img ) and vendor-provided code(on vendor.img).
This standard interface enables the Android Platform to be updated
without affecting the SoC partitions. This makes it possible to upgrade a
device system.img from Android 8.0 to Android P while other images (such as
vendor.img) remain at Android 8.0. This modularity enables timely
Android platform upgrades (such as monthly security updates )
without requiring SoC/ODM partners to update SoC- and device-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As the code currently stands, we first check that the length of the
given command line, along with ip_str/mac_str along with an additional 1
for the NULL termination will fit within the buffer we have, and if not,
we return an error. The way this code was originally written however
left Coverity "unhappy" due to using strcat rather than strncat.
Switching this to strncat however causes clang to be unhappy that we
aren't enforcing the "1" portion within strncat. Rather than further
re-work the code to include a "- 1" in this case as well, make the
strcat code only be done within the else side of the length test. This
keeps both clang and Coverity happy.
Fixes: 48ee0a87bc ("cmd/pxe.c: Rework initrd and bootargs handling slightly")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
I saw a DT build issue report some time before [1]. I was able to
reproduce the bug, and figure out the root cause.
Since commit 6d427c6b1f ("binman: Automatically include a U-Boot
.dtsi file"), invalid .*.cmd files are generated.
Since that commit, DTS files are put into sed and piped to CPP.
Because CPP reads the stream from stdin, -Wp,-MD,$(depfile).pre.tmp
option generates a depfile with the target name "-". This is not
the format expected by fixdep.
Use one more temporary file instead of using pipe. With this, deps_
in the .*.cmd will be fixed. Having a temp file name in source_ is
odd, but it is unsed in the build system. Not a big deal.
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2017-June/294451.html
Fiexes: 6d427c6b1f ("binman: Automatically include a U-Boot .dtsi file")
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Removal of the legacy DataFlash code turned genimg_get_image() into a
no-op. Drop all calls to it and the function itself.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Last user of this option went away in commit:
fdc7718999 ("board: usb_a9263: Update to support DT and DM")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Last user of this option went away in commit:
fdc7718999 ("board: usb_a9263: Update to support DT and DM")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
This makes gcc no longer expect an out-of-line version of the
functions being present elsewhere.
This fixes a failure to build on several marvell targets with gcc-7 on
Debian:
https://bugs.debian.org/877963
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Hello,
I ran into a problem with the JFFS2 filesystem driver implemented in U-Boot.
I've got a NAND device that has correctable ECC errors (corrected somewhere in mtd/nand/nand_base.c).
The NAND driver tells the filesystem layer (jffs2_1pass.c) above that there occurred correctable ECC errors and returns with a "value > 0".
The JFFS2 driver recognizes the corrected ECC errors as real error and skips this block because the only accepts a "return value == 0" as correct.
This problem exists for over 8 years (I checked version 2010.09) so I'm a little bit worried that I interpreted something wrong or didn't get the whole context.
Can someone confirm this bug (and the bugfix) in the u-boot jffs2 driver?
There was a mail in 2012 that mentioned the same problem, but there was no patch:
http://u-boot.10912.n7.nabble.com/JFFS2-seems-to-drop-nand-data-with-ECC-corrections-td142008.html
Sometime after this discussion the return value of nand_read() changed from -EUCLEAN as correctable ECC error to a positive value with the count of ECC corrected errors.
With kind reguards,
Uwe Engling
MMC commands like MMC_CMD_ALL_SEND_CID or MMC_CMD_SEND_CSD can reach
500 us. This patch increases the polling status register delay to avoid
a timeout on a command.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Fix bit 2 name of PWR_CR3 register to match with the
last STM32H7 reference manual available here :
http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/support/resources/
resource-selector.html?querycriteria=productId=SS1951$$
resourceCategory=technical_literature$$resourceType=reference_manual
Update also comment about voltage scaling 1 values
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
CLK() macro is a residue of a previously reworked patch,
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
This macro isn't used by anything, and in fact hasn't ever been used
according to the Git logs.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
The variable res should be initialized to 0 in these functions,
because if the searched key is not found, the variable is used
uninitialized.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167335)
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167336)
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167337)
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Since
rem = ((long) *tim_p) % SECSPERDAY;
the second while cycle
while (rem >= SECSPERDAY)
is dead.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167334)
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The test and info callbacks into the partition callback struct are
used by the "part list" command on the command line. That command
is used by the distro script.
With verb=1 set, "part list" thus throws a lot of warnings about
partitions it can't find when an upper layer searches for partitions.
So let's reduce verbosity to bring it to the same level of noise
as the other partition targets.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
CONFIG options surrounded by
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(...)
CONFIG_IS_BUILTIN(...)
CONFIG_IS_MODULE(...)
CONFIG_VAL(...)
need special care for proper dependency tracking.
I do not remember why, but I missed to add CONFIG_VAL(...) handling.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
All BMP files were being treated as though they had a 40 byte header.
There are several BMP header formats consisting of additional data.
This was causing some of the header to be read as color information,
skewing the color palette.
Signed-off-by: Jon Smith <jtsmith@pdiarm.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
arch/arm/mach-imx/mx6/soc.c:590:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘s_init’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] void s_init(void)
Remove this warning by adding the function prototype into include/common.h file.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
fit_handle_file function does not quote input and output files while preparing
command to run DTC to convert .its to .itb. This results in a failure if input
or output files contain spaces in their names. Quote input and output files in
DTC command to avoid this failure.
Signed-off-by: Mirza, Taimoor <Taimoor_Mirza@mentor.com>
Upstream Linux has received a few device tree updates to the RPi
which we should propagate into the builtin U-Boot one as well to
gain hardware support.
This patch bumps the dts files to their 4.14 Linux counterparts
with the exception of sdhost on 32bit RPi versions. There we stay
with iproc as the sdhost driver is missing in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
While this goes somewhat against normal coding style we should ensure
that dev_desc is not NULL before we dereference it in allocation of
legacy_mbr.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167292)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable clock in the probe hook. The clock rate will be necessary
when setup_data_interface hook is supported.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
ARCH_UNIPHIER_V8_MULTI depends on !SPL, so the default may be hidden.
Use a clearer default.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
U-Boot does not support fancy clock tree structures like the Linux
common clock framework. Implement a simple clock tree model at the
driver level. With this, the clock data will be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Use dev_dbg() functions. It will be helpful to prefix log messages
with the corresponding device name when the core framework is ready.
While I am here, I renamed "dev", which was actually private data,
into "priv" because dev->dev looks confusing.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Use dev_dbg() functions. It will be helpful to prefix log messages
with the corresponding device name when the core framework is ready.
While I am here, I renamed "dev", which was actually private data,
into "priv" because dev->dev looks confusing.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Including <common.h> pulls in a lot of bloat. What this driver needs
is BIT(), so replace it with <linux/bitops.h>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The pin data are implemented for old SoCs to specify the bit shift of
the IECTRL register. They are not wortwhile given the required memory
footprint. Delete all the pin data and enable all bits of the IECTRL
register.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Like other recenct UniPhier SoCs, the pupdctrl number of PXs3
matches to the pin number.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
First, I implemented this driver as per-bank model, but it was
a design mistake.
- There are 31 banks in the maximum case. It is painful to add
so many nodes to DT.
- The IRQ control registers are shared between banks. Per-bank
design is a problem for Linux. The counterpart for Linux turned
around to the single node model.
Rework based on the driver for Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The non-volatile storage varies board by board. The default should
be NOWHERE. Please choose a proper device via Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Set Features (0xEF) command toggles the R/B# pin after 4 sub feature
parameters are written.
Currently, nand_command(_lp) calls chip->dev_ready immediately after
the address cycle because NAND_CMD_SET_FEATURES falls into default:
label. No wait is needed at this point.
If you see nand_onfi_set_features(), R/B# is already cared by the
chip->waitfunc call.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[ Linux commit: c5d664aa5a4c4b257a54eb35045031630d105f49 ]
Read ID (0x90) command does not toggle the R/B# pin. Without this
patch, NAND_CMD_READID falls into the default: label, then R/B# is
checked by chip->dev_ready().
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[ Linux commit: 3158fa0e739615769cc047d2428f30f4c3b6640e ]
Patch queue for efi - 2017-10-13
This is the second batch of amazing improvements for efi_loader in 2017.11:
- New self tests to verify our own code
- A few bug fixes
- colored text support
- event and SNP improvements, should get us close to iPXE working
When cancelling the timer we should check the return
value provided by the set_timer service.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add support for the DHCOM i.MX6 PDK board. This board has:
- FEC ethernet
- EHCI USB host
- 3x SDMMC
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
When compiling with W=1 errors are observed:
drivers/pci/pcie_imx.c:517:12: warning: no previous prototype for ‘imx6_pcie_toggle_power’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] __weak int imx6_pcie_toggle_power(void)
drivers/pci/pcie_imx.c:528:12: warning: no previous prototype for ‘imx6_pcie_toggle_reset’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] __weak int imx6_pcie_toggle_reset(void)
Remove these warnings by adding the functions prototypes on arch-mx6/sys_proto.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
arch/arm/mach-imx/mx6/clock.c:1268:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘do_mx6_showclocks’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] int do_mx6_showclocks(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
Remove this warning by adding the function prototype into arch-mx6/clock.h file.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
UART pinmux has been changed on the last board revision. Change
board pinmux accordingly. Console is on UART7 now, add pinmux,
base address and update console string in environment.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
mx6slevk can run different kernel versions, such as NXP 4.1 or mainline.
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the SD
card changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use the UUID method to specify the
rootfs location.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
We have at least a minor count of boards, that failed to re-initialize
PCI express in the Linux kernel. Typical failure rate is 20% on affected
boards. This is mitigated by commit 6ecbe13756 ("drivers: pci: imx:
add imx_pcie_remove function").
However, at least on some i.MX6 custom boards, when calling
assert_core_reset() as part of the first-time PCIe init, read access
to PCIE_PL_PFLR simply hangs. Surround this readl() with
imx_pcie_fix_dabt_handler() does not help. For this reason, the forced
LTSSM detection is only used on the second assert_core_reset() that is
called shorly before starting the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Sven-Ola Tuecke <sven-ola.tuecke@numberfour.eu>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Tested-by: David Müller <d.mueller@elsoft.ch>
Latest wandboard hardware revision is revd1, which brings the following
new features:
- PFUZE100 PMIC
- AR8035 Ethernet PHY
- Upgrade Wifi/BT chip to BCM4339/BCM43430.
The detection mechanism is to probe the PMIC and when it is
found, then the revision of the board is revd1.
As the detection is done via PMIC, we need to print the board version
at a later stage via CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE and also need
to disable CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO, which is done much earlier.
Make the necessary adjustments for the AR8035 PHY to work on revd1.
Based on Richard Hu's work from Technexion's U-Boot tree.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The changes required to use U-Boot's Serial Download Protocol
implementation are now available in upstream imx_usb_loader
repository. Update the URL accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The configuration files imximage.cfg are used for the DDR controller
configuration.
Add DDR configuration function to replace the DDR controller
configuration in the imximage.cfg file. The function can be used for
DDR size detection.
Signed-off-by: Uri Mashiach <uri.mashiach@compulab.co.il>
The CCM_ macros use the CCM_BASE_ADDRESS macro, which doesn't exist.
Replace the CCM_BASE_ADDRESS macros with CCM_BASE_ADDR.
Signed-off-by: Uri Mashiach <uri.mashiach@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Instead of changing mmc devno from dts nodes better
to return the detected devno so-that env trigger the same.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Fix for finding mmc devices on i.MX6Q icore boards
added in below comment
"icorem6: Fix to find MMC devices"
(sha1: a2b137b38d)
which is reverted in during u-boot-imx merge
" Merge git://git.denx.de/u-boot-imx"
(sha1: 6aee2ab68c)
This patch, is recreated to fix merge conflict.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ option has been converted to defconfig, so there
is no need to undefine it in board config file anymore.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
board/freescale/mx6sabresd/mx6sabresd.c:586:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘board_ehci_hcd_init’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] int board_ehci_hcd_init(int port)
Remove this warning by including <usb/ehci-ci.h>.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
board/freescale/mx6sabresd/mx6sabresd.c:601:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘board_ehci_power’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] int board_ehci_power(int port, int on)
Remove this warning by adding the function prototype into usb/ehci-ci.h file.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
board/freescale/mx6sabresd/mx6sabresd.c:680:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘board_spi_cs_gpio’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] int board_spi_cs_gpio(unsigned bus, unsigned cs)
Remove this warning by including <asm/mach-imx/spi.h>.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
arch/arm/mach-imx/mx6/soc.c:213:12: warning: no previous prototype for ‘get_board_rev’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] u32 __weak get_board_rev(void)
Fix the build warning by including <asm/bootm.h>.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ symbol does not work in board config file
anymore, so fix this by moving it to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
board/freescale/mx6sabresd/mx6sabresd.c:266:5: warning:
no previous prototype for ‘board_mmc_get_env_dev’
[-Wmissing-prototypes] int board_mmc_get_env_dev(int devno)
Remove this warning by adding the function prototype into sys_proto.h file.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
When building with W=1 errors like the one below is seen:
board/freescale/mx6sabresd/mx6sabresd.c:546:5: warning:
no previous prototype for ‘overwrite_console’
[-Wmissing-prototypes] int overwrite_console(void)
Fix the build warnings by including <input.h>.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO is already defined inside "imx6_spl.h", so there
is no need to redefine it in the board config files.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
This rework the board to use the generic filesystem commands instead
of forcing the use of FAT for the boot files.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Now that it is possible to load SPL and u-boot.img via imx_usb_loader
tool, mention this method instead of the old one that relied on ymodem.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
With CONFIG_DISPLAY_CPUINFO=y we get a "Reset cause" line, which
brings important information of the reboot cause.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
There is no need call setup_display() from SPL code, so move it to
board_init(), which executes only in U-Boot proper.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
There is no need call setup_display() from SPL code, so move it to
board_init(), which executes only in U-Boot proper.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
There is no need call setup_display() from SPL code, so move it to
board_init(), which executes only in U-Boot proper.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
There is no need call setup_display() from SPL code, so move it to
board_init(), which executes only in U-Boot proper.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
There is no need call setup_display() from SPL code, so move it to
board_init(), which executes only in U-Boot proper.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
There is no need call setup_display() from SPL code, so move it to
board_init(), which executes only in U-Boot proper.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Shell.efi uses this, and supporting color attributes makes things look
nicer. Map the EFI fg/bg color attributes to ANSI escape sequences.
Not all colors have a perfect match, but spec just says "Devices
supporting a different number of text colors are required to emulate the
above colors to the best of the device’s capabilities".
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
[agraf: s/unsigned/unsigned int/]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When we don't have a real device/image path, such as 'bootefi hello',
construct a mem-mapped device-path.
This fixes 'bootefi hello' after devicepath refactoring.
Fixes: 95c5553ea2 ("efi_loader: refactor boot device and loaded_image handling")
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Commit 8e6eda7cda ("drivers/i2c/muxes/pca954x: Add pca9547 I2C mux
support") introduced a chip_desc for the pca954x devices but failed to
update pca954x_ofdata_to_platdata() to be aware of it. Make
pca954x_ofdata_to_platdata() lookup the chip_desc to validate the device
width.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The option is specified in Kconfig, but still a few config header files
are overriding the choice by #undef'ing it. Re-sync the option with
moveconfig to rid of the #undefs.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Having this as a 'default y' is rather annoying because it doesn't
actually compile unless other options are defined in the board header:
../cmd/bootm.c: In function 'do_imls_nor':
../cmd/bootm.c:330:7: error: 'CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT'?
i < CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS; ++i, ++info) {
Make it 'default n' so people who develop new boards that start from a
blank defconfig have one less compilation failure to debug.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Correct a mistake in the part number handling of commit
16a73b249d and only increment part once
per loop.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The constant MAX_UTF8_PER_UTF16 is used to calculate
required memory when converting from UTF-16 to UTF-8.
If this constant is too big we waste memory.
A code point encoded by one UTF-16 symbol is converted to a
maximum of three UTF-8 symbols, e.g.
0xffff could be encoded as 0xef 0xbf 0xbf.
The first byte carries four bits, the second and third byte
carry six bits each.
A code point encoded by two UTF-16 symbols is converted to four
UTF-8 symbols.
So in this case we need a maximum of two UTF-8 symbols per
UTF-16 symbol.
As the overall maximum is three UTF-8 symobls per UTF-16 symbol
we need MAX_UTF8_PER_UTF16 = 3.
Fixes: 78178bb0c9 lib: add some utf16 handling helpers
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When searching for partitions don't stop if a partition is not present
for a given partition number as there may be valid partitions after.
Search for up to MAX_SEARCH_PARTITIONS matching the other callers of
part_get_info().
This allows OpenBSD to boot via the efi_loader on rpi_3 again after
changes made after U-Boot 2017.09. With MBR partitioning OpenBSD will
by default use the fourth partition for the 0xA6 (OpenBSD) partition.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The ULCB CPLD support was not updated during the PFC table rework,
fix up the GPIO numbers until the CPLD support is rewritten to a
proper DM capable and DT probing driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Due to a conflict with recent Primary Protected Application (PPA),
PPA cannot be loaded for SPL stage, falcon boot is not enabled by
default. With compatible PPA image, to enable falcon boot, activate
these Kconfig options in defconfig
CONFIG_SPL_FIT=y
CONFIG_SPL_FSL_LS_PPA=y
CONFIG_SPL_GZIP=y
CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT=y
CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT=y
CONFIG_SPL_OF_LIBFDT=y
Because environment variables are not avaiable during SPL stage for
SD boot, set "boot_os=y" as default.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add jump_to_image_linux() for arm64. Add "noreturn" flag to
armv8_switch_to_el2(). Add hooks to fsl-layerscape to enable falcon
boot.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This board has soldered DDR chips. To reduce the SPL image size,
use static DDR setting instead of dynamic DDR driver.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
gd->ram_size is reduced in this function to reserve secure memory.
Avoid running this function again to further reduce memory size.
This fixes issue for SPL boot with PPA image loaded in which case
secure memory is incorrectly allocated due to repeated calling.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_CMD_SPL_WRITE_SIZE is used for writing parameters to non-volatile
storage. So far it is only used for NAND. Fix compiling error when this
macro is not used for SD.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Commit 15eb1d43bf ("spl: reorder the assignment of board info to
global data") intended to move assignment of board info earlier,
into board_init_r(). However, function preload_console_init() is
called either from spl_board_init() or from board_init_f(). For the
latter case, the board info assignment is much earlier than proposed
board_init_r(). Create a new function to fill gd->bd and call this
function when needed.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
CC: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The MC boot sequence is contained in mc_env_boot. Update LS1088A
boards to use this function, and hook it to reset_phy so that it's
called late enough, after the ports have been initialized, for
proper DPC / DPL fixup.
Signed-off-by: Bogdan Purcareata <bogdan.purcareata@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This change is required due to trusted OS (OP-TEE) not being position
independent code, it requires compile time fixed base address.
To take care of this it is assumed that all layerscape armv8 platforms
has minimum 2G ddr in first region. So we can have fixed address
space (66 MB -> (2MB for PPA + 64MB for trusted OS)) allocated from
top of first 2G ddr region and compile trusted OS with this fixed
base address.
But one exception here is ls1012 where we have only 1G (rdb) or 512M
(frdm) ddr memory. For those we can have different fixed compile time
base addresses for trusted OS.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ symbol does not work in board config file
anymore, so fix this by moving it to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Rx Compliance tests may fail intermittently at high jitter
frequencies using default register values.
Program register USB_PHY_RX_OVRD_IN_HI in certain sequence
to make the Rx compliance test pass.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Fix a bug of 'commit 8104deb2d6 ("armv8: layerscape: Adjust memory
mapping for Flash/SD card on LS1046A")' as NAND block size is 256KB
on LS1046AQDS.
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Avoid NULL pointer dereference after setup failed due to a
missing network.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For some functions the @return description is missing.
Fix typo.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This fixes an issue with OpenBSD's bootloader, and I think should also
fix a similar issue with grub2 on legacy devices. In the legacy case
we were creating disk objects for the partitions, but not also the
parent device.
Reported-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When calling bootefi hello twice a kernel dump occurs.
Neither bootefi hello nor bootefi selftest have an image
device patch. So do not try to dereference the NULL
value.
Fixes: 95c5553ea2 efi_loader: refactor boot device and loaded_image handling
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The task priority levels test uses two events one passes the
notification counter as context. The other passes NULL.
Both use the same notification function. So we need to check
for NULL here.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
If the memory regions are different efi_st_memcmp currently
returns the difference of the addresses. Insted the
difference of the first differing byte pair should be
returned.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This patch provides an EFI application to check the correct function
of the Simple Network Protocol implementation.
It sends a DHCP request and analyzes the DHCP offer.
Different error conditions including a 10s timeout are checked.
A successful execution will look like this:
=> bootefi nettest
Scanning disk ide.blk#0...
Found 1 disks
WARNING: Invalid device tree, expect boot to fail
Network test
DHCP Discover
DHCP reply received from 192.168.76.2 (52:55:c0:a8:4c:02)
as broadcast message.
OK. The test was completed successfully.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add %pm as format string to print a MAC address.
This is helpful when analyzing network problems.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Enclose definition in parantheses to allow using efi_st_error
like a void function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In the receive function all return values should be filled.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The size fields in the Simple Network Protocol are all
UINTN in the UEFI spec. So use size_t.
Provide a function description of the receive function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The returned interrupt status was wrong.
As out transmit buffer is empty we need to always set
EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_TRANSMIT_INTERRUPT.
When we have received a packet we need to set
EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_RECEIVE_INTERRUPT.
Furthermore we should call efi_timer_check() to handle events.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The WaitForPacket event informs that a network package has been
received by the SimpleNetworkProtocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[agraf: Move is_signaled = true line into efi_net_push()]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
A timer event is defined. The timer handler cares for receiving new
packets.
efi_timer_check is called both in efi_net_transmit and efi_net_receive
to enable events during network communication.
Calling efi_timer_check in efi_net_get_status is implemented in a
separate patch.
[agraf] This patch is needed to make efi_net_get_status() actually
report incoming packets.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[agraf: fix spelling in comment]
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
U-Boot does not implement all functions of the simple network
protocol. The unimplemented functions return either of
EFI_SUCCESS and EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
The UEFI spec foresees to return EFI_UNSUPPORTED in these cases.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The length of a MAC address is 6.
We have to set this length in the EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_MODE
structure of the EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_PROTOCOL.
Without this patch iPXE fails to initialize the network with
error message
SNP MAC(001e0633bcbf,0x0) has invalid hardware address length 0
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide the simple network protocol revision.
This revision number could be used to identify backwards compatible
enhancements of the protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
WaitForPacket is an event and not a function pointer.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI spec defines parameter index of WaitForEvent as UINTN*.
So we should use size_t here.
I deliberately do not use UINTN because I hold a following patch
that will eliminate UINTN because uppercase types to not match
the U-Boot coding style.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We need to call some boottime services internally.
Our GUIDs are stored as const efi_guid_t *.
The boottime services never change GUIDs.
So we can define the parameters as const efi_guid_t *.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI spec defines the length parameters of CopyMem and SetMem
as UINTN. We should size_t here.
The source buffer of CopyMem should be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We should use the existing 64bit division instead of
reinventing the wheel.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide comments describing the boot service functions.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Rename counter to more illustrative names.
Update notification function description.
Simplify notification function.
Add comment for arbitrary non-zero value.
Document @return.
Use constants for return values of setup, execute, teardown.
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Queued and signaled describe boolean states of events.
So let's use type bool and rename the structure members to is_queued
and is_signaled.
Update the comments for is_queued and is_signaled.
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
All error messages in the selftests should use efi_st_error.
efi_st_error will print the file name and line number of the error.
Splitting message texts due to lines being over 80
characters is avoided. This resolves the issue reported
by Simon Glass in
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2017-September/307387.html
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 623b3a5797 efi_selftest: provide an EFI selftest application
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Realloc does not free the old memory area if it fails.
Identified by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The livetree codepath of ofnode_get_addr_size always used the "reg"
property for of_get_property. Use the property parameter of the function
call instead and check the return value if the property exists.
Otherwise return FDT_ADDR_T_NONE.
This was discoverd while using SPI NOR with livetree.
spi_flash_decode_fdt checks for memory-map and will not fail with
livetree even if the property does not exist.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The size variable may not be always be a mulitple of
ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN and using it to flush cache leads to cache
misaligned warnings.
Therefore, round up the size to a multiple of ARCH_DMA_MINLAIGN
when allocating private data.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These checks cannot fail since driver model will not call a driver's
method if it cannot fully create the driver data structures.
It is confusing to have these checks and others might copy them. Drop this
code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In U-Boot -ENODEV means that there is no device. When there is a problem
with the device, drivers should return an error like -ENXIO or -EREMOTEIO.
When the device tree properties cannot be read correct , they should
return -EINVAL.
Update various GPIO drivers to follow this rule, to help with consistency
for future driver writers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
These three drivers all use U_BOOT_DEVICE rather than device tree to
create devices, so have to do manual allocation of platform data. This is
not true for new platforms.
Add a more explicit comment so that people do not copy this approach with
new boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
It does not look like this driver needs to use a bind() method. It does
not manually create devices with device_bind() nor does it create devices
using U_BOOT_DEVICE(). It seems to only use device tree.
Therefore the manual allocation of platform data is not needed and is
confusing. Also platform data should be set up by the ofdata_to_platdata()
method, not bind().
Update the driver in case others use it as a model in future.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Since e7881d85 "dm: mmc: Drop CONFIG_DM_MMC_OPS" DM_MMC_OPS
is no more used, remove it from STM32_SDMMC2 dependencies
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add pinctrl and sdmmc nodes to add MMC support for
STM32H743 evaluation board.
Evaluation board needs a second pinctrl node
"pinctrl_sdmmc1_level_shifter" to drive a level shifter
on MMC bus.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
As suggested by Vikas Manocha, update embedded SRAM address
to use AXI SRAM available on D1 domain instead of using
AHB SRAM (D2 domain).
On some STM32H743 SoCs, D2 domain SRAM is accessible even if
SRAMxEN bit in AHB2ENR bits are not set whereas on others SoCs
version it's not accessible.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
As the timer 2 is on APB1 bus, the maximum of clock frequency of APB1 timer
clock is half of SYSCLK. Then to calculate the timer prescaler for timer 2
which need to be divided by 2.
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Check malloc() return values and properly unwind on errors so
memory allocated for fat_itr structures get freed properly.
Also fixes a leak of fsdata.fatbuf in fat_size().
Fixes: 2460098cff ("fs/fat: Reduce stack usage")
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167225, 167233, 167234)
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The 'block' field of fat_itr needs to be properly aligned for DMA and
while it does have '__aligned(ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN)', the fat_itr structure
itself needs to be properly aligned as well.
While at it use malloc_cache_aligned() for the other aligned allocations
in the file as well.
Fixes: 2460098cff ("fs/fat: Reduce stack usage")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the Linux Kernel on ARM64, the Image.COMPRESSION file is not
self-extracting in the way that x86 and ARM images are. So when
CMD_BOOTI is enabled we should also default to enabling CMD_UNZIP and
CONFIG_LZMA in order for the user to be able to decompress many of the
common compressions that will be done to an Image file.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On case-insensitive file systems we have collision between
scripts/kconfig/ directory and scripts/Kconfig file. This patch moves
scripts/Kcofnig contents to cmd/Kconfig to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This driver is currently used by STM32F7 and STM32H7 SoCs.
As CONFIG_CLK and OF_CONTROL flags are set by default for these
2 SoCs, this flag becomes useless in this driver, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
stm32f4 doesn't support FIFO and OVERRUN feature.
The enable bit is not at the same location in CR1
register than for STM32F7 and STM32H7.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add fifo mode support for rx and tx.
As only STM32H7 supports this feature, add has_fifo flag
to uart configuration to use fifo only when possible.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
STM32F4 serial IP is similar to F7 and H7, but registers
are not located at the same offset and some feature are
only supported by F7 and H7 version.
Registers offset must be added for each version and also
some flags indicated the supported feature.
Update registers name to match with datasheet (sr to isr,
rx_dr to rdr and tx_dr to tdr) and remove unused regs
(cr2, gtpr, rtor, and rqr).
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch remove the extra compatibility string "st,stm32h7-usart"
and "st,stm32f7-usart" to avoid confusion, save some time & space.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
macro branch_if_master checks master CPU via (Aff3 & (Aff2:Aff1:Aff0))
it is simple but a little obscure.
fix by checking Affx fields within MPIDR_EL1 directly.
Signed-off-by: zijun_hu <zijun_hu@htc.com>
relocate_code() allocates 32 bytes stack frame but only 16 bytes are
freed before return. it will cause errors to possible previous frames
and doesn't make relocate_code() look like a function.
fix by freeing 32 bytes stack space
Signed-off-by: zijun_hu <zijun_hu@htc.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
the new GD address is calculated via board data BD currently
it require the new GD area locates below BD tightly, so a strict
constraint is imposed on memory layout which maybe make special
platform unpleasant.
fix it by getting new GD address from gd->new_gd directly.
Signed-off-by: zijun_hu <zijun_hu@htc.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Given how we handle the ARM toolchain we can't easily combine these two
jobs, so don't. Give xilinx/ARM a separate build.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The recent changes to these files did not completely fix the previous
issues, or introduced different (minor) issues. In cmd/gpt.c we need to
dereference str_disk_guid to be sure that malloc worked. In
cmd/nvedit.c we need to be careful that we can also fit in that leading
space when adding to the string. And in tools/fit_image.c we need to
re-work the error handling slightly in fit_import_data() so that we only
call munmap() once. We have two error paths here, one where we have an
fd to close and one where we do not. Adjust labels to match this.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167366, 167367, 167370)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board is based on Intel Tangier SoC (Intel Merrifield platform)
and may utilize ACPI powerfulness.
Bring minimum support by appending initial DSDT table for it.
Note, the addresses for generated tables are carefully chosen to avoid
any conflicts with existing shadowed BIOS data. The user have somewhat
like ~31 kB available for compiled ACPI tables that ought to be enough.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Intel Tangier SoC is a part of Intel Merrifield platform which doesn't
utilize ACPI by default. Here is an attempt to unleash ACPI flexibility
power on Intel Merrifield based platforms.
The change brings minimum support of the devices that found on
Intel Merrifield based end user device.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The setexpr command is useful for scripting, lets enable it for all
x86 based theadorable platforms.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This enables the easier usage of "-custom" kernel versions as well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is needed for the PCIe hotplug to work correctly on some boards.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- Move SoCFPGA and K2 boards to their own job
- Expand the microblaze job to cover ARM boards from Xilinx as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As reported by Coverity, we did not free dirnode in the case of failure.
Do so now.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 131221)
Cc: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Coverity has found some problems with the return paths in parts of this
code. We have a case where we were going to the wrong part of the
unwind (open() failed so we cannot close the fd), a case where we were
only free()ing our buf on the error path and finally a case where we did
not munmap in the failure path.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 138492, 138495, 143064)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the initrd portion of handling our bootm arguments we do not have a
sufficiently long enough buffer for some improbable 64bit cases. Expand
this buffer to allow for a 64bit address and almost 256MB initrd to be
used. Make use of strncpy/strncat when constructing the values here
since we know what the worst case valid values are, length wise.
Similarly for bootargs themselves, we need to make use of strlen/sizeof
and strncpy/strncat to ensure that we don't overflow bootargs itself.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 131256)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When we have multiple messages provided, we need to be sure that we do
not exceed the length of our 'message' buffer. In the for loop, make
sure that pos is not larger than message. Only copy in at most however
much of the message buffer remains. Finally, if we have not reached the
end of the message buffer, put in a space and NULL, and if we have,
ensure the buffer is now NULL termined.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 165116)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the overlay tests now being built in sandbox Coverity has found a
number of issues in the tests. In short, if malloc ever failed we would
leak the previous mallocs, so we need to do the usual goto pattern to
free each in turn. Finally, we always looked at the free()d location to
see how many tests had failed for the return code.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167224, 167227, 167230, 167236)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Create a common exit for most of the error handling code in
do_rename_gpt_parts. Delete the list elements in disk_partitions
before calling INIT_LIST_HEAD from get_gpt_info() a second time.
The SIZEOF_MISMATCH error is not addressed, since that problem was
already fixed by "GPT: incomplete initialization in
allocate_disk_part".
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167222, 167235, 167237)
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The previous commit fixed a problem in FAT code where going back to the
root directory using '..' wouldn't work correctly on FAT12 or FAT16.
Add a test to exercise this case (which was once fixed in commit
18a10d46f2 "fat: handle paths that include ../" but reintroduced due to
the directory iterator refactoring).
This test only very barely catches the problem - without the fix the
size command still gives valid output but the additional spurious
"Invalid FAT entry" error message makes it not get caught in the
'egrep -A3 ' output. I tried to make a proper test that grows the root
directory to two clusters lots of with dummy files but that causes the
write tests to crash the sandbox totally...
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If we end up back in the root directory via a '..' directory entry, set
itr->is_root accordingly. Failing to do that gives spews like
"Invalid FAT entry" and being unable to access directory entries located
past the first cluster of the root directory.
Fixes: 8eafae209c ("fat/fs: convert to directory iterators")
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Currently we can only test FAT32 which is the default FAT version that
mkfs.vfat creates by default. Instead make it explicitly create either a
FAT16 or a FAT32 volume. This allows us to exercise more code, for
instance the root directory handling is done differently in FAT32 than
the older FATs.
Adding FAT12 support is a much bigger job since the test creates a 2.5GB
file and the FAT12 maximum partition size is way smaller than that.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current code doesn't compute the group descriptor checksum correctly
for the filesystems that e2fsprogs 1.43.4 creates (they have
'Group descriptor size: 64' as reported by tune2fs). Extend the checksum
calculation to be done as ext4_group_desc_csum() does in Linux.
This fixes these errors in dmesg from running fs-test.sh and makes it
succeed again:
[1671902.620699] EXT4-fs (loop1): ext4_check_descriptors: Checksum for group 0 failed (35782!=10965)
[1671902.620706] EXT4-fs (loop1): group descriptors corrupted!
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
The regulator bindings state that regulator prefixes are allowd to be
in upper or lower case. However pmic_bind_children from pmic_uclass uses
strncmp to compare DT node name against prefix. This comparison is case
sensitive hence the regulator driver prefix case matters.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
When eMMC was formattaed for Linux partition table, "userdata" partition
is missing. In this case, part_get_info_by_name() iterates over all
registered drivers (which are PART_TYPE_EFI, PART_TYPE_DOS and
PART_TYPE_ISO). And when it comes to PART_TYPE_ISO (which has empty
partition table), we can see next warning in U-Boot output:
** First descriptor is NOT a primary desc on 1:1 **
This patch switches to part_get_info_by_name_type() API in order to
check only EFI partitions for "userdata" partitions. This eliminates
mentioned warning.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is already existing function part_get_info_by_name().
But sometimes user is particularly interested in looking for only
specific partition type. This patch implements such an API that
provides partition searching by name for specified partition type.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using regular $partitions variable (for Linux boot), we can see
some unwanted messages:
> ERROR: cannot find partition: 'userdata'
> at arch/arm/mach-omap2/utils.c:96/omap_mmc_get_part_size()
> Warning: fastboot.userdata_size: unable to calc
Let's remove those, as missing 'userdata' partition is correct behavior
for Linux partition, and we don't want to see some Android-related
messages in this case.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
This board builds an U-Boot binary that is bootable with QEMU's 'virt'
machine on ARM. The minimal QEMU command line is:
qemu-system-arm -machine virt,highmem=off -bios u-boot.bin
(Note that the 'highmem=off' parameter to the 'virt' machine is required for
PCI to work in U-Boot.) This command line enables the following:
- u-boot.bin loaded and executing in the emulated flash at address 0x0
- A generated device tree blob placed at the start of RAM
- A freely configurable amount of RAM, described by the DTB
- A PL011 serial port, discoverable via the DTB
- An ARMv7 architected timer
- PSCI for rebooting the system
- A generic ECAM-based PCI host controller, discoverable via the DTB
Additionally, QEMU allows plugging a bunch of useful peripherals to the PCI bus.
The following ones are supported by both U-Boot and Linux:
- To add a Serial ATA disk via an Intel ICH9 AHCI controller, pass e.g.:
-drive if=none,file=disk.img,id=mydisk -device ich9-ahci,id=ahci -device ide-drive,drive=mydisk,bus=ahci.0
- To add an Intel E1000 network adapter, pass e.g.:
-net nic,model=e1000 -net user
- To add an EHCI-compliant USB host controller, pass e.g.:
-device usb-ehci,id=ehci
- To add a NVMe disk, pass e.g.:
-drive if=none,file=disk.img,id=mydisk -device nvme,drive=mydisk,serial=foo
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
QEMU emulates such a device with '-machine virt,highmem=off' on ARM.
The 'highmem=off' part is required for things to work as the PCI code
in U-Boot doesn't seem to support 64-bit BARs.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use the new helper function to avoid boilerplate in the driver.
Note that this changes __raw_writel et al. to writel. AFAICT this is
no problem because:
- The Linux driver for the same hardware uses the non-__raw variants as
well (via pci_generic_config_write()).
- This driver seems to be used only on MIPS so far, where the __raw and
non-__raw accessors are the same.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This sort of pattern for implementing memory-mapped PCI config space
accesses appears in U-Boot twice already, and a third user is coming up.
So add helper functions to avoid code duplication, similar to how Linux
has pci_generic_config_write and pci_generic_config_read.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In order to be able to select the right DTB, we need to have identified the
board before spl_early_init() is called.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
u-boot can be embedded within a FIT image with multiple DTBs. It then
selects at run-time which one is best suited for the platform.
Use the same principle here for the SPL: put the DTBs in a FIT image,
compress it (LZO, GZIP, or no compression) and append it at the end of the
SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
[trini: Move default y of SPL_MULTI_DTB_FIT_DYN_ALLOC to it being the
default choice if SYS_MALLOC_F, drop spl.h include from lib/fdtdec.c
it's unused.]
Signed-off-by Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If board_fit_config_name_match() doesn't match any configuration node,
then use the default one (if provided).
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the dtb is the first data of the FIT, the its offset is 0x0. Change the
test to '<' instead of '<='
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Those 2 functions don't modify their input, we can mark it const.
This prevents compilation warnings when they are provided const input.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_FIT_EMBED might be confused with CONFIG_OF_EMBED, rename it
MULTI_DTB_FIT as it is able to get a DTB from a FIT image containing
multiple DTBs. Also move the option to the Kconfig dedicated to the DTS
options and create a README for this feature.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit ff98cb9051 ("part: extract MBR signature from partitions")
SPL boot on i.MX6 starts to fail:
U-Boot SPL 2017.09-00221-g0d6ab32 (Oct 02 2017 - 15:13:19)
Trying to boot from MMC1
(keep in loop)
Use the original allocation scheme for the SPL case, so that MX6 boards
can boot again.
This is a temporary solution to avoid the boot regression.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The EFI selftest has been broken by a patch on efi-next.
We should enable CONFIG_CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST on
qemu-x86_defconfig and qemu-x86_64_defconfig by default
to catch this type of problem in the Travis CI tests.
These systems typically have abundant memory so that
enabling this option should not pose a problem.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
While this came in with a default value of 6 I am lowering this to 4.
The MTD/UBI code has a large number of error messages that we include
now. In addition, "normally" warning messages are not included so this
feels like a more natural level to have.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As we discussed before in ML, dm_dbg() causes undefined reference
error if #define DEBUG is added to users, but not drivers/core/util.c
We do not need this macro because we can use pr_debug() instead, and
it is pretty easy to enable it for the DM core by using ccflags-y.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Copied from Linux 4.13.
Commit log of 3e9b3112ec74 of Linux explains well why this header
is useful.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Many drivers had started to use dev_err, dev_info, etc. for log
functions. Currently, we are relying on <linux/compat.h>, but I
guess the best home is <dm/device.h>, taking into account that
Linux defines them in <linux/device.h>.
For now, I am leaving the ones in <linux/compat.h> because lots of
Linux-originated code uses dev_*(), but the first argument is not
struct udevice, so we need to ignore the bogus argument. More
efforts are needed to iron out the issues.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Collect runtime BUG/WARN into a self-contained header <linux/bug.h>
to make these macros easier to use.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
As commit 84b8bf6d5d ("bug.h: move BUILD_BUG_* defines to
include/linux/bug.h") noted, include/linux/bug.h was locally
modified for U-Boot because the name conflict of error() caused
build errors at that time.
Now error() is gone, so we can fully sync BUILD_BUG* with Linux.
These macros are just compile-time utilities. Nothing depends on
platform code, so it should make sense to simply copy Linux's ones.
Please note Linux split BUILD_BUG stuff out into <linux/build_bug.h>
by commit bc6245e5efd7. Let's follow it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This header uses ulong, size_t, loff_t.
Include <linux/types.h> to make this header self-contained.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro prevents us from using compiletime_error/assert defined
in <linux/compiler.h>.
Now we can remove it, then we will be able to import more BUILD_BUG
macros from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
U-Boot widely uses error() as a bit noisier variant of printf().
This macro causes name conflict with the following line in
include/linux/compiler-gcc.h:
# define __compiletime_error(message) __attribute__((error(message)))
This prevents us from using __compiletime_error(), and makes it
difficult to fully sync BUILD_BUG macros with Linux. (Notice
Linux's BUILD_BUG_ON_MSG is implemented by using compiletime_assert().)
Let's convert error() into now treewide-available pr_err().
Done with the help of Coccinelle, excluing tools/ directory.
The semantic patch I used is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@@@
-error
+pr_err
(...)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Re-run Coccinelle]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When we import code from Linux, with regular re-sync planned, we want
to use printk() and pr_*(). U-Boot does not support them in a clean
way. So, people end up with local macros, or compat headers here and
there, then we occasionally see build errors of definition conflicts.
We have include/linux/compat.h, but putting all sorts of unrelated
things into a single header is just a temporal workaround. Hence this
patch, to find the best home for all printk variants. If you want to
use printk() and friends, please include <linux/printk.h>. This header
is self-contained, and pulls in only a few headers.
When I was testing this clean-up, I noticed the image size exceeded
its platform limit on some boards. This is because all pr_*() that
were previously defined as no-op in include/linux/mtd/mtd.h (unless
CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG is set), are now enabled.
To make such boards happy, this commit also implements CONFIG_LOGLEVEL.
The concept is similar to the kernel parameter "loglevel". (Actually,
the Kconfig help message was taken from kernel-paremeter.txt of Linux)
Messages with a loglevel smaller than console loglevel will be printed.
The difference is the loglevel is build-time determined. To save the
image size, lower priority pr_*() are compiled out. I set the default
of CONFIG_LOGLEVEL to 6, i.e. pr_notice and higher priority messages
are compiled in.
I adjusted CONFIG_LOGLEVEL to avoid build error for some boards.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
[trini: Add in SPL_LOGLEVEL that is the same as LOGLEVEL]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
<common.h> pulls in a lot of headers. Including it from every .c
file is a bad idea. We need to remove contents until it contains
nothing.
Move printf() and friends to <stdio.h>.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Add pinconf support to the PFC driver, so that it can handle DT
props bias-disable, bias-pull-up, bias-pull-down, drive-strength
and power-source.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
If the USB Ethernet gadget is not yet enabled, the call of
usb_ether_init in board/sunxi/board.c will lead to undefined reference
error when building.
Fix this problem.
Fixes: 50ddbf1199a0 ("sunxi: Register usb_ether")
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
All the new SoCs from Allwinner since the A33 have had the phy_ctl offset
at 0x410 instead of 0x404 that was used on the previous SoCs.
Instead of adding more and more special cases as the number of SoCs grow,
let's invert the test to have 0x410 by default, and the (hopefully) fixed
number of old SoCs being the exception.
Suggested-by: Siarhei Siamashka <siarhei.siamashka@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Banana Pi M1 Plus is an open-source single-board computer
that adds more connectivity to the classic board using
Allwinner A20 SOC.
Bananapi M1-Plus features:
- A20 Dual-core 1.0GHz
- 1 GB DDR3 SDRAM
- MicroSD
- 10/100/1000 Ethernet RJ45
- WiFi b/g/n
- 5V DC Micro USB power-supply
For dts file,
Sync with Linux commit f92ca09("Merge branch 'akpm/master'").
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
As we have already DRAM initialization code for V3s SoC, we can
defaultly enable SPL now on Lichee Pi Zero.
Add CONFIG_SPL in Lichee Pi Zero defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Set CONFIG_MMC_SUNXI_SLOT_EXTRA=2 to enable the eMMC controller to
access eMMC on the board.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The upstream (Linux) device tree file for the Bananapi M3 follows the
convention of using the well known brand name, instead of the vendor
name, for naming. The file was recently added to upstream in commit
359b5a1e1c2d ("ARM: sun8i: a83t: Add device tree for Sinovoip Bananapi
BPI-M3")
Rename the device tree file in U-boot to match.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
USB_GADGET will fail to compile if USB_MUSB_GADGET is not defined. Make
sure we have that condition right.
Fixes: e0ea88042d51 ("sunxi: Imply USB_ETHER")
Suggested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The current code, if there's both an eMMC and an MMC slot available on the
board, will swap the MMC indices based on whether we booted from the eMMC
or the MMC. This way, the MMC we're supposed to boot on will always have
the index 0.
However, this causes various issues, for example when using other
components that base their behaviour on the MMC index, such as fastboot.
Let's remove that hack, and take the opposite approach. The MMC will always
have the same index, but the bootcmd will pick the same device than the one
we booted from. This is done through the introduction of the mmc_bootdev
environment variable that will be filled by the board code based on the
boot device informations we can get from the SoC.
In order to not introduce regressions, we also need to adjust the fastboot
MMC device and the environment device in order to set it to the eMMC, over
the MMC, like it used to be the case.
Tested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Our current board code duplicates a bit the sunxi_get_boot_device logic.
Now that we can use that function in the full-flavoured U-Boot, remove that
duplication and call the function instead.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
U-Boot itself might need to identify the boot device, for example to be
able to tell where to load the kernel from when several options are
possible.
Move the logic of spl_boot_device to a function that is compiled both for
the SPL and the main binary.
Tested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
From rev.J A20-OLinuXino-MICRO has eMMC option. For now this is
only 4GB, but in the future size may increase.
The dts file is the same from mainline kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Mavrodiev <stefan@olimex.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
GPT is pretty common these days and can be useful for things like fastboot.
Add a platform imply, so that users can still opt out if they wish so.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
CONFIG_RANDOM_UUID is used by the GPT command to generate random UUID when
none are provided.
Move that option to Kconfig.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The kernel DT of the SinA33 has evolved quite a bit. Make sure we sync it
and its upstream DTSI to be able to use the OTG. The DTs were taken from
the 4.13 kernel release.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Now that we can enable the usb_ether gadget, do it. This will be especially
useful for boards that don't have any ethernet controller, such as the ones
based on the A13 or A33.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The device model was implemented so far using a hook that needed to be
called from the board support, without DT support and only for the host.
Switch to probing both in peripheral and host mode through the DT.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Fastboot need a bunch of options to be operating properly, such as the
g_dnl gadget, the fastboot command, and some options that make sense. Since
fastboot is now part of Kconfig, make sure we have them right.
That will also reduce the boilerplate in the defconfigs.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
A good number of our boards have USB_GADGET enabled. Imply it so that all
the boards can benefit from it, and remove some boilerplate from our
defconfigs.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
All the Allwinner boards use the same manufacturer, VID and PID for the
gadgets. Make them the defaults to remove some boilerplate from our
defconfigs.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The usb_ether gadget duplicates the USB settings for the manufacturer,
product ID and vendor ID.
Make sure we use the common option so that we can expect a single VID/PID
couple for a single device.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The g_dnl USB settings for the vendor ID, product ID and manufacturer are
actually common settings that can and should be shared by all the gadgets.
Make them common by renaming them, and convert all the users.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
We need to select an interface for the usb_ether gadget, and they haven't
been converted to Kconfig yet. Add a choice to make sure we have an option
selected, and convert all the users.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
While the USB Ethernet device address is already defined in Kconfig, the
host address isn't. Convert it.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The USBNET_DEVADDR has nothing to do with the USB download gadget, but
rather with the USB Ethernet gadget. Move it out of the if statement.
Acked-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The setbits/clrbits/clrsetbits macros are used widely across the tree,
let's provide implementation for them in the sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Convert the sandbox architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h
to provide address mapping functions. As sandbox actually performs
non-identity mapping between physical & virtual addresses we can't
simply make use of the generic mapping functions, but are able to
implement phys_to_virt() & make use of it from map_physmem().
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the powerpc architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h
to provide address mapping functions. As powerpc can actually perform
non-identity mapping between physical & virtual addresses we can't
simply make use of the generic phys_to_virt() & virt_to_phys()
functions. However since map_physmem() already effectively implemented
the same thing as virt_to_phys() we can simply implement virt_to_phys()
instead of map_physmem() & use the generic map_physmem(). We also drop
the no-op unmap_physmem().
This has only been build-tested, feedback from architecture maintainers
is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Convert the nios2 architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As nios2 actually performs
non-identity mapping between physical & virtual addresses we can't
simply make use of the generic functions, with the exception of being
able to drop our no-op unmap_physmem() and definitions of unused map
flags.
Feedback from architecture maintainers is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Convert the mips architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As mips actually performs
non-identity mapping between physical & virtual addresses we can't
simply make use of the generic functions, with the exception of being
able to drop our no-op unmap_physmem() and definitions of unused map
flags.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Convert the xtensa architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h
to provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for xtensa this is primarily a matter of moving code.
This has only been build-tested, feedback from architecture maintainers
is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Convert the x86 architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for x86 this is primarily a matter of moving code.
This has only been build-tested, feedback from architecture maintainers
is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the sh architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for sh this is primarily a matter of moving code.
Feedback from architecture maintainers is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Convert the nds32 architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h
to provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for nds32 this is primarily a matter of removing code.
Feedback from architecture maintainers is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Convert the microblaze architecture to make use of the new
asm-generic/io.h to provide address mapping functions. As the generic
implementations are suitable for microblaze this is primarily a matter
of removing code.
Feedback from architecture maintainers is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Convert the m68k architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for m68k this is primarily a matter of emoving code.
Feedback from architecture maintainers is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Huan Wang <alison.wang@freescale.com>
Cc: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Acked-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Tested-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Convert the arm architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for arm this is primarily a matter of removing code.
This has only been build-tested, feedback from architecture maintainers
is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the arc architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for arc this is primarily a matter of removing code.
Feedback from architecture maintainers is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@synopsys.com>
Acked-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Most architectures currently supported by U-Boot use trivial
implementations of map_to_physmem & virt_to_phys which simply cast a
physical address to a pointer for use a virtual address & vice-versa.
This results in a lot of duplicate implementations of these mapping
functions.
The set of functions provided by different architectures also differs,
with some having implementations of phys_to_virt & others not. A later
patch will make use of phys_to_virt in architecture-neutral code, and so
requires that it be provided for all architectures.
This patch introduces an asm-generic/io.h which provides generic
implementations of address mapping functions, allowing the duplication
of them between architectures to be removed. Once architectures are
converted to make use of this generic header it will also ensure that
all of phys_to_virt, virt_to_phys, map_physmem & unmap_physmem are
provided. The 2 families of functions differ in that map_physmem may
create dynamic mappings whilst phys_to_virt may not & therefore is more
limited in scope but doesn't require information such as a length &
flags.
This patch doesn't convert any architectures to make use of this generic
header - later patches in the series will do so.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Acked-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Tested-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This adds the proper implementation for the BTRFS filesystem.
The implementation currently supports only read-only mode and
the filesystem can be only on a single device.
Checksums of data chunks is unimplemented.
Compression is implemented (ZLIB + LZO).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/btrfs.h
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/chunk-map.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/compression.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/ctree.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/dev.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/dir-item.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/extent-io.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/hash.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/inode.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/root.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/subvolume.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/super.c
BTRFS on disk structures are stored in Little Endian. Add functions
to convert this structures to cpu and to disk format.
On Little Endian hosts, these functions do nothing.
On Big Endian the CALL_MACRO_FROM_EACH from variadic-macro.h is used
to define all the members for each structure on which cpu_to_le* or
le*_to_cpu is to be called.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/conv-funcs.h
Add btrfs_tree.h and ctree.h from Linux which contains constants
and structures for the BTRFS filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/btrfs_tree.h
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/ctree.h
Add a header variadic-macro.h which defines the CALL_MACRO_FOR_EACH marco.
This macro can be used as follows:
#define TEST(x)
CALL_MACRO_FOR_EACH(TEST, a, b, c, d)
This will expand to
TEST(a) TEST(b) TEST(c) TEST(d)
The nice thing is that CALL_MACRO_FOR_EACH is a variadic macro, thus the
number of arguments can vary (although it has an upper limit - in this
implementation 32 arguments).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 include/u-boot/variadic-macro.h
The ext4, reiserfs and zfs filesystems all have their own implementation
of the same function, *_devread. Generalize this function into fs_devread
and put the code into fs/fs_internal.c.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
[trini: Move fs/fs_internal.o hunk to the end of fs/Makefile as all
cases need it]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add UniPhier platform specific glue layer to support USB3 Host mode
on Synopsys DWC3 IP.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The stored 'blk' value is overwritten to 'size / 512' before it can
be used in usb_stor_set_max_xfer_blk(). This is not what we want.
In fact, when 'size' exceeds the upper limit (USHRT_MAX * 512), we
should simply assign 'size' to the upper limit.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167250)
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The 'Max Burst Size' indicates to the xHC the maximum number of
consecutive USB transactions that should be executed per scheduling
opportunity. This is a “zero-based” value, where 0 to 15 represents
burst sizes of 1 to 16, but at present this is always set to zero.
Let's program the required value according to real needs.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
USB endpoint reports the period between consecutive requests to send
or receive data as bInverval in its endpoint descriptor. So far this
is ignored by xHCI driver and the 'Interval' field in xHC's endpoint
context is always programmed to zero which means 1ms for low speed
or full speed , or 125us for high speed or super speed. We should
honor the interval by getting it from endpoint descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
USB 3.0 hubs report bit[5] in the port status change response as BH
reset. The hub shall set the C_BH_PORT_RESET field for this port.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
During usb_hub_port_connect_change(), a port reset set feature
request is issued to the port, and later a port reset clear feature
is done to the same port before the function returns. However at
the end of usb_scan_port(), we attempt to clear port reset again
on a cached port status change variable, which should not be done.
Adjust the call to clear port reset to right before the call to
usb_hub_port_connect_change().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In xhci_check_maxpacket(), the control endpoint 0 max packet size
is wrongly taken from the interface's endpoint descriptor. However
the default endpoint 0 does not come with an endpoint descriptor
hence is not included in the interface structure. Change to use
epmaxpacketin[0] instead.
The other bug in this routine is that when setting max packet size
to the xHC endpoint 0 context, it does not clear its previous value
at all before programming a new one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
For xHCI it is not possible to read a device descriptor before it
has been assigned an address. That's why usb_setup_descriptor()
was called with 'do_read' being false. But we really need try to
read the device descriptor before starting any real communication
with the default control endpoint.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Full speed device endpoint 0 can have 8/16/32/64 bMaxPacketSize0.
Other speed devices report fixed value per USB spec. So it only
makes sense if we send a get device descriptor with 64 bytes to
full speed devices.
While we are here, update the comment block to be within 80 cols.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
xHCI uses normal TRBs for both bulk and interrupt. This adds the
missing interrupt transfer support to xHCI so that devices like
USB keyboard that uses interrupt transfer can work.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Normal endpoint descriptor size is 7, but for audio extension it is
9. Handle that correctly when parsing endpoint descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present xHCI driver assumes LS/FS devices are attached directly
to a HS hub. If they are connected to a LS/FS hub, the driver will
fail to perform the USB enumeration process on such devices.
This is fixed by looking from the device itself all the way up to
the HS hub where the TT that serves the device is located.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Now that we have changed to remove all devices under the root hub in
usb_stop(), and corrected the USB emulator select logic, it makes no
sense to do various tests based on 'usb tree' output since the order
of devices is no longer fixed. Remove these USB test cases related
to 'usb tree'.
For the USB remove test, ideally we should remove an emulator device
node from the device tree, but this is so far not working. Change to
test the 'usb stop' only.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With the root hub unbinding in usb_stop(), there is no need to do
a Sandbox-specific reset operation. usb_emul_reset() is no longer
used anywhere, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present we only do device_remove() during usb stop. The DM API
device_remove() only marks the device state as inactivated, but
still keeps its USB topology (eg: parent, children, etc) in the DM
device structure. There is no issue if we only start USB subsystem
once and never stop it. But a big issue occurs when we do 'usb stop'
and 'usb start' multiple times.
Strange things may be observed with current implementation, like:
- the enumeration may report only 1 mass storage device is detected,
but the total number of USB devices is correct.
- USB keyboard does not work anymore after a bunch of 'usb reset'
even if 'usb tree' shows it is correctly identified.
- read/write flash drive via 'fatload usb' may complain "Bad device"
In fact, every time when USB host controller starts the enumeration
process, it takes random time for each USB port to show up online,
hence each USB device may appear in a different order from previous
enumeration, and gets assigned to a totally different USB address.
As a result, we end up using a stale USB topology in the DM device
structure which still reflects the previous enumeration result, and
it may create an exact same DM device name like generic_bus_0_dev_7
that is already in the DM device structure. And since the DM device
structure is there, there is no device_bind() call to bind driver to
the device during current enumeration process, eventually creating
an inconsistent software representation of the hardware topology, a
non-working USB subsystem.
The fix is to clear the unused USB topology in the usb_stop(), by
calling device_unbind() on each controller's root hub device, and
the unbinding will unbind all of its children automatically.
For Sandbox, we need scan the device tree each time when we start
the USB stack, in order to re-create the emulated USB devices and
bind drivers for them before we actually do the driver probe.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the usb hub emulator always reports its downstream port
speed as full speed. Actually it is high speed for sandbox-flash,
and low speed for sandbox-keyb. We can determine the device speed
by checking its device descriptor bcdUSB field, and do the proper
hub port status report based on that.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This can be useful outside of the sandbox usb emulation uclass
driver. Expose it as a public API with a proper prefix (usb_emul_).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Current emulator select logic in usb_emul_find_devnum() is to test
the USB address. The USB address of the device being enumerated is
initialized to zero at the beginning of the enumeration process in
usb_setup_device(). At this point, the saved USB address in the
platform data has not been assigned to any valid USB address either.
This means: the logic will select an emulator device according to
its sequence of declaring order in the device tree. Take test.dts
for example, flash-stick@0 will be selected before flash-stick@1.
But unfortunately such logic is wrong.
In fact USB devices show up in a random order during the enumeration
which means usb_emul_find_devnum() may be called on port 3 for keyb@3
before on port 0 for flash-stick@0.
To fix this, we introduce a new emulator uclass specific platdata
to store the USB device's port number on its parent hub, and update
the logic to test the port number instead.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present 'usb tree' shows that the root hub on the Sandbox USB
controller is at full speed. But its device descriptor says it's
USB 2.0, so let's report it as a high speed device.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Patch queue for efi - 2017-10-01
Lots of new things this time. High level highlights are:
- Shim support (to boot Fedora)
- Initial set of unit tests
- Preparations to support UEFI Shell
With Makefiles testing for $(SPL_TPL_)SYSRESET, we need TPL_SYSRESET
for do_reset() in TPL for Rockchip SoCs.
References: 87c16d4 "drivers: spl: consistently use the $(SPL_TPL_)
macro"
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The RK3399-Q7 requires DM regulator support in SPL, so we can use the
regulator framework to reenable the eMMC and SPI, if these had been
turned of by the BIOS_DISABLE signal.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Makefile already tests for SPL_DM_REGULATOR_FIXED, but Kconfig
does not provide it. This adds SPL_DM_REGULATOR_FIXED to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The (Qseven) BIOS_DISABLE signal on the RK3399-Q7 (Puma) keeps the
eMMC and SPI in reset initially and we need to write a GPIO to turn
them on before continuing the boot-up.
This adds the DTS entries for the additional regulator and makes
pinctrl and gpio3 available during SPL. It also adds a hook to the
spl_board_init() to ensure that the regulator gets probed and enabled.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The original initialisation code for board_init() was largely lifted
from the code on the EVB. However, the RK3399-Q7 can do with a much
more concise init sequence.
This cleans up the board_init() by updating it to the essentials for
the RK3399-Q7 and getting rid of the accumulated cruft.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the general case, we want to continue booting the full U-Boot
(contained in a discoverable FIT image) from the same device the SPL
stage was loaded from. This prepends the 'same-as-spl' specifier to
our configurable boot-order to make this the default behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support the new "same-as-spl" specifier in the boot-order on the
RK3399, this implements the chip-specific mapping from the information
obtainable from the BROM to a OF path name.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is often desirable to configure the spl-boot-order (i.e. the order
that SPL probes devices to find the FIT image containing a full U-Boot)
such that it contains 'the same device the SPL stage was booted from'
early on. To support this, we introduce the 'same-as-spl' specifier
for the spl-boot-order property.
This commit adds:
- documentation for the new board_spl_was_booted_from() function that
individual SoCs/boards should provide, if they can determine where
the SPL was booted from
- implements the new board_spl_was_booted_from() stub function
- adds support for handling the 'same-as-spl' specifier and calling
into the per-SoC/per-board support code.
This also updates the documentation for the 'u-boot,spl-boot-order'
property.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the expectation that the spl-boot-order code will eventually
gain use outside of mach-rockchip: let's add documentation on the
spl_node_to_boot_device() function, which is likely to become a
publicly exported function.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Rockchip BROM allows reading where it booted from from SRAM.
This adds the necessary definitions (as received from Kever) for
the location of this information in the RK3399's SRAM and naming
for the constants used.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The later-stage spl_board_init (as opposed to board_init_f) should set
up board-specific details: these differ between the EVB-RK3399 and the
RK3399-Q7 (Puma).
This moves spl_board_init back into the individual boards and removes
the unneeded functionality from Puma.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is already defined in
include/configs/rockchip-common.h
For CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BROM=y we redefine CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET
to an unsuitable value. We were lucky to get a compiler warning.
Remove the incorrect redefinition.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Apparently, our earlier assumption that the BROM will always set up
the iomux for SDcard communication does not always hold true: when
booting U-Boot from the on-module (on the RK3368-uQ7) eMMC, the SDcard
pins are not set up and need to be configured by the pinctrl driver to
allow SD card access.
This change implements support for setting up the SDMMC pins in
pinctrl for the RK3368.
Reported-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368-uQ7 ATF has been moved back to 0x100000 (1MB from the start
of DRAM) to avoid it overwriting the active SPL stage during FIT image
loading. This change adapts the .its to match up (again) with our ATF
repository for the RK3368-uQ7.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the size of SPL can't be exceeded 0x8000 bytes in RK3288,
it is not possible add new SPL features like Falcon mode or etc.
So add TPL stage so-that adding new features to SPL is possible.
- TPL: DRAM init, clocks
- SPL: MMC, falcon, etc
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Instead of directly calling into the back-to-bootrom code, the RK3399
common SPL implementation now uses BOOT_DEVICE_BOOTROM to trigger a
transfer back into the bootrom.
With this factored out, the spl_board_init function can not be
customised for each RK3399 board.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove a duplicate CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC assignment for the lion-rk3368
defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Enable the Rockchip SARADC driver for all Rockchip SoCs.
Note that the SARADC peripheral is available on all SoCs except the
RK3036 and RK3228. However, as this is a DM-driver, enabling by
default will not cause any function problems (and can always be
changed from defconfig, if size is a concern).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
The ADC can support some channels signal-ended some bits Successive Approximation
Register (SAR) A/D Converter, like 6-channel and 10-bit. It converts the analog
input signal into some bits binary digital codes.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add tracing printings to Linux/Android boot commands, so that we can see
what's going on. Helps to trace possible bugs on early stages and
improves the output for user (which is especially useful, because we
have a bunch of boot commands executing one by one).
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Extract commands for booting Linux from eMMC to separate command. It
seems more logical that way, and allows us to run the whole command set
from U-Boot shell with only one command.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Right now on OMAP5-based boards we have only one partition defined for
Linux boot, which is rootfs. That doesn't work with bootpart=1:2 (that
is defined in include/environment/ti/boot.h). To fix Linux boot we may
either:
1. Change bootpart to be 1:1
2. Or add preceding partition, so that rootfs is actually 1:2
Second choice seems more reasonable, as DFU is already using similar
partition table and can rely on bootpart to be 1:2.
This patch adds "bootloader" partition. So now eMMC layout for Linux
boot looks like this:
offset content size partition
(KiB) (KiB)
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
=======================================================================
0 +--------------------------------+
| MBR/GPT header | 128 -
128 +--------------------------------+
| MLO | 256 -
384 +--------------------------------+
| u-boot.img | 1792 bootloader
2176 +--------------------------------+
| //////////// hole //////////// | 256 -
2432 +--------------------------------+
| U-Boot environment | 128 -
2560 +--------------------------------+
| U-Boot environment (redundant) | 128 -
2688 +--------------------------------+
| rootfs | remaining rootfs
end +--------------------------------+
=======================================================================
Guard hole appears because U-Boot environment offset was calculated for
Android partition table, which has two additional partitions in place of
that hole ("environment" and "misc" partitions).
This patch also changes rootfs offset from 2 MiB further to 2688 KiB,
so that there won't be any collisions with U-Boot environment when we
flash rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Right now on OMAP5-based boards we have only one partition defined for
Linux boot, which is rootfs. That doesn't work with bootpart=1:2 (that
is defined in include/environment/ti/boot.h). To fix Linux boot we may
either:
1. Change bootpart to be 1:1
2. Or add preceding partition, so that rootfs is actually 1:2
Second choice seems more reasonable, as DFU is already using similar
partition table and can rely on bootpart to be 1:2.
This patch adds "bootloader" partition. So now eMMC layout for Linux
boot looks like this:
offset content size partition
(KiB) (KiB)
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
=======================================================================
0 +--------------------------------+
| MBR/GPT header | 128 -
128 +--------------------------------+
| MLO | 256 -
384 +--------------------------------+
| u-boot.img | 1792 bootloader
2176 +--------------------------------+
| //////////// hole //////////// | 256 -
2432 +--------------------------------+
| U-Boot environment | 128 -
2560 +--------------------------------+
| U-Boot environment (redundant) | 128 -
2688 +--------------------------------+
| rootfs | remaining rootfs
end +--------------------------------+
=======================================================================
Guard hole appears because U-Boot environment offset was calculated for
Android partition table, which has two additional partitions in place of
that hole ("environment" and "misc" partitions).
This patch also changes rootfs offset from 2 MiB further to 2688 KiB,
so that there won't be any collisions with U-Boot environment when we
flash rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
This re-syncs omap3 DTS file with current file from
Linux v4.14-rc1 to ensure a consistent configuration. Upstream
Linux removed the redundant Interrupt-parent property from usbhsohci,
usbhsehci, ssi_port1 and ssi_port2 sub nodes.
Signed-off-by: Karthik Tummala <karthik@techveda.org>
Add missing .priv_auto_alloc_size() callback.
Previously private struct stm32_clk was not allocate
which leads to unpredictable behaviour
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With DM enabled, gpio numbering is assigned based on the
probed order of gpios, irrespective of the gpio base. So enable
all necessary gpios in SPL.
Fixes: edf25d94d55c (“ARM: dts: OMAP5+: Enable gpio in SPL”)
Reported-by: Gou, Hongmei <h-gou@ti.com>
Tested-by: Aparna Balasubramanian <aparnab@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Now the u-boot spi image is greater than 0x80000, increase the same
in env during spi erase.
Reported-by: Yan Liu <yan-liu@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
On all other platforms the command 'findfdt' populates the variable
'fdtfile', but on K2G we only populate 'name_fdt'. The generic boot
and automation scripts fail when 'findfdt' is not populated, fix
this for K2G.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
On secure devices the initial secure software may install a firewall at
the end of DRAM, define protected RAM to avoid space.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
This patch adds support for authentication of both plain
text and encrypted binaries. A new SECDEV package is needed
to enable encryption of binaries by default for AM3x.
The ROM authentication API detects encrypted images at
runtime and automatically decrypts the image if the
signature verification passes.
Addition of encryption on AM3x results in a change in the
image format. On AM4x, AM5x and, on AM3x devices signing
clear test images, the signature is appended to the end of the
binary.
On AM3x, when the SECDEV package is used to create signed
and encrypted images, the signature is added as a header
to the start of the binary. So the binary size calculation
has been updated to reflect this change.
The signing tools and encrypted image format for AM3x
cannot be changed to behave like AM4x and AM5x to
maintain backward compatibility with older Sitara
M-Shield releases.
Signed-off-by: Madan Srinivas <madans@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Add a new defconfig file for the AM335x High Security EVM. This config
is specific for the case of UART booting
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
With the device tree ported from Linux 4.13, this enables
Driver Model and Device Tree support for the am3517-evm
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
To keep the DTS and DTSI files clean and in sync with Linux, new
u-boot.dtsi files are added.
There are some spacing issues in the patch, but they appear to be
present in the Linux source files. I'll try to get to fixing them there,
and do a future re-sync at a later date.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Corresponds to 375506d (File writing nit) from upstream
(https://github.com/ulfalizer/Kconfiglib).
Adds proper 'imply' support and fixes a few minor issues, one of which
previously triggered the following weird warning:
configs/taurus_defconfig: /tmp/tmpisI45S:6: warning: assignment to SPL_LDSCRIPT changes mode of containing choice from "arch/$(ARCH)/cpu/u-boot-spl.lds" to "y"
The change in 8639f69 (genconfig.py: Print defconfig next to warnings)
was reapplied.
tools/moveconfig.py previously depended on a hack that merged 'select's
with 'imply's. It was modified to look at the union of
Symbol.get_selected_symbols() and Symbol.get_implied_symbols(), which
should give the same behavior.
tools/genboardscfg.py was verified to produce identical board.cfg's
before and after the change.
Signed-off-by: Ulf Magnusson <ulfalizer@gmail.com>
Checkpatch can use two dictionaries for finding typos:
* scripts/spelling.txt
* /usr/share/codespell/dictionary.txt
which comes with package codespell and is selected by parameter
--codespell
If the file scripts/spelling.txt is missing, a warning is shown.
Add the spelling.txt file from the Linux kernel 4.13 source.
We can later add our own typo corrections.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
The current code wraps a pre tag inside an a tag. For some reason, this
causes at least Firefox to attempt to drag the pre section content when
using a mouse drag to select text. Re-order the tags so that the text can
be selected using the mouse, at least if you start the drag outside the
text (after the end of the line, for example).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Some tests use external tools (executables) during their operation. Add
a test.py mark to indicate this. This allows those tests to be skipped if
the required tool is not present.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
When skipping tests, explicitly mention the board type or config option
that caused the skip. This will help people understand/fix any issues.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
On ARCH_OMAP2PLUS platforms we know what the DDR layout is going to be,
and that it is safe to use SPL_STACK_R and provide a default value for
it. select this and re-sync the defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With DM now enabled with the device tree pulled from Linux, we can
enable DM_I2C in U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Add DM_I2C_COMPAT to da850_am18xxevm to fix warning]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds tests for clear, set-cursor and color escape sequences.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
I'll need some more of this, let's not just copy-pasta the
vidconsole_put_char() loop.
Named to match vidconsole_put_char() in case that is ever useful
outside of the tests.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Note that this doesn't differentiate (due to lack of information in
video_priv) between different possible component orders for 32bpp.
But the main user at this point is efi_loader, and GOP expects xBGR
so any video drivers that this is incorrect for already have problems.
(Also, conveniently, this matches what simple-framebuffer bindings
expect for kernels that use the simple-framebuffer DT binding to
take over the bootloader display.)
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Really just the subset that is needed by efi_console. Perhaps more will
be added later, for example color support would be useful to implement
efi_cout_set_attribute().
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Content can come to screen via putc() and we cannot always rely on
updates ending with a puts(). This is the case with efi_console output
to vidconsole. Fixes corruption with Shell.efi.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a discrepency between U-Boot and Linux on the partition map.
This enabes the MTD parts to pass MTD partition information from U-Boot to
Linux. Linux already has a pending patch to enable MTD PARTS in
davinci_all_defconfig
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With the device tree ported and DM compatible drivers, enable:
OF_CONTROL, DM_SPI, DM_SPI_FLASH and DM_SERIAL
Note: DM_SERIAL is not enabled for da850evm_direct_nor_defconfig
yet.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The DM support is already in the driver, so add
da830-spi to the compatible list.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
A few small additional items are needed to support DM_SPI and
DM_SERIAL, so those were added to da850-evm-u-boot.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The MMC framework in U-Boot does not support a systematic API for
timing switch like mmc_set_timing() in Linux.
U-Boot just provides a hook to change the clock frequency via
mmc_set_clock(). It is up to drivers if additional register
settings are needed.
This driver needs to set a correct timing mode into a register when
it migrates to a different speed mode. Only increasing clock frequency
could result in setup/hold timing violation.
The timing mode should be decided by checking MMC_TIMING_* like
drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-cadence.c in Linux, but "timing" is not
supported by U-Boot for now. Just use mmc->clock to decide the
timing mode.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If there are no CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_USE_PARTITION,
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_USE_SECTOR and CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT,
there is unused-function build warning. Add __maybe_unused macro
to remove the warning.
Signed-off-by: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
This patch adds SD/MMC support for STM32H7 SoCs.
Here is an extraction of SDMMC main features, embedded in
STM32H7 SoCs.
The SD/MMC block include the following:
_ Full compliance with MultiMediaCard System Specification
Version 4.51. Card support for three different databus modes:
1-bit (default), 4-bit and 8-bit.
_ Full compatibility with previous versions of MultiMediaCards
(backward compatibility).
_ Full compliance with SD memory card specifications version 4.1.
(SDR104 SDMMC_CK speed limited to maximum allowed IO speed,
SPI mode and UHS-II mode not supported).
_ Full compliance with SDIO card specification version 4.0.
Card support for two different databus modes: 1-bit (default)
and 4-bit. (SDR104 SDMMC_CK speed limited to maximum allowed IO
speed, SPI mode and UHS-II mode not supported).
_ Data transfer up to 208 Mbyte/s for the 8 bit mode.
(depending maximum allowed IO speed).
_ Data and command output enable signals to control external
bidirectional drivers.
The current version of the SDMMC supports only one SD/SDIO/MMC card
at any one time and a stack of MMC Version 4.51 or previous.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At long last, nuke all this ad-hoc setup in board files in favor of
letting PFC pinmux and GPIO drivers do the same job, but based on DT
description of the hardware rather than this board-file ugliness.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Enable the PFC pinmux and GPIO drivers and disable the SH GPIO combo
driver. This allows the drivers to obtain pinmux and GPIO configuration
from DT rather than hard-coding it in board files.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add GPIO driver for the Renesas RCar SoCs . The driver currently supports
only the RCar Gen3 R8A7795 and R8A7796 SoCs, but is easily extensible for
the other RCar SoCs as well.
This driver is meant to replace the pinmux part of SH_GPIO_PFC driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add PFC pincontrol driver for the Renesas RCar Gen3 R8A7795 and R8A7796
SoCs. This driver uses the PFC pin tables from Linux, thus letting us
share the occassional fixes to those tables. This driver also has a DT
support, so the pinmux is configured from DT instead of the ad-hoc setup
in board file.
This driver is meant to replace the pinmux part of SH_GPIO_PFC driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Regulators are needed for the MMC framework to let it toggle the SD power.
Enable DM regulator support and support for fixed and GPIO regulator.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The UniPhier SD driver handles the same Matsushita IP as is used
in the Renesas RCar SoCs, yet the driver is significantly better
than the SH SDHI one. Switch over to the Uniphier driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
During using dwc2 usb gadget, if usb message size is too small,
following cache misaligned warning is shown:
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [bfdbcb00, bfdbcb04]
Align size of invalidating dcache before starting DMA to remove the
warning.
Signed-off-by: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
The choice of "USB keyboard polling" cannot be optional as without
one mechanism being set, it just doesn't work. Set the default one
to CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL.
Fixes: ecad7051 ("configs: Migrate all of the existing USB symbols, except fastboot")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When EHCD and xHCD are enabled at the same time, USB storage device
driver will fail to read/write from/to the storage device attached
to the xHCI interface, due to its transfer blocks exceeds the xHCD
driver limitation.
With driver model, we have an API to get the controller's maximum
transfer size and we can use that to determine the storage driver's
capability of read/write.
Note: the non-DM version driver is still broken with xHCD and the
intent here is not to fix the non-DM one, since the xHCD itself is
already broken in places like 3.0 hub support, etc.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This adds a new memeber max_xfer_blk in struct us_data to record
the maximum number of transfer blocks for the storage device.
It is set per HCD setting, and so far is to 65535 for EHCD and 20
for everything else.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
EHCD can handle any transfer length as long as there is enough free
heap space left, hence set the theoretical max number SIZE_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
xHCD allocates one segment which includes 64 TRBs for each endpoint
and the last TRB in this segment is configured as a link TRB to form
a TRB ring. Each TRB can transfer up to 64K bytes, however data
buffers referenced by transfer TRBs shall not span 64KB boundaries.
Hence the maximum number of TRBs we can use in one transfer is 62.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The HCD may have limitation on the maximum bytes to be transferred
in a USB transfer. USB class driver needs to be aware of this.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The Linux kernel driver sets the number of event segments and entries
to 1 , while the initial import of the xhci code set that values to 3
for reasons unknown. While most controllers are fine with more event
segments with more entries, there are standard-conformant controllers
(ie. Renesas RCar xHCI) which only support 1 event segment.
Set the number of event segments and event entries back to 1 to allow
such controllers to work with U-Boot xHCI stack. Note that the Renesas
controller correctly indicates ERST Max = 1 in HCSPARAMS2[7:4] .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The content of Bank Address Register (BAR) is volatile. It is cleared
after power cycle or reset command (RESET F0h).
Some memories (like e.g. s25fl256s) use it to access memory larger than
0x1000000 (16 MiB).
The problem shows up when one:
1. Reads/writes/erases memory > 16 MiB
2. Calls "reset" u-boot command (which is not causing BAR to be cleared)
In the above scenario, the SoC ROM sends 0x000000 address to read SPL.
Unfortunately, the BA24 bit is still set and hence it receives content
from 0x1000000 (16 MiB) memory address.
As a result the SoC aborts and we hang. Only power cycle can take the
SoC out of this state.
How to reproduce/test:
sf probe; sf erase 0x1200000 0x800000; reset
sf probe; sf erase 0x1200000 0x800000; sf write 0x11000000 0x1200000 0x800000; reset
sf probe; sf read 0x11000000 0x1200000 0x800000; reset
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
[Fixed comment text on clean_bar function]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The sunxi-specific SPI load routine only knows how to load a legacy
U-Boot image.
Teach it how to handle FIT images as well, simply by providing the
existing SPL FIT loader with the right loader routine to access the SPI
NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reported-by: Peter Kosa <kope@madnet.sk>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
memset(newpart, '\0', sizeof(newpart));
only initializes the firest 4 or 8 bytes of *newpart and not the whole
structure disk_part.
We should use sizeof(struct disk_part).
Instead of malloc and memset we can use calloc.
Identified by cppcheck.
Fixes: 09a49930e4 GPT: read partition table from device into a data structure
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167228)
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The status register is optional in the AMD command sets, but it's
presence can be checked by reading out CFI table entry 0xc bit 0.
If the register is present, prefer using it's bit 7 to determine
if the flash is busy over reading the flash ; this is needed ie.
on Hyperflash memories.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Embed the flash base into struct flash_info instead of having ad-hoc
static array in the code. This does not only remove static variable,
but also allows CFI-like controllers, ie. HyperFlash ones, to use most
of the CFI flash code by populating the flash_info with matching base
address.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The ClearFog Base boot from UART when setting the DIP switches to 01001.
Unfortunately, the SPL code sometimes fails to detect the UART boot
method at run-time. Add an alternative SAR UART boot value to fix this.
Note that this alternative value is not documented (Armada 38x Hardware
Specifications, Table 48). But experimentations showed it on the
ClearFog Base.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
dram_ecc_scrubbing() had code to skip unused DRAM banks but it would not
work because mvebu_sdram_bs() returns 0 and the code was subtracting 1
before checking the size. Remove the -1 from the bank size and the +1
from the total which will skip unused banks and still calculate the
correct size. Put the -1 where it is needed for scrubbing via the xor
engine.
Reported-by: Joshua Scott <joshua.scott@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Armada-38x has 1.8GHz and 2.0GHz variants. Add entries for these
variants to the sar_freq_tab.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Display more information about the current RAM configuration. With these
changes the output on a 88F6820 board is
SoC: MV88F6820-A0 at 1600 MHz
DRAM: 2 GiB (800 MHz, 32-bit, ECC not enabled)
Signed-off-by: Joshua Scott <joshua.scott@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These SoCs are network packet processors (switch chips) with integrated
ARMv7 cores. They share a great deal of commonality with the Armada-XP
CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently, we support 2 "theadorable" MVEBU build targets. One with a
stripped down configuration (theadorable) and one with a full blown
configuration (theadorable_debug), including PCI, ethernet etc. When
we introduced these configs, the plan was to remove the debug version
at some point. But now it seems better to keep the full-blown version
and remove the "non-debug" version instead.
At a later stage, I will rename the remaining "theadorable_debug"
target into a more fitting one.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In some of the QSPI controller version, there must be atleast
128bit data available in TX FIFO for any pop operation otherwise
error bit will be set. The code will not make any behavior change
for previous controller as the transfer data size in ipcr register
is still the same.
Patch is tested on LS1046A which do not require 16 bytes aligned and
LS1088A which require 16 bytes aligned data in TX FIFO
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Anupam Kumar <anupam.kumar_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Spansion S25FS256S and S25FL256S flashes have equal JEDEC ID and ext ID.
As far as S25FL256S occures in spi_flash_ids before S25FS256S, U-Boot
incorrectly detects FS flash as FL. Thus its better to compare with
S25FS256S first.
Signed-off-by: Vsevolod Gribov <vgribov@larch-networks.com>
[Added S-o-b]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The flash chip is 2 MiB , organized as 32 x 64 kiB sectors .
Rectify the entry to match the datasheet, reality and Linux SNOR IDs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Add MT35XU512ABA1G12 parameters to NOR flash parameters array.
The MT35XU512ABA1G12 only supports 1 bit mode and 8 bits. It can't support
dual and quad. Supports subsector erase with 4KB granularity, have support
of FSR(flag status register) and flash size is 64MB.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
It is recommended to check either controller is free to take
new spi action. The IP_ACC and AHB_ACC bits indicates that
the controller is busy in IP or AHB mode respectively.
And the BUSY bit indicates that controller is currently
busy handling a transaction to an external flash device
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Add driver model support for mxc spi driver.
Most functions are restructured to be reused by DM and non-DM.
Tested on mx6slevk/mx6qsabresd board.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
In some cases, such as FreeBSD, the path to an alternative dtc needs to
be used. Rather than override the one given in the Makefile on the
command line, make this part of the build configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This makes us act like the Linux Kernel does and allow for dtc to be
provided externally but otherwise we use the version of dtc that is
included in the sources. This in turn means that we can drop the
checkdtc logic. We select DTC in the cases where we will need the dtc
tool provided.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If the clock framework provides the driver with valid clock,
enable them, otherwise the SCIF might not work if the clock
are not enabled prior to the driver probe.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The SDxCKCR must be configured correctly, otherwise the SDIF can be
unstable. This is done in board files thus far, but those are going
away, so move the setting of SDxCKCR into the correct place.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This adds the following commits from upstream:
fe50bd1ecc1d fdtget: Split out cell list display into a new function
62d812308d11 README: Add a note about test_tree1.dts
5bed86aee9e8 pylibfdt: Add support for fdt_subnode_offset()
46f31b65b3b3 pylibfdt: Add support for fdt_node_offset_by_phandle()
a3ae43723687 pylibfdt: Add support for fdt_parent_offset()
a198af80344c pylibfdt: Add support for fdt_get_phandle()
b9eba92ea50f tests: Return a failure code when any tests fail
155faf6cc209 pylibfdt: Use local pylibfdt module
50e5cd07f325 pylibfdt: Add a test for use of uint32_t
ab78860f09f5 pylibfdt: Add stdint include to fix uint32_t
36f511fb1113 tests: Add stacked overlay tests on fdtoverlay
1bb00655d3e5 fdt: Allow stacked overlays phandle references
a33c2247ac8d Introduce fdt_setprop_placeholder() method
0016f8c2aa32 dtc: change default phandles to ePAPR style instead of both
e3b9a9588a35 tests: fdtoverlay unit test
42409146f2db fdtoverlay: A tool that applies overlays
aae22722fc8d manual: Document missing options
13ce6e1c2fc4 dtc: fix sprintf() format string error, again
d990b8013889 Makefile: Fix build on MSYS2 and Cygwin
51f56dedf8ea Clean up shared library compile/link options
21a2bc896e3d Suppress expected error message in fdtdump test
2a42b14d0d03 dtc: check.c fix compile error
a10cb3c818d3 Fix get_node_by_path string equality check
548aea2c436a fdtdump: Discourage use of fdtdump
c2258841a785 fdtdump: Fix over-zealous version check
9067ee4be0e6 Fix a few whitespace and style nits
e56f2b07be38 pylibfdt: Use setup.py to build the swig file
896f1c133265 pylibfdt: Use Makefile constructs to implement NO_PYTHON
90db6d9989ca pylibfdt: Allow setup.py to operate stand-alone
e20d9658cd8f Add Coverity Scan support
b04a2cf08862 pylibfdt: Fix code style in setup.py
1c5170d3a466 pylibfdt: Rename libfdt.swig to libfdt.i
580a9f6c2880 Add a libfdt function to write a property placeholder
ab15256d8d02 pylibfdt: Use the call function to simplify the Makefile
9f2e3a3a1f19 pylibfdt: Use the correct libfdt version in the module
e91c652af215 pylibfdt: Enable installation of Python module
8a892fd85d94 pylibfdt: Allow building to be disabled
741cdff85d3e .travis.yml: Add builds with and without Python library prerequisites
14c4171f4f9a pylibfdt: Use package_dir to set the package directory
89a5062ab231 pylibfdt: Use environment to pass C flags and files
4e0e0d049757 pylibfdt: Allow pkg-config to be supplied in the environment
6afd7d9688f5 Correct typo: s/pylibgfdt/pylibfdt/
756ffc4f52f6 Build pylibfdt as part of the normal build process
8cb3896358e9 Adjust libfdt.h to work with swig
b40aa8359aff Mention pylibfdt in the documentation
12cfb740cc76 Add tests for pylibfdt
50f250701631 Add an initial Python library for libfdt
cdbb2b6c7a3a checks: Warn on node name unit-addresses with '0x' or leading 0s
4c15d5da17cc checks: Add bus checks for simple-bus buses
33c3985226d3 checks: Add bus checks for PCI buses
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds the following commits from upstream:
558cd81bdd43 dtc: Bump version to v1.4.4
c17a811c62eb fdtput: Remove star from value_len documentation
194d5caaefcb fdtget: Use @return to document the return value
d922ecdd017b tests: Make realloc_fdt() really allocate *fdt
921cc17fec29 libfdt: overlay: Check the value of the right variable
9ffdf60bf463 dtc: Simplify asm_emit_string() implementation
881012e44386 libfdt: Change names of sparse helper macros
bad5b28049e5 Fix assorted sparse warnings
672ac09ea04d Clean up gcc attributes
49300f2ade6a dtc: Don't abuse struct fdt_reserve_entry
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Using the update-dtc-source.sh script from Linux v4.14-rc1 import the
portions of dtc that we require. We bring in update-dtc-source.sh and
scripts/dtc/Makefile from Linux v4.14-rc1. Rework DTC_FLAGS handling to
not require a test.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For EFI boot GPT partition table support is needed as well
as the part command and also the SPL needs to fallback to
other boot methods after parse the SPL header.
Signed-off-by: Frank Kunz <mailinglists@kunz-im-inter.net>
CONFIG_NAND_DENALI select's CONFIG_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT, so the
NAND initialization process is driven by the driver itself.
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_MAX_CHIPS and CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BASE are unused.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
PPA loading during SPL stage is not required for nornal
SD boot scenario.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
PPA loading during SPL stage is not required for nornal
SD boot scenario.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Current u-boot disables IFC support for SD boot on all ls1043a
boards. Actually IFC only conflicts with QSPI on ls1043a hardware.
Only when QSPI is used, IFC should be disabled. Otherwise,
the u-boot with ls1043aqds_sdcard_ifc_defconfig would not work.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
As per current implementation, default value of board env is
based on board filename i.e ls2080ardb.
With distro support changes, this env is used to decide upon
kernel dtb which is different for other SoCs (ls2088a, ls2081a)
combination supported with this board.
Add support to modify board env at runtime based on SoC type
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
For most of ls2080ardb use-cases, mc private DRAM block is required
to be of 1.75GB.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
[YS: this reservation needs to be reduced if memory is not enough]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Commit 0aaa1a9 added support for LS208xA devices but fixing
iommu-map property is missing. This patch adds support for
fixing iommu-map.
Signed-off-by: Bharat Bhushan <Bharat.Bhushan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
[YS: revised commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
As per updated board design, different QSPI flash
is connected on boards, hence change QSPI flash type
from Micron n25q512a device to spansion s25fs512s
device in dts and config.
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE config is used to delay
the prints of boardinfo late in cycle during uboot boot.
This feature is not required in case of QSPI_BOOT.
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
It is not necessary for every SoC to have 2 SATA controller.
So put SATA1, SATA2 code under respective defines.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
In the TI SOCs a PBIAS cell exists to provide a bias voltage to the MMC1
IO cells. Without this bias voltage these I/O cells can not function
properly. The PBIAS cell is controlled by software.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
dev_read_string_count() is used to get the number of strings in a
stringlist.
dev_read_string_index() is used to get a string in the stringlist based on
its position in the list.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Add OF match entries and quirks for Renesas RCar Gen3 controllers
into the driver. The IP this driver handles is in fact Matsushita
one and in used both in Socionext and Renesas chips.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Check if the OF match has any associated data and if so, use those
data as the controller quirks, otherwise fallback to the old method
of reading the controller version register to figure out the quirks.
This allows us to supply controller quirks on controllers which ie.
do not have version register.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The Renesas RCar Gen3 contains the same controller, originally
Matsushita, yet the register addresses are shifted by 1 to the
left. The whole controller is also 64bit, including the data
FIFOs and RSP registers. This patch adds support for handling
the register IO by shifting the register offset by 1 in the IO
accessor functions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
This patch prepares the driver to support controller(s) with registers
at locations shifted by constant. Pull out the readl()/writel() from
the driver into separate functions, where the adjustment of the register
offset can be easily contained.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
With support for overlays and calling the -@ flag to dtc we need to have
at least 1.4.3 available now.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
common/spl/spl_fit.c:201:12: warning: passing argument 4 of ‘gunzip’
from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
src, &length))
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CC: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
This patch provides default implementations of the two functions
set_uart_mux_conf and set_mux_conf_regs. Hence boards not using
them do not need to provide their distinct empty definitions.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch adapts stm32h743 disco and eval dts files to match
with U-boot requirements or add features wich are not yet
upstreamed on kernel side :
_ Add RCC clock driver node and update all clocks phandle
accordingly.
By default, on kernel side, all clocks was temporarly
configured as a phandle to timer_clk waiting for a RCC
clock driver to be available.
On U-boot side, we now have a dedicated RCC clock driver, we
can configured all clocks as phandle to this driver.
All this binding update will be available soon in a kernel tag,
as all the bindings have been acked by Rob Herring [1].
[1] http://lkml.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/1704.0/00935.html
_ Align STM32H7 serial compatible string with the one which will be
available in next kernel tag. The bindings has been acked by
Rob Herring [2].
This compatible string will be usefull to add stm32h7 specific
feature for this serial driver.
[2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2017/7/17/739
_ Add gpio compatible and aliases for stm32h743
_ Add FMC sdram node with associated new bindings value to
manage second bank (ie bank 1).
_ Add missing HSI and CSI oscillators nodes needed
by STM32H7 RCC clock driver.
Clock sources could be:
_ HSE (High Speed External)
_ HSI (High Speed Internal)
_ CSI (Low Power Internal)
These clocks can be used as clocksource in some configuration.
By default, HSE is selected as clock source.
_ Set HSE to 25Mhz for stm32h743i-disco and eval board
By default, the external oscillator frequency is defined at
25 Mhz in SoC stm32h743.dtsi file.
It has been set at 125 Mhz in kernel DT temporarly waiting for
RCC clock driver becomes available.
As in U-boot we got a RCC clock driver, the real value of HSE
clock can be used.
_ Add "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc" for rcc, fmc, fixed-clock, pinctrl,
pwrcfg and gpio nodes.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file is imported from linux kernel v4.13
Add device tree support for STM32H743 evaluation board.
This board offers :
_ STM32H743XIH6 microcontroller with 2 Mbytes of
Flash memory and 1 Mbyte of RAM in TFBGA240+25 package
_ 5.7” 640x480 TFT color LCD with touch screen
_ Ethernet compliant with IEEE-802.3-2002
_ USB OTG HS and FS
_ I2 C compatible serial interface
_ RTC with rechargeable backup battery
_ SAI Audio DAC
_ ST-MEMS digital microphones
_ 8-Gbyte (or more) SDIO3.0 interface microSD™ card
_ 8Mx32bit SDRAM, 1Mx16bit SRAM and 8Mx16bit NOR Flash
_ 1-Gbit Twin Quad-SPI NOR Flash
_ Potentiometer
_ 4 colored user LEDs
_ Reset, wakeup, tamper or key buttons
_ Joystick with 4-direction control and selector
_ Board connectors :
Power jack
3 USB with Micro-AB
RS-232 communications
Ethernet RJ45
FD-CAN compliant connection
Stereo headset jack including analog microphone input
2 audio jacks for external speakers
microSD™ card
JTAG/SWD and ETM trace
_ Expansion connectors:
Extension connectors and memory connectors for daughterboard
or wire-wrap board
_ Flexible power-supply options: ST-LINK USB VBUS or external
sources
_ On-board ST-LINK/V2-1 debugger/programmer with USB re-enumeration
capability: mass storage, virtual COM port and debug port
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All these files are imported from linux kernel v4.13
Add device tree support for STM32H743 SoC and discovery
board. This board offers :
_ STM32H743XIH6 microcontroller with 2 Mbytes of
Flash memory and 1 Mbyte of RAM in TFBGA240+25 package
_ 5.7” 640x480 TFT color LCD with touch screen
_ Ethernet compliant with IEEE-802.3-2002
_ USB OTG HS
_ I2 C compatible serial interface
_ ST-MEMS digital microphones
_ 8-Gbyte (or more) SDIO3.0 interface microSD™ card
_ 8Mx32bit SDRAM
_ 1-Gbit Twin Quad-SPI NOR Flash
_ Reset, wakeup, or key buttons
_ Joystick with 4-direction control and selector
_ Board connectors :
1 USB with Micro-AB
Ethernet RJ45
Stereo headset jack including analog microphone input
microSD™ card
RCA connector
JTAG/SWD and ETM trace
_ Expansion connectors:
Arduino Uno compatible Connectors
2 x PIO connectors (PMOD and PMOD+)
_ On-board ST-LINK/V2-1 debugger/programmer with USB re-enumeration
capability: mass storage, virtual COM port and debug port
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds the support of reset and clock control
block (rcc) found on STM32 SoCs.
This driver is similar to a MFD linux driver.
This driver supports currently STM32H7 only.
STM32F4 and STM32F7 will be migrated to this rcc MFD driver
in the future to uniformize all STM32 SoCs already upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver is adapted from linux drivers/reset/reset-stm32.c
It's compatible with STM32 F4/F7/H7 SoCs.
This driver doesn't implement .of_match as it's binded
by MFD RCC driver.
To add support for each SoC family, a SoC's specific
include/dt-binfings/mfd/stm32xx-rcc.h file must be added.
This patch only includes stm32h7-rcc.h dedicated for STM32H7 SoCs.
Other SoCs support will be added in the future.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver implements basic clock setup, only clock gating
is implemented.
This driver doesn't implement .of_match as it's binded
by MFD RCC driver.
Files include/dt-bindings/clock/stm32h7-clks.h and
doc/device-tree-bindings/clock/st,stm32h7-rcc.txt
will be available soon in a kernel tag, as all the
bindings have been acked by Rob Herring [1].
[1] http://lkml.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/1704.0/00935.html
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
STM32F7 and STM32H7 shares the same UART block, add
STM32H7 compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since we may jump to next stage like ATF/OP-TEE instead of U-Boot,
we need to stash the bootstage info before it.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add usb_gadget_handle_interrupts(), board_usb_init(),
board_usb_cleanup() and g_dnl_board_usb_cable_connected()
callbacks needed for FASTBOOT support
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update ehci and ohci node's compatible string in order to
use ehci-generic and ohci-generic drivers.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On STi 96boards, configure by default the micro USB connector
(managed by DWC3 hardware block) in peripheral mode.
This will allow to use fastboot feature.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds the ST glue logic to manage the DWC3 HC
on STiH407 SoC family. It configures the internal glue
logic and syscfg registers.
Part of this code been extracted from kernel.org driver
(drivers/usb/dwc3/dwc3-st.c)
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable USB Host Networking support by enabling Ethernet/USB
adaptors support and by enabling some BOOTP flags
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is the generic phy driver for the picoPHY ports
used by USB2/1.1 controllers. It is found on STiH407 SoC
family from STMicroelectronics.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use struct udevice* as input parameter. Previous
parameters are retrieved through plat and priv data.
This to prepare to use the reset framework.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
'default n' is the default anyway so it doesn't need to be specified
explicitly, and the rest of the file doesn't specify it either anywhere.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This field has never been used as the driver has been DM-based since the
beginning. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These take the 'struct udevice *' as an argument, not the
'struct xilinx_pcie *` which is a local variable. Fix the comments to
match the code.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We have limited stack in SPL builds. Drop itrblock and move to
malloc/free of itr to move this off of the stack. As part of this fix a
double-free issue in fat_size().
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
---
Rework to use malloc/free as moving this to a global overflows some SH
targets.
efi_exit() already restores gd, so we shouldn't EFI_EXIT() on the
otherside of the longjmp().
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
ad503ffe9c6 efi_loader: refactor boot device and loaded_image handling
leads to an error when building with CONFIG_CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST=y
This patch fixes the problem.
Fixes: ad503ffe9c6 efi_loader: refactor boot device and loaded_image handling
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add Serial Download Protocol support (SDP), which allows loading
SPL and u-boot.img via imx_usb_loader tool as explained in
doc/README.sdp.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Instead of having every board file to add its own g_dnl_bind_fixup()
implementation, move it to the common imx6 SPL code.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Define i2c mux configuration. Add new vpd_reader which is used to read
vital product data. Read VPD from EEPROM and set eth0 MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Jose Alarcon <jose.alarcon@ge.com>
1) use fputs() to reduce cache flushes from once-per-char to
once-per-string
2) handle \r, \t, and \b in addition to just \n for tracking
cursor position
3) cursor row/col are zero based, not one based
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: s/unsigned/unsigned int/]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
If stdout is vidconsole, we cannot rely on ANSI escape sequences to
query the size, as vidconsole cannot reply on stdin. Instead special-
case this if stdout is vidconsole.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We need to do something different for vidconsole, since it cannot
respond to the query on stdin. Prep work for next patch.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
These should be set according to the image type. Shell.efi and SCT.efi
use these fields to determine what sort of image they are loading.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Similar to a "real" UEFI implementation, the bootmgr looks at the
BootOrder and BootXXXX variables to try to find an EFI payload to load
and boot. This is added as a sub-command of bootefi.
The idea is that the distro bootcmd would first try loading a payload
via the bootmgr, and then if that fails (ie. first boot or corrupted
EFI variables) it would fallback to loading bootaa64.efi. (Which
would then load fallback.efi which would look for \EFI\*\boot.csv and
populate BootOrder and BootXXXX based on what it found.)
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add EFI variable support, mapping to u-boot environment variables.
Variables are pretty important for setting up boot order, among other
things. If the board supports saveenv, then it will be called in
ExitBootServices() to persist variables set by the efi payload. (For
example, fallback.efi configuring BootOrder and BootXXXX load-option
variables.)
Variables are *not* currently exposed at runtime, post ExitBootServices.
On boards without a dedicated device for storage, which the loaded OS
is not trying to also use, this is rather tricky. One idea, at least
for boards that can persist RAM across reboot, is to keep a "journal"
of modified variables in RAM, and then turn halt into a reboot into
u-boot, plus store variables, plus halt. Whatever the solution, it
likely involves some per-board support.
Mapping between EFI variables and u-boot variables:
efi_$guid_$varname = {attributes}(type)value
For example:
efi_8be4df61-93ca-11d2-aa0d-00e098032b8c_OsIndicationsSupported=
"{ro,boot,run}(blob)0000000000000000"
efi_8be4df61-93ca-11d2-aa0d-00e098032b8c_BootOrder=
"(blob)00010000"
The attributes are a comma separated list of these possible
attributes:
+ ro - read-only
+ boot - boot-services access
+ run - runtime access
NOTE: with current implementation, no variables are available after
ExitBootServices, and all are persisted (if possible).
If not specified, the attributes default to "{boot}".
The required type is one of:
+ utf8 - raw utf8 string
+ blob - arbitrary length hex string
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This avoids printf() spam about file reads (such as loading an image)
into unaligned buffers (and the associated memcpy()). And generally
seems like a good idea.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: use __aligned]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Previously we only supported the case when the EFI application loaded
the image into memory for us. But fallback.efi does not do this.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
fallback.efi (and probably other things) use UEFI's simple-file-system
protocol and file support to search for OS's to boot.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: whitespace fixes, unsigned fixes]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Get rid of the hacky fake boot-device and duplicate device-path
constructing (which needs to match what efi_disk and efi_net do).
Instead convert over to use efi_device_path helpers to construct
device-paths, and use that to look up the actual boot device.
Also, extract out a helper to plug things in properly to the
loaded_image. In a following patch we'll want to re-use this in
efi_load_image() to handle the case of loading an image from a
file_path.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Also, create disk objects for the disk itself, in addition to the
partitions. (UEFI terminology is a bit confusing, a "disk" object is
really a partition.) This helps grub properly identify the boot device
since it is trying to match up partition "disk" object with it's parent
device.
Now instead of seeing devices like:
/File(sdhci@07864000.blk)/EndEntire
/File(usb_mass_storage.lun0)/EndEntire
You see:
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/UnknownMessaging(1d)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/UnknownMessaging(1d)/HD(0,800,64000,dd904a8c00000000,1,1)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/UnknownMessaging(1d)/HD(1,64800,200000,dd904a8c00000000,1,1)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/UnknownMessaging(1d)/HD(2,264800,19a000,dd904a8c00000000,1,1)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/HD(0,800,60000,38ca680200000000,1,1)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/HD(1,61000,155000,38ca680200000000,1,1)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/HD(2,20fa800,1bbf8800,38ca680200000000,1,1)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/HD(3,1b6800,1f44000,38ca680200000000,1,1)/EndEntire
This is on a board with single USB disk and single sd-card. The
UnknownMessaging(1d) node in the device-path is the MMC device,
but grub_efi_print_device_path() hasn't been updated yet for some
of the newer device-path sub-types.
This patch is inspired by a patch originally from Peter Jones, but
re-worked to use efi_device_path, so it doesn't much resemble the
original.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: s/unsigned/unsigned int/]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
It needs to handle more device-path node types, and also multiple levels
of path hierarchy. To simplify this, initially construct utf8 string to
a temporary buffer, and then allocate the real utf16 buffer that is
returned. This should be mostly for debugging or at least not critical-
path so an extra copy won't hurt, and is saner than the alternative.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This is really the same thing as the efi_device_path struct.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Helpers to construct device-paths from devices, partitions, files, and
for parsing and manipulating device-paths.
For non-legacy devices, this will use u-boot's device-model to construct
device-paths which include bus hierarchy to construct device-paths. For
legacy devices we still fake it, but slightly more convincingly.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
All of the device-path related structures should be packed. UEFI
defines the device-path as a byte-aligned data structure.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
EFI client programs need the signature information from the partition
table to determine the disk a partition is on, so we need to fill that
in here.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
[separated from efi_loader part, and fixed build-errors for non-
CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION case]
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Check that the notification function of an
EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES event is called
exactly once.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
All events of type EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES have to be
notified when ExitBootServices is invoked.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Run a 10 ms periodic timer and check that it is called 10 times
while waiting for 100 ms single shot timer.
Raise the TPL level to the level of the 10 ms timer and observe
that the notification function is not called again.
Lower the TPL level and check that the queued notification
function is called.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This unit test uses timer events to check the implementation
of the following boottime services:
CreateEvent, CloseEvent, WaitForEvent, CheckEvent, SetTimer
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We should be able to call efi_set_timer repeatedly.
So let us reset the signaled state here.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For the correct implementation of the task priority level (TPL)
calling the notification function must be queued.
Add a status field 'queued' to events.
In function efi_signal_event set status queued if a notification
function exists and reset it after we have called the function.
A later patch will add a check of the TPL here.
In efi_create_event and efi_close_event unset the queued status.
In function efi_wait_for_event and efi_check_event
queue the notification function.
In efi_timer_check call the efi_notify_event
if the status queued is set.
For all timer events set status signaled.
In efi_console_timer_notify set the signaled state of the
WaitForKey event.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
A Python test script is provided that runs the EFI selftest
if CONFIG_CMD_EFI_SELFTEST=y.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
A testing framework for the EFI API is provided.
It can be executed with the 'bootefi selftest' command.
It is coded in a way that at a later stage we may turn it
into a standalone EFI application. The current build system
does not allow this yet.
All tests use a driver model and are run in three phases:
setup, execute, teardown.
A test may be setup and executed at boottime,
it may be setup at boottime and executed at runtime,
or it may be setup and executed at runtime.
After executing all tests the system is reset.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Macro EFI_CALL was introduced to call an UEFI function.
Unfortunately it does not support return values.
Most UEFI functions have a return value.
So let's rename EFI_CALL to EFI_CALL_VOID and introduce a
new EFI_CALL macro that supports return values.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Fix typo in teh EFI_BOOT_SERVICES_CODE description.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We should use the predefined constants EFI_PAGE_SHIFT
and EFI_PAGE_MASK where applicable.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI spec allows an EFI system partition (ESP, with the bootloader or
kernel EFI apps on it) to reside on a disk using a "legacy" MBR
partitioning scheme.
But in contrast to actual legacy disks the ESP is not marked as
"bootable" using bit 7 in byte 0 of the legacy partition entry, but is
instead using partition *type* 0xef (in contrast to 0x0b or 0x0c for a
normal FAT partition). The EFI spec isn't 100% clear on this, but it even
seems to discourage the use of the bootable flag for ESPs.
Also it seems that some EFI implementations (EDK2?) even seem to ignore
partitions marked as bootable (probably since they believe they contain
legacy boot code).
The Debian installer [1] (*not* mini.iso), for instance, contains such an
MBR, where none of the two partitions are marked bootable, but the ESP
has clearly type 0xef.
Now U-Boot cannot find the ESP on such a disk (USB flash drive) and
fails to load the EFI grub and thus the installer.
Since it all boils down to the distro bootcmds eventually calling
"part list -bootable" to find potential boot partitions, it seems logical
to just add this "partition type is 0xef" condition to the is_bootable()
implementation.
This allows the bog standard arm64 Debian-testing installer to boot from
an USB pen drive on Allwinner A64 boards (Pine64, BananaPi-M64).
(Ubuntu and other distribution installers don't have a legacy MBR, so
U-Boot falls back to El Torito there).
[1] https://cdimage.debian.org/cdimage/daily-builds/daily/arch-latest/arm64/iso-cd/
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Variable always should only be appended but not overwritten by
lib/efi_loader/Makefile.
Remove variable efiprogs which is not otherwise used.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Replace all occurences of helloworld by generalized forms.
This allows us to build additional EFI applications that are
included into the U-Boot binary without loading
scripts/Makefile.lib with specific filenames.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In scripts/Makefile.lib we build section including helloworld.efi.
This allows to load the EFI binary with command 'bootefi hello'.
scripts/Makefile.lib contains explicit references to strings
containing helloworld and hello_world. This makes it impossible
to generalize the coding to accomodate additional built in
EFI binaries.
Let us rename the variables __efi_hello_world_* to
__efi_helloworld_*.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The target
$(obj)/helloworld.so:
exists twice in Makefile.lib.
If you add an echo command to each of the two recipes you get
warnings like:
scripts/Makefile.lib:383: warning:
overriding recipe for target 'drivers/power/battery/helloworld.so'
scripts/Makefile.lib:379: warning:
ignoring old recipe for target 'drivers/power/battery/helloworld.so'
This patch removes the obsolete target.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Commit f494950b (efi_loader: call __efi_exit_check in efi_exit) added a call
to __efi_exit_check inside efi_exit to account for the fact that we're exiting
the efi_exit function via a longjmp call.
However, __efi_exit_check also swizzles gd to the application gd while the
longjmp will put us back into EFI context, so we need the efi (u-boot) gd.
This patch fixes that up by explicitly setting gd back to efi_gd before
doing the longjmp. It also adds a few comments on why it does that.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
To understand what is happening in OpenProtocol or LocateProtocol
it is necessary to know the protocol interface GUID.
Let's write a debug message.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The calls to __efi_entry_check and __efi_exit_check have to match.
If DEBUG is defined, panic() will be called otherwise.
If debugging is activated some Travis CI builds fail due to an
assertion in EFI_CALL without the patch.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
There is no need to use attribute EFIAPI for
efi_disk_rw_blocks. It is not an API function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Command 'bootefi hello' currently uses CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR
as loading address.
qemu machines have by default 128 MiB RAM.
CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR for x86 is 0x20000000 (512 MiB).
This causes 'bootefi hello' to fail.
We should use the environment variable loadaddr if available.
It defaults to 0x1000000 (16 MiB) on qemu_x86.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Increase serialno_str to 17 bytes so it can hold the 16 bytes long serial
nummer and the terminating null byte added by snprintf.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
The RK3368 TPL stage always returns to the BootROM, so it has no need
for the eMMC, SD and SPI nodes. This marks those nodes (that should
be included in SPL, but not TPL) as 'u-boot,dm-spl'.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new 32/64bit-aware dtoc, the type of reg is fdt64_t and the
OF_PLATDATA structure layout changes. This adjusts the DMC driver for
the RK3368 to track these changes.
For the time being (i.e. until regmap_init_mem_platdata works for the
64bit case), we won't use regmap_init_mem_platdata here and simply
access of_plat.reg[] directly.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With dtoc emitting fdt64_t for addresses (and region sizes), the array
indices for accessing the reg[] array needs to be adjusted. This
adjusts the Rockchip DM timer driver to correctly handle OF_PLATDATA
given this new structure layout.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the critical drivers ready for switching to a live tree, we can
now enable it in the defconfig for the RK3399-Q7.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the dev_read_addr_ptr function available, we can change the
efuse driver to use it (and eliminate the explicit type-cast).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On the RK3399-Q7, we need to turn on the on-module USB hub before using the
USB host interfaces (only the OTG interface is directly connected to the edge
connector). This drops the deprecated 'rockchip,vbus-gpio' property and uses
a fixed regulator to turn on the USB hub.
References: 26a8b80 "usb: host: xhci-rockchip: use fixed regulator to control vbus"
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The generic ehci-driver (ehci-generic.c) will try to enable the clocks
listed in the DTSI. If this fails (e.g. due to clk_enable not being
implemented in a driver and -ENOSYS being returned by the clk-uclass),
the driver will bail our and print an error message.
This implements a minimal clk_enable for the RK3399 and supports the
clocks mandatory for the EHCI controllers; as these are enabled by
default we simply return success.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On the RK3399, we will have either OF_PLATDATA or full OF_CONTROL
enabled: this allows the use of syscon to retrieve the addresses of
GRF and SGRF (except for the early debug UART setup, which runs so
early that the device-model is not initialised).
This removes the hard-coded addresses and goes through syscon to
retrieve the base-addresses of GRF and SGRF. After that, we use
the structure definitions to locate the respective registers.
In addition to this, the inclusion of header files is also cleaned up:
- all headers are included at the beginning (there was a spurious
inclusion of the grf header from within a function)
- all #include statements for unused headers are removed
- the remaining #include statements are sorted (while keeping common.h
included in front)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support bootstage recording, we want to mark our DM timer as the
tick-timer; this triggers the support for 'trying harder' to read the
timer in the Rockchip DM timer driver, even if the device model isn't
ready yet.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Remove a comment claiming that this driver only supports the RK3288,
as we also use it on the RK3368, RK3399 and (most likely) on other
variants.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Version-changes: 2
- use the dev_read_addr_ptr function in rk_gpio.c
To make the Rockchip DM timer driver useful for the timing of
bootstages, we need a few enhancements:
- This implements timer_get_boot_us.
- This avoids reinitialising the timer, if it has already been
set up (e.g. by our TPL and SPL stages). Now, we have a single
timebase ticking from TPL through the full U-Boot.
- This adds support for reading the timer even before the
device-model is ready: we find the timer via /chosen/tick-timer,
then read its address and clock-frequency, and finally read the
timeval directly).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The dev_read_addr_ptr() mimics the behaviour of the devfdt_get_addr_ptr(),
retrieving the first address of the node's reg-property and returning
it as a pointer (or NULL on failure).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When used with bootstage recording, dm_timer_init may be called
surprisingly early: i.e. before dm_root is ready. To deal with
this case, we explicitly check for this condition and return
-EAGAIN to the caller (refer to drivers/timer/rockchip_timer.c
for a case where this is needed/used).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This updates dm_timer_init to support a live tree and deals with
some fallout (i.e. the need to restructure the code such, that we
don't need multiple discontinuous #if CONFIG_IS_ENABLED blocks).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
For timing our bootstages on the RK3368, which has a minimal TPL
(and where we consequently don't want to time the bootstages) and a
full-featured SPL (where we can bootstage recording), we need to
adjust the Makefile.
Use the $(SPL_TPL_) macro in the Makefile for bootstage.o
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The NXP 4.1 kernel needs to boot with secure boot.
Add information on how to enable secure boot mode.
Signed-off-by: Vanessa Maegima <vanessa.maegima@nxp.com>
Update these macros to use all upper-case to avoid checkpatch
warnings:
ENET_25MHz,
ENET_50MHz,
ENET_125MHz,
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The current mechanism using SCR/GPR registers work well when
the serial downloader boot mode has been selected explicitly
(either via boot mode pins or using bmode command). However,
in case the system entered boot ROM due to unbootable primary
boot devices (e.g. empty eMMC), the SPL fails to detect that
it has been downloaded through serial loader and tries to
continue booting from eMMC:
Trying to boot from MMC1
mmc_load_image_raw_sector: mmc block read error
SPL: failed to boot from all boot devices
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
The only known way to reliably detect USB serial downloader
is by checking the USB PHY receiver block power state...
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Starting from PXs3, the bit fields of RSTCTRL, CLKCTRL registers
will change every SoC. There is no more point to define bitfields
in the common header file.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The main difference between Pro4 and PXs2/LD6b is the Denali NAND
IP version. This is now distinguished by DT. Merge the two defconfig
files into uniphier_v7_defconfig.
Update the README.uniphier too.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The Denali IP does not update the revision register properly.
Allow to override it with SoC data associated with compatible.
Linux had already finished big surgery of this driver, but I need
to prepare the NAND core before the full sync of the driver.
For now, I am fixing the most fatal problem on UniPhier platform.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
legacy_hole_base_k and legacy_hole_size_k are defined but
not used.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable this option for link so that the timer is available earlier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With SPL we often have limited memory and do not need very many bootstage
records. Add a separate Kconfig option for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT option is no-longer needed since we can now
support any number of user IDs. Also BOOTSTAGE_ID_COUNT is not needed now.
Drop these unused options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With bootstage we need access to the timer before driver model is set up.
To handle this, put the required state in global_data and provide a new
function to set up the device, separate from the driver's probe() method.
This will be used by the 'early' timer also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Once U-Boot relocates itself the existing driver-model timer (if any) is
no-longer valid until the device is reinitialised. Any use of the device
may cause a crash. To handle this, set the timer to NULL after relocation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This adds support to Intel Cherry Hill board, a board based on
Intel Braswell SoC. The following devices are validated:
- serial port as the serial console
- on-board Realtek 8169 ethernet controller
- SATA AHCI controller
- EMMC/SDHC controller
- USB 3.0 xHCI controller
- PCIe x1 slot with a graphics card
- ICH SPI controller with an 8MB Macronix SPI flash
- Integrated graphics device as the video console
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FSP's built-in UPD configuration enables PUNIT power configuration,
but on B0 stepping, this causes CPU hangs in fsp_init(). Disable it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds microcode device tree fragment for Braswell B0 (406C2),
C0 (406C3) and D0 (406C4) stepping SoC.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds initial Intel Braswell SoC support. It uses Intel FSP
to initialize the chipset.
Similar to its predecessor BayTrail, there are some work to do to
enable the legacy UART integrated in the Braswell SoC.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FSP spec 1.1 adds 3 new APIs and their offsets are in the header.
Update the 'fsp hdr' command to show these new entries.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When a VBT is given to an FSP that supports graphics initialization,
the FSP will produce a graphics info HOB that contains all necessary
information for the linear frame buffer of the integrated graphics
device. This adds a DM video driver for it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that binman is able to recognize the Video BIOS Table entry,
add such one in the u-boot.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds Kconfig options for Video BIOS Table which is normally
required if you are using an Intel FSP firmware that is complaint
with spec 1.1 or later to initialize the integrated graphics device.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a new HOB type for graphics information introduced in FSP
spec 1.1. When graphics capability is included in FSP and enabled,
FSP produces an FSP_GRAPHICS_INFO_HOB as described in the EFI PI
specification which provides information about the graphics mode and
framebuffer.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FSP spec 1.1 adds one more member to the struct common_buf to
determine the memory size that can be reserved by FSP below "top
of low usable memory" for bootloader usage. This new member uses
the reserved space so that it is still compatible with previous
FSP spec 1.0.
A new HOB (FSP_HOB_RESOURCE_OWNER_BOOTLOADER_TOLUM_GUID) is also
published when common_buf.tolum_size is valid and non zero.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Per the Intel 64 and IA-32 Architecture Software Developer's Manual,
add the reference clock for Intel Atom Processors based on the Airmont
Microarchitecture (Braswell).
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
6fcb41c: x86/tsc_msr: Add Airmont reference clock values
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make various changes to the GPT test:
1) Reference the disk image using an absolute path in all cases. This
allows test/py to operate correctly if it's run from a directory other
than the root of the U-Boot source tree.
2) Store the disk image in the teswt/py persistent data directory. This
removes the need to re-generate it every time the tests are run.
3) Execute sgdisk using u_boot_utils.run_and_log() so that its output is
captured in the test log. This allows debugging any problems running it.
4) Make the disk image a test fixture. This removes the requirement to
always run all GPT tests, and run them in order. The current code doesn't
create the disk image if e.g. just test_gpt_uuid() is executed via the
test.py -k command-line option.
5) Use @pytest.mark.buildconfigspec for all feature dependencies, rather
than manually implementing some of them.
6) Make all tests depend on sandbox, since they use the sandbox-specific
host command.
Fixes: a2f422555f ("add pytests for 'gpt guid' command in sandbox")
Fixes: c5772188ed ("add pytests for 'gpt rename' and 'gpt swap'")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Nothing CONFIG_SOC_DA830 anymore, so let's remove it and
the one remaining source file for it. It appears to have been
abandoned a while ago.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
commit b63b995 (arm: dts: Add u-boot specific compatibles) separated out
u-boot specific compatibles from dts files.
The u-boot specifics were moved in *-u-boot.dtsi files for all dra7
platforms except dra7-evm.
Without it the SD card is broken on DRA7-evm because the regulator cannot
be enabled.
Fix it by adding the missing dra7-evm-u-boot.dtsi with the needed
properties.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
When the OP-TEE image is built for secure paging the load address may be
in SRAM, remove checks that prevent this.
Signed-off-by: Harinarayan Bhatta <harinarayan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
A new fatbuf was allocated by get_fs_info() (called by fat_itr_root()),
but not freed, resulting in eventually running out of memory. Spotted
by running 'ls -r' in a large FAT filesystem from Shell.efi.
fatbuf is mainly used to cache FAT entry lookups (get_fatent())..
possibly once fat_write.c it can move into the iterator to simplify
this.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Use the clust_to_sect() helper that was introduced earlier, and add an
inverse sect_to_clust(), plus update the various spots that open-coded
this conversion previously.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Noticed when comparing our output to linux. There are some lcase bits
which control whether filename and/or extension should be downcase'd.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a generic implementation of 'ls' using opendir/readdir/closedir, and
replace fat's custom implementation. Other filesystems should move to
the generic implementation after they add opendir/readdir/closedir
support.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement the readdir interface using the directory iterators.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Needed to support efi file protocol. The fallback.efi loader wants
to be able to read the contents of the /EFI directory to find an OS
to boot.
Modelled after POSIX opendir()/readdir()/closedir(). Unlike the other
fs APIs, this is stateful (ie. state is held in the FS_DIR "directory
stream"), to avoid re-traversing of the directory structure at each
step. The directory stream must be released with closedir() when it
is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Untangle directory traversal into a simple iterator, to replace the
existing multi-purpose do_fat_read_at() + get_dentfromdir().
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Want to re-use this in fat dirent iterator in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While there are valid reasons to use __packed, often the answer is that
you should be doing something else here instead.
This reintroduces the changes of
f503cc49a5 (Add warning for new __packed additions)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
There is already a macro LBAFU to aid formatted print with lbaint_t
variables. Let's use it in the common block command codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
All these places seem to inherit the codes from the MMC driver where
a FIXME was put in the comment. However the correct operation after
read should be cache invalidate, not flush.
The underlying drivers should be responsible for the cache operation.
Remove these codes completely.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
fdt_getprop_u32 is not exported and it's different than what the
unit test uses. Rename u32 prop access methods to something that's
unit test specific.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull some information regarding overlays from commit messages and
put them directly within the documentation. Also add some information
regarding required dtc version to properly use overlays.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have the capability to apply overlays on the command line but
we didn't have a document explaining how.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce an overlay based method for constructing a base DT blob
to pass to the kernel.
It is based on a specific method now to get the FDT from a FIT image
named boot_get_fdt_fit().
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
fit_image_load() threw away the extra configuration parts when
loading. We need them around for applying extra overlays for
building the boot fdt.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As part of the fdt overlay support which need it, allow
a list of configurations per property.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The verbose overlay application method prints out more helpful
messages, so switch to it.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce fdt_overlay_apply_verbose, a method that applies an
overlay but in the case of an error produces a helpful message.
In addition if a base tree is found to be missing the __symbols__
node the message will point out that the probable reason is that
the base tree was miscompiled without the -@ option.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Report Coverity log:
The code uses a variable that has not
been initialized, leading to unpredictable
or unintended results.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 60519)
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Add a header that indicates that the files generated by dtoc should not be
modified.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The filename of the auto-generated file is the same as the file that
includes it. Even though the form is in the generated/ subdirectory, this
could be confused.
Rename the generated file to something that makes it clear it is
auto-generated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
At present dtoc has a very simplistic view of phandles. It assumes that
a property has only a single phandle with a single argument (i.e. two
cells per property).
This is not true in many cases. Enhance the implementation to scan all
phandles in a property and to use the correct number of arguments (which
can be 0, 1, 2 or more) when generating the C code. For the struct
definitions, use a struct which can hold the maximum number of arguments
used by the property.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We want to support more than one phandle argument. It makes sense to use
an array for this rather than discrete struct members. Adjust the code to
support this. Rename the member to 'arg' instead of 'id'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
When writing values from properties which contain phandles, dtoc currently
writes 8 phandles per line. Change this to write one phandle per line.
This helps reduce line length, since phandles are generally longer and may
have arguments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rather than naming the phandle struct according to the number of cells it
uses (e.g. struct phandle_2_cell) name it according to the number of
arguments it has (e.g. struct phandle_1_arg). This is a more intuitive
naming.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Update this function to return more detail about a property that contains
phandles. This will allow (in a future commit) more accurate handling of
these properties.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This function will need to have access to class members once we enhance it
to support multiple phandle values. In preparation for that, move it into
the class.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Now that the Fdt class can map phandles to the associated nodes, use that
instead of a separate implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add a map from phandles to nodes. This can be used by clients of the the
class instead of maintaining this themselves.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
When using 32-bit addresses dtoc works correctly. For 64-bit addresses it
does not since it ignores the #address-cells and #size-cells properties.
Update the tool to use fdt64_t as the element type for reg properties when
either the address or size is larger than one cell. Use the correct value
so that C code can obtain the information from the device tree easily.
Alos create a new type, fdt_val_t, which is defined to either fdt32_t or
fdt64_t depending on the word size of the machine. This type corresponds
to fdt_addr_t and fdt_size_t. Unfortunately we cannot just use those types
since they are defined to phys_addr_t and phys_size_t which use
'unsigned long' in the 32-bit case, rather than 'unsigned int'.
Add tests for the four combinations of address and size values (32/32,
64/64, 32/64, 64/32). Also update existing uses for rk3399 and rk3368
which now need to use the new fdt_val_t type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Reported-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Large arrays can result in lines with hundreds or thousands of characters
which is not very editor-friendly. To avoid this, addjust the tool to
group values 8 per line.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In a0f3e3df4a we switched to using the Ubuntu-provided dtc as travis
was having a problem with the number of warnings that were generated by
the newer dtc. This is no longer a concern as we now have the same
logic as Linux to enable/disable additional more stringent warnings. Go
back to building dtc from source.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on travis-ci:
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Checkpatch produces the following warning:
Unescaped left brace in regex is deprecated here
(and will be fatal in Perl 5.30), passed through in regex;
marked by <-- HERE in m/^(\+.*(?:do|\))){ <-- HERE /
at scripts/checkpatch.pl line 3348.
The curent checkpatch of the Linux kernel corrects this
bug and many others.
It provides improved colored output.
So replace checkpatch by the current Linux version.
Add an empty file scripts/const_structs.checkpatch.
We can later fill it according to our needs.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The strto functions should honor the specified base (if non-zero) rather
than permitting a hex or octal string when the user wanted (for example)
base 10.
This has been fixed somewhere along the way in the upstream linux kernel
src tree, at some point after these was copied in to u-boot. And also
in a way that duplicates less code. So port _parse_integer_fixup_radix()
to u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add unit tests for the 'gpt rename' and 'gpt swap' commands that
rely on the block device created by test/py/make_test_disk.py.
Add CONFIG_CMD_GPT_RENAME to the sandbox_defconfig. Remove the
testdisk.raw test device at the end of the tests.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Run unit tests for the 'gpt guid' command, making use of the block
device created by test/py/make_test_disk.py. Remove this device at
the end of the tests.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a Python function that creates a small block device for the
purpose of testing the cmd/gpt.c or cmd/part.c functions in the u-boot
sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 6ae4c3efbd ("ARM: DRA7: Add pinctrl register definitions")
has added new macros for pinmux configuration in line with the kernel
definitions. Cleanup the old pinctrl macros from the common header
file so that they are not used by any new boards.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Commit 6ae4c3efbd ("ARM: DRA7: Add pinctrl register definitions")
has added new macros for pinmux configuration in line with the
kernel definitions. Fixup the current pinctrl data for the CompuLab
CL-SOM-AM57x board to use these new macros to facilitate the removal
of the old macros.
NOTE:
The PEN and PDIS macro values used previously were actually defined
inversely, a value of 1 in bit position 16 actually means that the
internal pullup/pulldown is disabled and not enabled as inferred by
PEN. So, previous pinmux config data such as (PDIS | PTU) is confusing
as it actually was meant for enabling internal pullup. The data is
fixed up only to be equivalent to the previous data.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
To remove the assignment of CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS option,
which is deprecated, use the CONFIG_XXXX_BOOT options to
indicate the boot media, and the SoC is selected by the board.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Use the CONFIG_XXXX_BOOT to indicate the boot media, instead of
the CONFIG_SYS_USE_XXXX option, which is declared by
CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS option.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
As said in READRE.kconfig, include/configs/*.h will be removed
after all options are switched to Kconfig. As the first step,
remove the follow line from include/configs/*.h.
#include <asm/hardware.h>
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
To prepare to remove the SoCs options such as SAMA5D2, SAMA5D3
and SAMA5D4 from the CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS option which is
deprecated, add the SoC options to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
The SAMA5D27-SiP (System in Package) integrates the SAMA5D2
with 1Gbit DDR2-SDRAM in a single package.
The SAMA5D27 SOM1 embeds a 64Mbit QSPI flash, KSZ8081 Phy and
Mac-address EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SAMA5D2 SiP(System in Package) has different Chip IDs in the
CHIPID and CHIP_EXID registers.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Because before switching to a lower clock source, we must switch
the clock source first instead of last. So before configuring the
PMC_MCKR register, invoke at91_mck_init_down() first.
As said in datasheet, the the size of SPL must not exceed the maximum
size allowed(64Kbytes).
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Refer to the commit 70f8c8316ad(PMC: add new mck function to lower
rate while switching) from AT91Bootstrap.
While switching to a lower clock source, we must switch the clock
source first instead of last. Otherwise, we could end up with
too high frequency on internal bus and peripherals.
This happens on SAMA5D2 as exitting from the ROM code.
Add a function pmc_mck_init_down() to allow this sequence.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As said in 29.5.7 section of SAMA5D2 datasheet, before switching to
the crystal oscillator, a check must be carried out to ensure that
the oscillator is present and that its freqency is valid.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to display the company's logo and board information
via the API from DM_VIDEO. This function can be shared by other
atmel boards, so locate it in board/atmel/common folder.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In order to display the company's logo via the API of DM_VIDEO,
and add the logo files of both Atmel and Microchip.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For sama5d2, add the sfr node with syscon support.
In order to access the SFR_UTMICKTRIM register for the utmi clock
driver, add the phandle property for the utmi node to point to the
sfr node.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
By default, it is assumed that the UTMI clock is generated from
a 12 MHz reference clock (MAINCK). If it's not the case, the FREQ
field of the SFR_UTMICKTRIM has to be updated to generate the UTMI
clock in the proper way.
The UTMI clock has a fixed rate of 480 MHz. In fact, there is no
multiplier we can configure. The multiplier is managed internally,
depending on the reference clock frequency, to achieve the target
of 480 MHz.
The patch is cloned from the patch of mailing-list:
[PATCH v2] clk: at91: utmi: set the mainck rate
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
[trini: Depend on SPL_DM]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This section of the settings file may be missing. Handle that gracefully
rather than emitting an error.
Also update patman to write this section when a new settings file is
created.
Fixes: e11aa602 (patman: add support for omitting bouncing addresses)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.pckham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The e-mail addresses for DA8XXEVM BOARD and DA850_AM18XXEVM BOARD
are invalid.
Remove DA8XXEVM.
Update DA850_AM18XXEVM to have me be the maintainer since I work
for Logic PD and have access to OMAP-L138 and AM1808 EVM kits.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_EMIF4
CONFIG_SDRC
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
There was a check for CONFIG_MAC_ADDR_IN_EEPROM and
a check for CONFIG_MAC_ADDR_IN_SPIFLASH, however
some of the EEPROM related code wasn't encapsulated
inside the #if defined statement so the EEPROM code
could get executed even when it wasn't explicitly
enabled or wanted.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
In mancy cases both CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET and CONFIG_ENV_ADDR point
to an otherwise-unused SMNAND_ENV_OFFSET.
This patch will set both CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET and CONFIG_ENV_ADDR to
whatever value was defined by SMNAND_ENV_OFFSET.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The DTS files had some spacing issues and they needed fixing. This
pull re-sync's the OMAP3xx related DTS files with Linux 4.13-RC5.
To keep the DTS and DTSI files clean and in sync with Linux, new
u-boot.dtsi files are added.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
V3: The resync broke card detect on MMC1 on Logic PD's Torpedo,
so we add the cd-invert to the Torpedo's -u-boot.dtsi file.
V2: Add the u-boot.dtsi files for OMAP3, OMAP36xx, and Torpedo
Remove the need for the second patch in the series
Either the USB and Fastboot were never finished, or somehow it got
lost. This puts enough hooks back into omap3logic to enable
fastboot and hopefully prepare it for Kconfig conversion.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Fix the building warning as below:
---8<----
Warning (reg_format): "reg" property in /i2c-gpio-0/pcf8563@50 has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #address-cells value for /i2c-gpio-0/pcf8563@50
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #size-cells value for /i2c-gpio-0/pcf8563@50
--->8----
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some device the serial console's initialization cannot run early during
the boot process. Hence, nulldev serial device is helpful on that
situation.
For example, if the serial module was implemented in FPGA. Serial
initialization is prohibited to run until the FPGA was programmed.
This commit is to adding nulldev serial driver. This will allows the
default console to be specified as a nulldev.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Keng Soon Cheah <keng.soon.cheah@ni.com>
Cc: Chen Yee Chew <chen.yee.chew@ni.com>
With debug enabled, SPL output following these debug prints is on the
same line and it is hard to read. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for GPIO reset lines matching the
common linux "reset-gpios" devicetree binding.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
DRA71x processors are reduced pin and software compatible
derivative of DRA72 processors. Add support for detection
of SR2.1 version of DRA71x family of processors.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Mahaveer <vishalm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Like the OMAP-L138 LCDK before it, let's move the da850-evm and
the variations to TI_COMMON_CMD_OPTIONS to cut back one some of the
defconfig entries.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Some drivers in Linux (ex. drivers/mtd/nand/denali.c) use
ioread*/iowrite* accessors. Import them to make drivers more
synced. I copied code from include/asm-generic/io.h of Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Enable TI_COMMON_CMD_OPTIONS and remove similar options
from the defconfig. Updated with savedefconfig.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Much of the AM3517 functions are copies of the standard definitions
used in ti_omap3_common.h. Moving to include a common file
reduces the amount of duplicative code and clutter. A few
AM3517 specific functions (like EMIF4) are explictly defined
and a few items are undefined or redefined, but overall the number
of lines of code shink.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Add the new compatible "atmel,24mac402" to accommodate AT24MAC402.
The AT24MAC402 is a 2K Serial EEPROM and the 2-Kbit memory array
is internally organized as 16 pages of 16 bytes of EEPROM each.
The 48-bit EUI address in the AT24MAC402 are located in the extended
memory block.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Add the new compatible "microchip,24aa02e48" to accommodate 24AA02E48,
the 24AA02E48 is a 2K I2C Serial EEPROM with pre-programmed globally
unique, 48-bit node address, and 8-byte page size.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
The PMMC firmware should be bundled with the FIT image for HS devices,
remove the steps that load and install this firmware outside of FIT.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
The PMMC firmware should be bundled into a FIT image on HS
devices to allow authentication/decryption, add a handler to
process this PMMC firmware.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
This works (roughly) the same way as linux's, but we currently always
print lower-case (ie. we just keep %pUB and %pUL for compat with linux),
mostly just because that is what uuid_bin_to_str() supports.
%pUb: 01020304-0506-0708-090a-0b0c0d0e0f10
%pUl: 04030201-0605-0807-090a-0b0c0d0e0f10
It will be used by a later efi_loader paths for efi variables and for
device-path-to-text protocol, and also quite useful for debug prints
of protocol GUIDs.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is convenient for efi_loader which deals a lot with UTF-16. Only
enabled with CC_SHORT_WCHAR, leaving room to add a UTF-32 version when
CC_SHORT_WCHAR is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
EFI_LOADER really wants UTF-16 strings (ie. %ls and L"string" are 16bit
chars instead of 32bit chars). But rather than enabling -fshort-wchar
conditionally if EFI_LOADER is enabled, it was deemed preferrable to
globally switch.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The R8A7796 XHCI USB nodes are missing from r8a7796 dtsi, add them.
These nodes don't come from mainline Linux, yet the DT binding is
similar enough to R8A7795 which already has those in mainline and
once the nodes hit mainline, this DT should be resynched.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
In order to use ehci-generic driver, move the configuration of HSUSB
block into the board file. This configuration should not have been in
the Gen3 EHCI USB driver in the first place, so move it to the board
file until there is a proper infrastructure and driver for the HSUSB
block.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
In order to use ehci-generic driver, move the configuration of HSUSB
block into the board file. This configuration should not have been in
the Gen3 EHCI USB driver in the first place, so move it to the board
file until there is a proper infrastructure and driver for the HSUSB
block.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The R8A7796 EHCI USB nodes are missing from r8a7796 dtsi, add them.
These nodes don't come from mainline Linux, yet the DT binding is
similar enough to R8A7795 which already has those in mainline and
once the nodes hit mainline, this DT should be resynched.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the RCar Gen3 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.13,
commit 569dbb88e80deb68974ef6fdd6a13edb9d686261 . This includes both M3
and H3 ULCB and Salvator-X boards.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The use-case is that the thing that loaded u-boot already put a splash
image on screen. And we want to preserve that until grub boot menu
takes over.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Not really qcom specific, but for now qcom/lk is the one firmware that
is (afaiu) setting up the appropriate dt node for pre-configured
display. Uses the generic simple-framebuffer DT bindings so this should
be useful on other platforms.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
The STM32 LTDC display controller provides a parallel digital RGB and
signals for horizontal, vertical synchronization, Pixel Clock and Data
Enable as output to interface directly to a variety of LCD and TFT panels.
The LTDC main features are:
- 24-bit RGB Parallel Pixel Output, Programmable timings & polarity for
HSync, VSync and Data Enable.
- 2 layers with Blending, Color Keying, Window position & size,
Dithering, Background color, Color Look-Up Table (CLUT).
- Supported layer color formats: ARGB8888, RGB888, RGB565, ARGB1555,
ARGB4444, L8 CLUT, AL44 & AL88
This LTDC driver:
- supports: RGB parallel output with timings & polarity, 1 layer
in RGB565.
- supports but with hard-coded configurations: blending, window
position & size (crop), background color.
- does not support yet: rgb888, argb8888, 8-bit clut, dithering.
This LTDC driver is compatible with all stm32 platforms with the
LTDC IP and has been tested on stm32 f746-disco board.
Signed-off-by: Philippe CORNU <philippe.cornu@st.com>
Add a driver for GPIO backlights.
It understands the standard device tree binding.
It can be used with simple-panel when PWM is not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add a config to select individually the driver for PWM backlights.
Manage "depends on" to be backyard compatible.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
After a successful read of a UBI volume, the variable filesize is set
to the number of read bytes. To boot linux with a raw initramfs/initrd,
you must specify the exact size of the initramfs/initrd image in boot
command. If the initramfs/inird is read from UBI volume, $filesize is
required to access the number of read bytes.
Example:
ubi read ${loadaddr} kernelvol
ubi read ${fdtaddr} dtbvol
ubi read ${initrd_addr} initrdvol
bootz ${loadaddr} ${initrd_addr}:${filesize} ${fdt_addr}
Signed-off-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This allows to scan the DT including all "clocks" node's sub-nodes
in which fixed-clock are defined.
All fixed-clock should be defined inside a clocks node which collect all
external oscillators. Until now, all clocks sub-nodes can't be binded except
if the "simple-bus" compatible string is added which is a hack.
Update test.dts by moving clk_fixed node inside clocks.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently, all fixed-clock declared in "clocks" node in device tree
can be binded by clk_fixed_rate.c driver only if each of them have
the "simple-bus" compatible string.
This constraint has been invoked here [1].
This patch offers a solution to avoid adding "simple-bus" compatible
string to nodes that are not busses.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/558837/
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adjust this code so that it can work with Python 2 and 3.
Fixes: d73fcb1 (moveconfig: Support building a simple config database)
Reported-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a convenience macro to iterate over subnodes of a node. Make use of
this where appropriate in the code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we sometimes see warnings of the form:
/tmp/tmpMA89kB:36: warning: overriding the value of CMD_SPL.
Old value: "y", new value: "y".
This is not very useful as it does not show whch defconfig file it relates
to. Update the tool to show this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We can use printf() to limit the string width. Adjust the code to do this
instead of using strlcpy() which is a bit clumbsy.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert SANDBOX_BITS_PER_LONG to Kconfig and assign it a correct
number depending on which host we are going to build and run.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems most of the time we are building and running sandbox on 64-bit host.
But we do support 32-bit host as well. Introduce Kconfig option for this.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is an overflow problem when taking the size instead of the number
of blocks in blk_create_device(). This results in a wrong device size: the
device apparent size is its real size modulo 4GB.
Using the number of blocks instead of the device size fixes the problem and
is more coherent with the internals of the block layer.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option is an SPL-variant of the I2C_EEPROM option to enable
the driver for generic I2C-attached EEPROMs for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the code to set the ethernet mac address from eeprom by using
the common code from the common folder.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace the code to set the ethernet mac address with the code from
the common folder.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create board/$(VENDOR)/common folder to accommodate the common code
shared by other atmel boards, now put the code to set ethernet mac
address from eeprom, which uses the i2c eeprom driver.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for selecting proper dtb for
am57xx BeagleBoard X15 revC u-boot from FIT
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
AM571x supports DDR running at 666MHz. Right now it is
clocked at 532MHz which is lower than what is supported.
In order to have maximum performance on AM571-IDK,
switch DDR to 666MHz.
Signed-off-by: Steve Kipisz <s-kipisz2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for selecting proper dtb for
dra76x u-boot from FIT.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Separate out u-boot specific compatibles from dts files.
This will help in syncing dts files in future.
Also these will get deleted eventually once respective drivers
are capable of handling Linux dts files.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
dra76-evm has the ddr parts connectedi running at 666MHz:
EMIF1: MT41K512M16HA-125 AIT:A x 2
EMIF2: MT41K512M8RH-125-AAT:E x 4
Add support for configuring the above DDR parts.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
dra76-evm uses lp8736 and tps65917 pmic for powering on
various peripherals. Add data for these pmics and register
for dra76-evm.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The dra76-evm is a board based on TI's DRA76 processor
Add eeprom support
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
dra76 family is a high-performance, infotainment application
device, based on OMAP architecture on a 28-nm technology.
This contains most of the subsystems, peripherals that are
available on dra74, dra72 family. This SoC mainly features
Subsystems:
- 2 x Cortex-A15 with max speed of 1.8GHz
- 2 X DSP
- 2 X Cortex-M4 IPU
- ISS
- CAL
- DSS
- VPE
- VIP
Connectivity peripherals:
- 1 USB3.0 and 3 USB2.0 subsystems
- 1 x SATA
- 2 x PCI Express Gen2
- 3-port Gigabit ethernet switch
- 2 x CAN
- MCAN
Adding CPU detection support for the dra76 ES1.0 soc
and update prcm, control module, dplls data.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
LP87565 is present on dra76-evm. Select it for
TARGET_DRA7XX_EVM.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It is not necessary that ldo1 is used to power on mmc.
So, add support for passing ldo registers for powering on mmc.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
It is not necessary all omap5+ based uses the same PMIC
to poweron mmc. So add support for enabling mmc based on board.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CCN-504 HPF registers were believed to be accessible only from EL3.
However, recent tests proved otherwise. Remove checking for exception
level to re-enable L3 cache flushing for all levels.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Zhao Qiang <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
The pcie config space of ls1088a is different from ls2080a.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
In case high region memory doesn't have enough space for Management
Complex (MC), the return value should indicate a failure so the
caller can handle it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reported-by: Ebony Zhu <ebony.zhu@nxp.com>
Rx Compliance tests may fail intermittently at high
jitter frequencies using default register values
Program register USB_PHY_RX_OVRD_IN_HI in certain sequence
to make the Rx compliance test pass.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Low Frequency Periodic Singaling (LFPS) Peak-to-Peak Differential
Output Voltage Test Compliance fails using default transmitter settings
Change config of transmitter signal swings by setting register
PCSTXSWINGFULL to 0x47 to pass compliance tests.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The default setting for USB High Speed Squelch Threshold results
in a threshold close to or lower than 100mV. This leads to Receive
Compliance test failure for a 100mV threshold.
Shift the threshold from ~100mV towards ~130mV by setting SQRXTUNE
to 0x0 to pass USB High Speed Receiver Sensitivity Compliance test.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
USB High Speed (HS) EYE Height Adjustment
USB HS speed eye diagram fails with the default value at
many corners, particularly at a high temperature
Optimal eye at TXREFTUNE value to 0x9 is observed, change
set the same value.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Rx Compliance tests may fail intermittently at high
jitter frequencies using default register values.
Program register USB_PHY_RX_OVRD_IN_HI in certain sequence
to make the Rx compliance test pass.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Low Frequency Periodic Signaling(LFPS) Peak-to-Peak Differential
Output Voltage Test Compliance fails using default transmitter
settings
Change config of transmitter signal swings by setting register
PCSTXSWINGFULL to 0x47 to pass compliance tests.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The default setting for USB High Speed Squelch Threshold results
in a threshold close to or lower than 100mV. This leads to Receiver
Compliance test failure for a 100mV threshold.
Shift the threshold from ~100mV towards ~130mV by setting SQRXTUNE
to 0x0 to pass USB High Speed Receiver Sensitivity Compliance test.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
USB High Speed (HS) EYE Height Adjustment
USB HS speed eye diagram fails with the default value at
many corners, particularly at a high temperature
Optimal eye at TXREFTUNE value to 0x9 is observed, change
set the same value.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch adds support for RGMII protocol
NXP's LDPAA2 support RGMII protocol. LS1088A is the
first Soc supporting both RGMII and SGMII.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Amrita Kumari <amrita.kumari@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch add support of LS1088AQDS platform.
The LS1088A QorIQTM Development System (QDS) is a high-performance
computing, evaluation, and development platform that supports the
LS1088A QorIQ Architecture processor.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
LS1088A is an ARMv8 implementation. The LS1088ARDB is an evaluatoin
platform that supports the LS1088A family SoCs. This patch add basic
support of the platform.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghav Dogra <raghav.dogra@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@nxp.com>
[YS: Disabled NAND in board header file]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
WIP: disable NAND for LS1088ARDB
For QSPI and IFC addresses execution shouldn't be allowed
when u-boot running from DDR. Revise the MMU final table
to enforce execute-never bits.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
According current code base, CONFIG_LS1012A should be
CONFIG_ARCH_LS1012A, or function fsl_fdt_disable(blob) will be
wrongly called to disable all dwc3 USB nodes on LS1012A, which
cause Linux USB function stop working at all.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Update MC address calculation as per MC design requirement of address
as least significant 512MB address of MC private allocated memory,
i.e. address should point to end address masked with 512MB offset in
private DRAM block.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <ashish.kumar@nxp.com>
[YS: reformatted commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
LS2080 family has CCN-504 cache coherent interconnet. Other SoCs
in LSCH3 family may have differnt interconnect.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
[YS: revised commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
If CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT is enabled, boot OS if kernel image is found
in FIT structure.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SPL supports U-Boot image in FIT format which has data outside of
FIT structure. This adds support for embedded data for normal FIT
images.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add Kconfig option SPL_GZIP and SPL_ZLIB to enable gunzip support for
SPL boot, eg. falcon boot compressed kernel image.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adds header address for PPA to be validated during ESBC phase for
ARCH_LS2088 and QSPI_BOOT. Moves sec_init prior to ppa_init(). It
must be initialized before the PPA.
Signed-off-by: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
[YS: revised commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Unify memory map for Layerscape based platforms. This patch includes
changes in bootscript, bootscript header and PPA header addresses
change as per unified memory map.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
QE_IRAM_READY should be set only after successfully uploading the
firmware.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Qiang <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) provides full cache
coherency between two clusters of multi-core CPUs and I/O coherency
for devices and I/O masters.
This patch add new config option SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400 and moves
existing register space definaton of CCI-400 bus to fsl_immap to be
shared. CONFIG_SYS_CCI400_ADDR is replaced with SYS_CCI400_OFFSET
in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
[YS: revised commit message, squashed patches for armv8 and armv7]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
MX6Q/QP IPU operates at 264MHz and MX6DL IPU at 198MHz.
When running a SPL target, which supports multiple MX6 variants we cannot
properly setup the IPU clock frequency via CONFIG_IPUV3_CLK option as
such decision is done in build-time currently.
Remove the CONFIG_IPUV3_CLK option and let the IPU clock frequency be
configured in run-time on mx6.
Reported-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
[agust: fixed #endif in cgtqmx6eval.h]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
At present the IDE device number is initialized to -1, which means
we cannot type "ide read" command before setting the device number
via "ide device #".
For convenience, let's set the first device as the default one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When there is no CDROM inserted, the block size is zero hence there
is no need to create a BLK device for it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the IDE driver to driver model so that block read and
write are fully functional.
Fixes: b7c6baef ("x86: Convert MMC to driver model")
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
So far these are using magic numbers. Replace them with macros.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The underlying implementation for ENV_AES has security complications and
is not recommended for use. Please see CVE-2017-3225 and CVE-2017-3226
for more details. Mark this as deprecated now and delete this in the
medium term if no one comes forward to re-work the support.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A number of the config options for USB networking have been migrated to
Kconfig. Update README.usb to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
This migrates ASIX, ASIX88179, MCS7830, RTL8152 and SMSC95XX to Kconfig.
Update defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_USB_HOST_ETHER is the framework that the drivers are dependent on
USB_HOST_ETHER. Use this as a menu and move the existing LAN75XX and
LAN78XX options under new menu. Finally update the defconfigs that need
CONFIG_USB_HOST_ETHER.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Disable CONFIG_ARCH_FIXUP_FDT_MEMORY to prevent U-Boot from modifying
the memory {} nodes in the DT passed to the Linux kernel. The R8A779x
DT contains multiple memory {} nodes, while U-Boot only modifies the
first one and stuffs all the memory entries into it, which is wrong.
Disabling CONFIG_ARCH_FIXUP_FDT_MEMORY is the least intrusive way to
fix the issue this close to the release, while the real fix is to
extend the fdt_fixup_memory_banks() to handle multiple memory nodes
in DT.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
On RCar M3 and on RCar H3 newer than and not including ES1.0, the SD clock
must be divided by 4 rather than 2 because a hardware workaround present
only in the H3 ES1.0 has been removed from these chips. U-Boot currently
only supports M3 and H3 ES 2.0 and newer, so configure the SD pre-divider
to 4 to prevent SD instability.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
In the general case, CONFIG_NFS_READ_SIZE is unchanged from the default
of 1024. There are in fact no in-tree users that increase this size.
Adjust the comment to reflect what could be done in the future in
conjunction with CONFIG_IP_DEFRAG.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The old logic always enabled the TX-delay when the phy-mode was set to
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII. With this patch we enable the TX delay for
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_ID and PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_TXID and
disable it for PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII.
Based on a similar change made in the Linux Realtek PHY driver
by Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The inline documentation of vsprintf mentions a parameter size
which does not exist in the function declaration.
int vsprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list args);
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This reverts commit 25877d4e4c.
This is a workaround for Raspberry Pi boot failures seen when passing on
the device tree provided by the Raspberry Pi firmware at boot. Without
CONFIG_OF_EMBED, we just get stuck at "Starting kernel ..." when we try
to boot Linux with this device tree.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <pbarker@toganlabs.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some files are generated during libfdt build. Ignore them.
This was wrongly put in the .gitignore in the root directory before.
Now let's remove entries there and put them in the right place.
Fixes: 34e2c285 ("gitignore: add intermediates from libfdt build")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This was broken by the recent environment refactoring. Specifically:
$ make environ
scripts/Makefile.build:59: tools/environ/Makefile: No such file or directory
make[1]: *** No rule to make target 'tools/environ/Makefile'. Stop.
make: *** [Makefile:1469: environ] Error 2
Fix this by updating the Makefile and adjusting the #include filesnames in
two C files.
Fixes: ec74f5f (Makefile: Rename 'env' target to 'environ')
Reported-by: Måns Rullgård <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit 842778a091 ("usb: gadget: g_dnl: only set iSerialNumber
if we have a serial#") "fastboot devices" stopped to show correct device
serial number for TI boards, showing this line instead:
???????????? fastboot
This is because serial# env variable could be set after g_dnl gadget was
initialized (e.g. by using env_set() in the board file).
To fix this, let's update internal serial number variable (g_dnl_serial)
when "serial#" env var is changed.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <felipe.balbi@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
With the move of environment code from common/ to env/ a number of
changes needed to be made to various make targets. We missed updating
some of the files required for out of tree builds of the tools. Correct
the 'environ' target to know that we need to work under tools/env/ still
(not tools/environ/) and then update the wrappers in env_attr.c and
env_flags.c to point to the new correct file.
Reported-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The hw can read up to 32 bytes at a time. If we need
more than one chunk, we have to enter the plain RX mode.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
When I originally added this driver, I did some careless (and in
retrospect: mindless) copy & paste for the U_BOOT_DRIVER structure
skeletion... unfortunately, the 'arc_timer' string was committed
and slipped through all reviews.
This fixes the U_BOOT_DRIVER name to read 'rockchip_rk3368_timer'
(as originally intended).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reported-by: Artturi Alm <artturi.alm@gmail.com>
Sometimes it's helpful to know the reset reason caused in the SoC.
Add reset reason detection for the RK3288 SoC.
This will set an environment variable which represents the reset reason.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The IPSR18 register bits were missing from the R8A7795 ES2.0+ PFC
tables, which triggered a BUG() in sh_pfc driver. This is because
of an out-of-bounds access to the pinmux_gpios[] array in the PFC
tables, which was too short due to the missing IPSR18 bits.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The configuration option name is the later, so replace usage of
CONFIG_RAVB in board files with CONFIG_RENESAS_RAVB , otherwise
the RAVB pinmux is not set and ethernet does not work.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Before reading entire FIT image, add sanity check by testing image
header against FDT_MAGIC. This should help avoid problems in situations
where FIT is not yet available from storage device, for example when
performing initial programming of device.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Boards can skip display interface init using board_video_skip().
If display interface was not initialized (e.g. no ipuv3 framebuffer
registered or IPU clock disabled), booting Linux stops due to the
crash in IPU shutdown function, when accessing IPU registers.
Check IPU clock and skip shutdown if clock is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
When enabling CONFIG_CMD_BLOB and/or CONFIG_CMD_DEKBLOB, the build fails
with a linker error:
...
LD u-boot
arch/arm/mach-imx/built-in.o: In function `blob_encap_dek':
/home/clemens/dev/u-boot/arch/arm/mach-imx/cmd_dek.c:46: undefined
reference to `blob_dek'
This is due to an error in the Makefile, resulting in obj-yy/obj-yn/..
and fsl_blob.o is therefore not linked.
Fix it by splitting it up into two obj-y lines.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Gruber <clemens.gruber@pqgruber.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Add some documentation for the live device tree support in U-Boot. This
was missing from the initial series.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Since ee95d10 (fdt: Build the new python libfdt module), a number of
additional files are auto-generated/installed into the tools directory.
List these in .gitignore to suppress having them listed as untracked.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
References: ee95d10 (fdt: Build the new python libfdt module)
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit brings things back to the well known working state of the
command.
-
With commit 9620d87259
(cmd/fdt: support single value replacement within an array)
there was an error introduced modifying (inserting) a property to a
device-tree node.
fdt_getprop(...) returnes a len with -1 for a non-existing property, but
a memcpy with len -1 isn't a good idea and things went wrong (crash).
-
Some times later Tom did repair this
with commit 99bb38e2cc
(fdt: Check for NULL return from fdt_getprop in 'fdt set')
This repairs the crash but the behaviour of the command isn't like
before, it makes it impossible to insert a property.
-
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The CONFIG_BLK conversion involves quite invasive changes in the U-Boot
code, with #ifdefs and different code paths. We should try to move over to
this soon so we can drop the old code.
Set a deadline of 9 months for this work, rounded up to the next release.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This should not be printed by default. Prefix it with $(Q).
Fixes ee95d10b: ("fdt: Build the new python libfdt module")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since commit 3809e302 "Makefile: honor PYTHON configuration properly",
the build commands of libfdt are printed while previously were not.
This adds the missing '--quiet' back.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- Pass MTDPARTS kernel arguments to kernel
- Use Kconfig CONFIG_NAND instead of CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS="NAND"
- Call 'usb_stop' on kernel start
- Update Falcon mode setup to match other OMAP3 boards
- Use "uEnv.txt" as boot script instead of "boot.scr"
"lbas" with type "u16" (16 bits, unsigned) is promoted in
"lbas << ns->lba_shift" to type "int" (32 bits, signed), then
sign-extended to type "unsigned long long" (64 bits, unsigned).
If "lbas << ns->lba_shift" is greater than 0x7FFFFFFF, the upper
bits of the result will all be 1.
Fix it by casting "lbas" to "u32".
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 166730)
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
memset() was given a sizeof(NVME_Q_NUM * sizeof(struct nvme_queue *)
to clear, which is wrong.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 166729)
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
According to fsync specification [1] some special files (e.g., a pipe, FIFO,
or socket) don't support synchronization and return either EROFS or EINVAL.
On the linux side the sys_fsync -> do_fsync() checks if the requested file
has f_op->fsync defined. If not it returns EINVAL [2].
This commit prevents writing error messages for files (devices), which
do not support fsync().
[1] - http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/fsync.2.html
[2] - http://elixir.free-electrons.com/linux/v4.13-rc6/source/fs/sync.c#L183
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Acked-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Commit 4ecc988301 assumes fls is in libc
if __BSD_VISIBLE is defined. This appears to only be true on FreeBSD
and DragonFlyBSD. OpenBSD defines __BSD_VISIBLE and does not have fls
in strings.h/libc.
Switch the test for __BSD_VISIBLE to one for __DragonFly__ and
__FreeBSD__ to unbreak the build on OpenBSD.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
This commit removes definitions of CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE defined to be
equal to CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE in numerous configuration files.
We remove such definitions in two situations:
- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE is otherwise not defined in the board
configuration file, which means the default value of
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE == 256 applies. In this case, the default value
of CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE == 512 (common/image.c) is suitable, as it is
larger.
- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE is defined in the board configuration file, but
to a value equal or less than 512. In this case, the default value
of CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE == 512 (common.image.c) is suitable, as it
is equal or larger.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE is already defined to 512 in common/image.c when
not defined. Therefore, there is no point in having board
configuration files define it to 512.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that include/config_fallbacks.h define a sane fallback for
CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS, we can drop the definition of this constant in all
configurations that were using the default value.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS contains the maximum number of arguments accepted
by U-Boot commands. Since the vast majority of the platforms define it
to 16, it makes sense to have a default definition to 16, which will
allow to remove this definition from a significant number of
platforms.
It will allow to remove the default definition from 216 platform .h
files, leaving only 56 platforms with non-default values (15, 24, 32,
48, 64, 96, 128 or 256).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that the fallback value of CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE in
include/config_fallbacks.h has been adjusted, remove its definition
from a large number of board configuration files.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Most of the platforms are using CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE +
sizeof(CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT) + 16 as their value for CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE,
so let's adopt this for the fallback value of CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE.
This will allow us to drop an explicit definition of CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE
from a large number of platforms.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that include/config_fallbacks.h define a sane fallback for
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE, we can drop the definition of this constant in all
configurations that were using the default value.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[trini: Drop <config.h> from stih410-b2260.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE contains the buffer size for input for the
console. The vast majority of platforms define them to some reasonable
value (256, 512 or 1024 bytes), and it is quite annoying to repeat
this definition for all platforms while it isn't really HW-related.
Therefore, let's provide a sane fallback value in config_fallbacks.h,
so that platforms can rely on it instead of having to explicitly
define it.
We use 1024 when KGDB is enabled, and 256 otherwise, which is what the
majority of the platforms are doing.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current code checks that no partitions overlap with the GPT partition
table using the offset of the first LBA usable for that partition.
This works fine, unless you have a partition entry that is further away
than it usually is and you want to create partitions in the gap between the
GPT header and the GPT partition entries, for example to reflash a
bootloader that needs to be set there.
Rework the test to something a bit smarter that checks whether a partition
would overlap with either the GPT header or the partition entries, no
matter where it is on the disk.
Partitions that do not have a start LBA specified will still start at the
first LBA usable set in the GPT header, to avoid weird behaviours.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The gpt_fill_pte will need to access the device block size. Let's pass the
device descriptor as an argument.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The start variable is only used inside a loop, and is never affected inside
it, so it's a purely local variable.
In the same way the partition size is accessed several times, so we can
store it in a variable.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add the following options to drivers/misc/Kconfig:
SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR
SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS
SYS_EEPROM_SIZE
SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS
SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS
SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN
SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW
This does not migrate any boards, but provides a foundations for
those who want/need these options
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Migrate uniphier]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Without ethernet cable plugged, "ip=dhcp" leads to a complete hangup in
Linux booting and the system does not boot into userland at all. Since
its not required to have an active network connection on these board,
lets remove this statement from the default environment.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It was noticed a few times, that the reboot from Linux (reboot command)
is different from the reboot (reset command) under U-Boot. The U-Boot
version does seem to reset the board more deeply (PCI cards etc) than
the Linux reboot.
This is actually caused by missing full reset bit in the reset register
value in the ACPI FADT table.
Reported-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The atomic preop register can only be written when SPI settings are
not locked, otherwise it's read-only.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In ich_spi_xfer() when the driver presets control fields, control
variable gets assigned twice. Apparently only the last assignment
takes effect. Remove the other one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Manually enable SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_LOCATIONS.
Set CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS=0x80000 and remove it from header
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUS_MAX
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Fix AM43XX drop AM44XX]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For consistency with other platforms and in preparation of Kconfig
migration, let's change Several TI platforms that use I2C_BUS_MAX
to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUS_MAX
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
- Move ANDROID_IMAGE_SUPPORT to top level Kconfig under images as it's
not strictly part of fastboot.
- Add some defaults for the fastboot buffer location and size
- Migrate all options listed in cmd/fastboot/Kconfig
- Cleanup the README
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This syncs all of the currently Kconfig'd symbols out of the headers and
into the defconfig files. This has two exceptions, first am335x_evm
needs to be converted to DM in SPL and then it can stop undef'ing
CONFIG_DM_USB. Leaving this as-is results in a build failure, and
without work, run time failure. The other case is am43xx_evm.h and in
turn am43xx_evm_usbhost_boot. The problem here is that we need DWC3 USB
host mode in SPL, but still desire to have gadget mode in U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This reverts commit 1d20170467, reversing
changes made to 6aee2ab68c.
The mxc_ipuv3_fb.c changes introduce build failures on some targets.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
SUNXI_GMAC was still used to configure the code where as the
same has been renamed and moved to Kconfig in below commit
"sunxi: Move SUNXI_GMAC to Kconfig"
(sha1: 4d43d065db)
Signed-off-by: Dave Prue <dave@prue.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
[Tweek commit message, config_whitelist.txt, build-whitelist.sh]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
When enabling the new mmc timing mode, we inadvertently clear all the
remaining bits in the new timing mode register. The bits cleared
include a default phase delay on the output clock. The BSP kernel
states that the default values are supposed to be used. Clearing them
results in decreased performance or transfer errors on some boards.
Fixes: de9b1771c3 ("mmc: sunxi: Support new mode")
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Memory dt node update introduced by spl_fixup_fdt() in below
commit was making DDR configuration in-appropriate
to boot falcon mode. Hence added dram_init_banksize for
explicit assignment of proper base and size of DDR.
"boot: fdt: Perform arch_fixup_fdt() on the given device tree for falcon boot"
(sha1: 6e7585bb64)
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The NXP i.MX 6UL and 6ULL do not support SATA and have no SATA
boot mode, hence remove it from the boot device detecion. This
fixes a build error introduced with 3bd1642d4d ("imx: fix USB
boot mode detection for i.MX 6UL and 6ULL")
Fixes: 3bd1642d4d ("imx: fix USB boot mode detection for i.MX 6UL and 6ULL")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
U-boots spi-nor support is currently considered a work in progress. For
now to avoid issues it is necessary to add a "spi-flash" compatible
string. Eventually the "jedec,spi-nor" will be sufficient when the core
U-boot code is updated to support it.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now the entry to the NAND driver init can be is controlled by DT;
it should not hurt to compile the driver all the time.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This imply was added when the option was moved by the moveconfig tool,
but the intention is not clear. Move it to defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This is now set up by the pinctrl driver when the NAND driver is
probed. Remove the legacy code.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
CONFIG_NAND_DENALI select's CONFIG_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT, so the
NAND initialization process is driven by the driver itself.
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_MAX_CHIPS and CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BASE are unused.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The new SoC PXs3 changed the address of PLL, but still uses the
same PLL name. We can not define SC_*PLLCTRL in the common header.
Move them to per-SoC .c file. Also, fix some PLL comments.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The #include <common.h> was added for mdelay(). Later, the declaration
of mdelay was moved to <linux/delay.h> by commit 5bc516ed66 ("delay:
collect {m, n, u}delay declarations to include/linux/delay.h").
There is no need to include <common.h> now.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
A patch for NAND uclass support was proposed about half a year ago:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/722282/
It was not merged and I do not see on-going work for this.
Without DM-based probing, we need to set up pinctrl etc. in an ad-hoc
way and give lots of crappy CONFIG options for base addresses and
properties, which are supposed to be specified by DT. This is painful.
This commit just provides a probe hook to retrieve "reg" from DT and
allocate private data in a DM manner. This DT driver is not essentially
a NAND driver, in fact it is (ab)using UCLASS_MISC. Once UCLASS_NAND is
supported, it would be possible to migrate to it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Linux supports platform_get_resource_byname() to look up a resource
by name.
We want a similar helper. It is useful when a device node has named
register regions.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Boards can skip display interface init using board_video_skip().
If display interface was not initialized (e.g. no ipuv3 framebuffer
registered or IPU clock disabled), booting Linux stops due to the
crash in IPU shutdown function, when accessing IPU registers.
Check IPU clock and skip shutdown if clock is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
U-Boot proper is using DM_MMC so, enable CONFIG_BLK otherwise
find_mmc_device failed to detect MMC device.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The soc_boot_modes array is only used by bmode command
and not needed in SPL. Don't include it into SPL.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The GPT timer was already initialised in board_init_f() as
it is needed in dram init. Do not repeat timer init in
board_init_r().
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
There is no need to clear the control register 100 times in a
loop, a single zero write clears the register. I didn't find any
justification why clearing this register in a loop is needed
(no info in i.MX6 errata or GPT timer linux driver, linux driver
uses single write to clear this control register).
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
In case of 2 banks, the address space of the first CS must be defined
and not let to the higher value.
Add support for SOM with a single bank of RAM. It was tested with i.MX6Q
modules in the following configurations:
- 2 Banks, 4 GB
- 2 Banks, 1 GB
- 1 Bank, 1 GB
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Before reading entire FIT image, add sanity check by testing image
header against FDT_MAGIC. This should help avoid problems in situations
where FIT is not yet available from storage device, for example when
performing initial programming of device.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
We see the choice of USB_DWC3_HOST / _GADGET in drivers/usb/dwc3/Kconfig,
but we can not choose USB_DWC3_HOST unless USB_GADGET is defined.
This is strange.
Loosen the "depends on" and also move "select USB_GADGET_DUALSPEED" to
the correct place.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The driver-model rework changed, among other things, the way the private
data were moved around. It now uses the private field in the struct mmc.
However, the mmc_create argument was changed in the process to always pass
the array we used to have to store our private structures.
The basically means that all the MMC driver instances will now have the
private data of the first instance, which obviously doesn't work very well.
Pass the proper pointer to mmc_create.
Fixes: 034e226bc7 ("dm: mmc: sunxi: Pass private data around explicitly")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Almost all of the newer Allwinner SoCs have a new operating mode for the
eMMC clocks that needs to be enabled in both the clock and the MMC
controller.
Details about that mode are sparse, and the name itself (new mode vs old
mode) doesn't give much details, but it seems that the it changes the
sampling of the MMC clock. One side effect is also that it divides the
parent clock rate by 2.
Add support for it through a Kconfig option.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Before commit 26d6119 (fdt: Move fdt_fixup_ethernet to a common place)
the fdt_fixup_ethernet(...) was called during do_bootvx_fdt(...).
Afterwards the only (common) place for this fixup is during
image_setup_libfdt(...) and this is only called, at least on ARM
platform, from image_setup_linux(...).
All this ends up in the fact, that the fdt_fixup_ethernet(...) is only
called on booting a linux image and not on booting a vxWorks image.
We fix this with adding the fdt_fixup_ethernet(...) call again to
do_bootvx_fdt(...)
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The silent environment callback function does not update the silent
flag during silent env set or unset. That is because of duplicated
CONFIG keyword at preprocessor condition in silent environment
callback function and cause silent env callback unable to work.
This patch is to remove the duplicated CONFIG keywork in silent
environment callback function.
Signed-off-by: Wilson Lee <wilson.lee@ni.com>
Cc: Keng Soon Cheah <keng.soon.cheah@ni.com>
Cc: Chen Yee Chew <chen.yee.chew@ni.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
At present the NVMe uclass driver uses a global variable nvme_info
to store global information like namespace id, and NVMe controller
driver's priv struct has a blk_dev_start that is used to calculate
the namespace id based on the global information from nvme_info.
This is not a good design in the DM world and can be replaced with
the following changes:
- Encode the namespace id in the NVMe block device name during
the NVMe uclass post probe
- Extract the namespace id from the device name during the NVMe
block device probe
- Let BLK uclass calculate the devnum for us by passing -1 to
blk_create_devicef() as the devnum
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
So far cache operations are only applied on the submission queue and
completion queue, but they are missing in other places like identify
and block read/write routines.
In order to correctly operate on the caches, the DMA buffer passed
to identify routine must be allocated properly on the stack with the
existing macro ALLOC_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The NVMe block read and write routines are almost the same except
the command opcode. Let's consolidate them to avoid duplication.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
NVMe driver only uses two queues. The first one is allocated to do
admin stuff, while the second one is for IO stuff. So far the driver
uses magic number (0/1) to access them. Change to use macros.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
So far the driver unconditionally delays 10ms when en/disabling the
controller and still return 0 if 10ms times out. In fact, spec defines
a timeout value in the CAP register that is the worst case time that
host software shall wait for the controller to become ready.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Capabilities register is RO and accessed at various places in the
driver. Let's cache it in the controller driver's priv struct.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
So far this is not causing any issue due to NVMe and x86 are using
the same endianness, but for correctness, it should be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
ndev->queues is a pointer to pointer, but the allocation wrongly
requests sizeof(struct nvme_queue). Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The codes currently try to read PCI vendor id of the NVMe block
device by dm_pci_read_config16() with its parameter set as its
root complex controller (ndev->pdev) instead of itself. This is
seriously wrong. We can read the vendor id by passing the correct
udevice parameter to the dm_pci_read_config16() API, however there
is a shortcut by reading the cached vendor id from the PCI device's
struct pci_child_platdata.
While we are here fixing this bug, apparently the quirk stuff handle
codes in nvme_get_info_from_identify() never takes effect since its
logic has never been true at all. Remove these codes completely.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since the gpr_init() function is common for boards using MX6S, MX6DL, MX6D,
MX6Q and MX6QP processors move it to the soc.c file.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
While it is true that we no longer have 'ppcenv' and similar sections,
including env/embedded.o at all results in the text/etc sections being
available for the rest of the link. This in turn is required for the
setup used on ms7722se. This also, likely, needs further fine-tuning.
Fixes: f40ad66fa0 ("arch/sh: don't bring common/env_embedded.o into the link")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to be able to reliably use fdt_totalsize, we must have
<libfdt.h> included.
Fixes: 767cb74a00 ("cmd: spl: provide address and size of prepared FDT ...")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When reworking this code to fix other issues found by Coverity, I forgot
to ensure tmp_ep was always cleared before use.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 166612)
Fixes: bc028345ac ("mtdparts: Fix final outstanding issue reported by Coverity")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When using ISO partitions with a DMA enabled block device driver
reading the ISO partition leads to unaligned DMA operations:
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [bffb7da8, bffb85a8]
Align the buffer to make sure we pass a buffer which works for
DMA operations.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If the kernel is configured to be built with debug symbols, or
has bug tables, comparing files may not work if line numbers
change. This makes comparing object files with these options
harder to do. Let's strip out the debug info and drop the
__bug_table here so that we don't see false positives. There may
be other things to drop later, and it may be architecture
specific, but this works for me with my ARM64 build.
[ Import Linux commit: 65ba6fa439e7c3cbf97de9dce9e7a3390ae2638c ]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <stephen.boyd@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jason Cooper <jason@lakedaemon.net>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
While &p_jdb[fs->blksz] is a valid expression (it points *one* char
sized element past the end of the array, e.g. &p_jdb[fs->blksz + 1] is
invalid (according to the C standard (C99/C11)).
Changing this to tag = (struct ext3_journal_block_tag *)(p_jdb + ofs);
Cc: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Suggested-by: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 165117, 165110)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
As part of fixing the previously reported issues, it was missed that in
the case of mtdparts_init() we need to make sure that tmp_ep is long
enough to contain PARTITION_MAXLEN and a NULL termination. Then, to be
sure the buffer is NULL terminated, zero the entire buffer rather than
just ensuring the first character is NULL.
Cc: Lothar Waßmann <LW@KARO-electronics.de>
Cc: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 166329)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Writing prepared FDT to persistent storage should be possible in
scripts. Create environment variables containing address and size
of the updated FDT. Scripts can use these variables after running
'spl export fdt ...' command to write the new blob to persistent
storage.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Update igep00x0 code with the following features:
- Add board and revision detection for the boards:
- IGEP0020-RF
- IGEP0020-RC
- IGEP0030-RG
- IGEP0030-RE
- Merge IGEP0020 and IGEP0030 mux tables
- Add suport to use GPIO_126, GPIO_127 and GPIO_129
- board_name and board_rev environment variables display board and
revision informations
- Move dtb name selection from code to boot script
Signed-off-by: Pau Pajuelo <ppajuel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ladislav Michl <ladis@linux-mips.org>
Tested-by: Pau Pajuelo <ppajuel@gmail.com>
Avoid cluttering board file with CONFIG_SPL_BUILD ifdefs
by moving SPL related functions into separate file.
Signed-off-by: Ladislav Michl <ladis@linux-mips.org>
Tested-by: Pau Pajuelo <ppajuel@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <enric.balletbo@collabora.com>
kASLR support in kernel requires a random number to be passed via
chosen/kaslr-seed propert. sec_firmware generates this random seed
which can then be passed in the device tree node.
sec_firmware reserves JR3 for it's own usage. Node for JR3 is
removed from device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@nxp.com>
do_switch_ecc() calls fsmc_nand_switch_ecc(), which is a direct
function call into drivers/mtd/nand/fsmc_nand.c. However, this
function is not guarded by CONFIG_NAND_FSMC, which results to a build
failure if CONFIG_NAND_FSMC is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
The code in board/spear/common/ is not board-specific but
SoC-specific. Therefore, boards from other vendors than "spear" may
want to re-use this code, which is currently difficult with the code
being placed in board/spear/common/.
Since this code really is SoC-specific, this commit moves it to
arch/arm/cpu/arm926ejs/spear/, with the rest of the SPEAr related
code.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
The function interrupt_init_cpu() is given an int return type but does
not return anything but 0. Rework this to be a void function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The overflow calculation was incorrect. Adding the start block of the
partition is not needed because the sectors are already relative to the
beginning of the partition. If you attempted to write a file smaller
than cur_part_info.start blocks on a full partition the old calculation
fails to catch the overflow. This would cause an infinite loop in the
determine_fatent function.
Old, incorrect calculation:
ending sector of new file = start sector + file size (in sectors)
last sector = partition start + total sectors on the partition
Adding the partition start block number is not needed because sectors
are already relative to the start of the partition.
New calculation:
ending sector of new file = start sector + file size (in sectors)
last sector = total sectors on the partition
Signed-off-by: Reno Farnesi <nfarnesi4@gmail.com>
This re-syncs AM33xx DTS file with current file from
Linux v4.13-rc4 to ensure a consistent configuration. Upstream
Linux removed the redundant Interrupt-parent property from mmc,
mac, lcdc and tscadc sub nodes.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is currently disabled, so USB keyboards are not detected in U-Boot.
Enable this option to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Paul Barker <pbarker@toganlabs.com>
The linker script for SuperH brings the .ppcenv and .ppcenvr section
of common/env_embedded.o into the .text section. However, the .ppcenv
section is only ever filled in by env_embedded.o when
CONFIG_SYS_USE_PPCENV is defined, but no platforms in mainline U-Boot
use this.
In addition, common/env_embedded.o is not always built (when you use
CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE for example), which causes the following build
failure:
Fixes:
LD u-boot
/home/thomas/sh4aeb-linux-musl/bin/sh4aeb-linux-ld.bfd: cannot find common/env_embedded.o
We fix this by no longer adding the .ppcenv and .ppcenvr sections from
common/env_embedded.o into the .text section.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The SuperH architecture allows to be run in either little or big
endian mode. Some SuperH SoCs get the little vs. big endian decision
through mode pins sampled at reset, so if big endian has been choosen
by HW designers, it cannot be easily changed.
Therefore, it makes sense to allow building U-Boot for SuperH in big
endian mode. To allow this, the only change needed is to adjust the
OUTPUT_FORMAT() in the linker script.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
We need the clock available very early, add the u-boot,dm-pre-reloc
DT property on those nodes, so they come up very in the process.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The R8A7795 and R8A7796 tables use different constants to identify
clock in DT, so split the tables and use the correct constants on
R8A7795. This fixes UART clock misconfiguration on R8A7795.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
i.MX 6 serial downloader is not necessarily booting via UART but can
also boot from USB. In fact only some i.MX chips have serial
downloader support via UART (e.g. 6UL/ULL and Vybrid) but all of
them have serial downloader support via USB. Use the more appropriate
BOOT_DEVICE_BOARD define which is used for ROM provided recovery
mechanisms in general.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Add the reserved boot mode used in the bmode command for i.MX 6UL
and 6ULL as introduced in commit 3fd9579085 ("imx: mx6ull: fix USB
bmode for i.MX 6UL and 6ULL").
Also replace BMODE_UART with BMODE_RESERVED, which is more appropriate.
Commit 96aac843b6 ("imx: Use IMX6_BMODE_* macros instead of numericals")
added macros for boot modes, in the process the reserved boot mode got
named BMODE_UART. We use the reserved boot mode in the bmode command to
let the boot ROM enter serial downloader recovery mode. But this is only
a side effect, the actual boot mode is reserved...
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
To support more input characters (longer stings pasted into the U-Boot
prompt) without dropping, lets selects the recently added UART RX
buffer for these boards.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To support more input characters (longer stings pasted into the U-Boot
prompt) without dropping, lets selects the recently added UART RX
buffer for these boards.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Pasting longer lines into the U-Boot console prompt sometimes leads to
characters missing. One problem here is the small 16-byte FIFO of the
legacy NS16550 UART, e.g. on x86 platforms.
This patch now introduces a Kconfig option to enable RX buffer support
for all DM based serial drivers. With this option enabled, I was
able paste really long lines into the U-Boot console, without any
characters missing.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 6822cf3ec7.
As Bin Meng has tested and pointed out, we don't need the RX interrupt
for the RX buffer support at all. Just reading all available characters
into a buffer is sufficient to solve the problem with the dropped
characters upon long lines pasted into the U-Boot prompt. Since this
RX buffer support can be implemented in a generic way, without any
device specifica (e.g. for the ns16550), I'll post a new patch with
a new serial RX buffer support for DM, which all DM based serial
drivers can use.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Let's imply the 'pci' command to access the de facto interconnect
bus in an x86 system.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Some Intel FSP (like Braswell) does SPI lock-down during the call
to fsp_notify(INIT_PHASE_BOOT). But before SPI lock-down is done,
it's bootloader's responsibility to configure the SPI controller's
opcode registers properly otherwise SPI controller driver doesn't
know how to communicate with the SPI flash device.
This introduces a Kconfig option CONFIG_FSP_LOCKDOWN_SPI for such
FSPs. When it is on, U-Boot will configure the SPI opcode registers
before the lock-down.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present the ICH SPI opcode registers configuration is done in the
ich_spi_remove() routine, a little bit weird but that's how current.
Linux MTD driver works. This changes to move the opcode registers
configuration to a separate routine ich_spi_config_opcode() which
might be called by U-Boot itself as well.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present the ICH SPI controller driver reads the controller lock
status from its register in the probe routine and saves the lock
status to a member of priv. Later the driver uses the cached status
from priv to judge whether the controller setting is locked and do
different setup.
But such logic is only valid when there is only the SPI controller
driver that touches the SPI hardware. In fact the lock status change
can be trigged outside the driver, eg: during the fsp_notify() call
when Intel FSP is used.
This changes the driver to read the lock status every time when an
SPI transfer is initiated instead of reading the cached one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To i.MX7ULP, we need to create two info instances for
iomux0 and iomux1 respectively, otherwise iomuxc0/1 will
share one info instance and use one base, because imx_pinctrl_probe
will use info to store base address and etc. But iomuxc0/1
actually have different base address.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
when using SHARE_MUX_CONF_REG, wrong mask is used for
writing config value, which causes mux value is cleared.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Some files for i.MX do not yet have the SPDX ID to reference the correct
license.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Enable Serial Download Protocol (SDP) in SPL and U-Boot. This is
useful to make use of imx_usb to download the complete U-Boot
(u-boot.img) after SPL has been downloaded. The U-Boot command
sdp allows to enumerate as SDP capable device again, e.g. to
download a Linux kernel and/or U-Boot script.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Use a completely independent USB Product ID for SPL. This allows
to differentiate a SDP running in SPL and SDP running in a U-Boot
which could not read the config block successfully.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Document the U-Boot Serial Download Protocol implementation and
some typical use cases.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add USB serial download protocol support to SPL. If the SoC started
in recovery mode the SPL will immediately switch to SDP and wait for
further downloads/commands from the host side.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add a new command to start USB Serial Download Protocol (SDP)
state machine.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Support U-Boot images in SPL so that u-boot.img files can be
directly downloaded and executed. Furthermore support U-Boot
scripts download and execution in full U-Boot so that custom
recovery actions can be downloaded from the host in a third
step.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add SDP (Serial Downloader Protocol) implementation for U-Boot. The
protocol is used in NXP SoC's boot ROM and allows to download program
images. Beside that, it can also be used to read/write registers and
download complete Device Configuration Data (DCD) sets. This basic
implementation supports downloading images with the imx header format
reading and writing registers.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Move the imximage.h header file to a common location so we can make
use of it from U-Boot too.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add an i2c mux driver providing access to i2c bus segments using a
hardware MUX sitting on a master bus and controlled through gpio pins.
E.G. something like:
---------- ---------- Bus segment 1 - - - - -
| | SCL/SDA | |-------------- | |
| |------------| |
| | | | Bus segment 2 | |
| Linux | GPIO 1..N | MUX |--------------- Devices
| |------------| | | |
| | | | Bus segment M
| | | |---------------| |
---------- ---------- - - - - -
SCL/SDA of the master I2C bus is multiplexed to bus segment 1..M
according to the settings of the GPIO pins 1..N.
Note commit log from kernel
commit 92ed1a76("i2c: Add generic I2C multiplexer using GPIO API")
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com> (i.MX6QP-Sabreauto)
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add i2c driver which can be used on both STM32F7 and STM32H7.
This I2C block supports the following features:
_ Slave and master modes
_ Multimaster capability
_ Standard-mode (up to 100 kHz)
_ Fast-mode (up to 400 kHz)
_ Fast-mode Plus (up to 1 MHz)
_ 7-bit and 10-bit addressing mode
_ Multiple 7-bit slave addresses (2 addresses, 1 with configurable mask)
_ All 7-bit addresses acknowledge mode
_ General call
_ Programmable setup and hold times
_ Easy to use event management
_ Optional clock stretching
_ Software reset
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Otherwise:
drivers/usb/gadget/f_fastboot.c:564:32: warning: format "%lx" expects
argument of type "long unsigned int", but argument 3 has type "unsigned
int" [-Wformat=]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Staticize a few functions and variables which are no longer exposed.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The db-88f6820-amc has four chips with 2Gb density giving a total of 1GB
DRAM. Update the board_topology_map to reflect the correct
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The function blk_dread will return -ENOSYS on failure or on success the
number of blocks read, which must be the number asked to read (otherwise
it failed somewhere). Correct this check.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There is no guarantee that commands are null-terminated in the USB
request buffer, so limit the length of data that is printed.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Tested-by: Steve Rae <steve.rae@raedomain.com>
Fastboot loads an image at CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR, but currently
tells do_bootm() to look for an image at $loadaddr. This breaks if
CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR is different from the current user-set
loadaddr.
Instead, tell do_bootm() to pick up the image where it was laoded.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chubb <peter.chubb@data61.csiro.au>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Steve Rae <steve.rae@raedomain.com>
With the change to the environment code to remove the common init stage
of pointing to the default environment and setting it as valid, combined
with the change to switch gd->env_valid from 0/1/2 to an enum we now
must set env_valid to one of the enum values rather than an int. And in
this case, not only was setting it to an int wrong, it was now the wrong
value. Finally, in the case of ENV_IS_NOWHERE we must still say that
our envionrment is invalid after init for things to continue to
function.
Fixes: 7938822a6b ("env: Drop common init() functions")
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
---
Changes in v3:
- Actually include changes for env/nowhere.c
Since commit 576e3cc700 ("usb: host: xhci-dwc3: Add dual role mode
support from DT"), warning is displayed if dr_mode is not specified.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
- Merge sys_reset data of LD4, Pro4, sLD8 and Pro5
- Merge sys_reset data of LD11 and LD20
- Use primitive UNIPHIER_RESETX() macro because bit assignments for
system reset will be changed for every SoC in the future
- Add NAND and eMMC resets
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This reverts commit 82d075e79f.
Commit 82d075e79f ("ARM: uniphier: fix ROM boot mode for PH1-sLD3")
was a workaround for sLD3. Now the sLD3 SoC support has been removed.
Revert it to allow to simplify the init code.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This reverts commit bcc51c1512.
Commit bcc51c1512 ("ARM: uniphier: move lowlevel debug init code
after page table switch") was intended to support lowlevel debug for
sLD3. Now the sLD3 SoC support has been removed.
Revert it to allow to enable lowlevel debug earlier.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Since commit f0776a5517 ("spl: dm: Kconfig: SPL_CLK depends on
SPL_DM"), the following warning is displayed:
$ make uniphier_v8_defconfig
warning: (ARCH_ZYNQ && ARCH_ZYNQMP && STM32F7 && CLK_UNIPHIER) selects
SPL_CLK which has unmet direct dependencies (CLK && SPL_DM)
While I am here, I am removing the prompt to make it user-unconfigurable
option so that "select CLK_UNIPHIER" can be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
since commit: b529993e02 "spl: add hierarchical defaults for SPL_LDSCRIPT"
taurus board stopped working. Use the ldscript from
arch/arm/cpu/u-boot-spl.lds (as before this patch) fixed it.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA is no longer used by any board or
platform, so support for it can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
ATF can leave the MMC IP in a state where U-Boot mmc driver
can't enumerate the eMMC.
This patch provides a mmc0_reset_clk() function like we
already so do sd card controller which resets the IP
when entering U-Boot.
With this patch applied eMMC partitions are successfully
enumerated again.
=> mmc dev 0
switch to partitions #0, OK
mmc0(part 0) is current device
=> mmc part
Partition Map for MMC device 0 -- Partition Type: EFI
Part Start LBA End LBA Name
Attributes
Type GUID
Partition GUID
1 0x00000800 0x00000fff "vrl"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: 496847ab-56a1-4cd5-a1ad-47f4acf055c9
2 0x00001000 0x000017ff "vrl_backup"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: 61a36fc1-8efb-4899-84d8-b61642efa723
3 0x00001800 0x00001fff "mcuimage"
<snip>
Signed-off-by: Peter Griffin <peter.griffin@linaro.org>
The function blk_dread will return -ENOSYS on failure or on success the
number of blocks read, which must be the number asked to read (otherwise
it failed somewhere). Correct this check.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The function blk_dread will return -ENOSYS on failure or on success the
number of blocks read, which must be the number asked to read (otherwise
it failed somewhere). Correct this check.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The function blk_dread will return -ENOSYS on failure or on success the
number of blocks read, which must be the number asked to read (otherwise
it failed somewhere). Correct this check.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 166335)
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that sandbox is building cmd/mtdparts.c Coverity has looked at the
code and found a number of issues. In index_partitions() it is possible
that part will be NULL, so re-work the checks and debug statements to
take this into account. We have a number of string buffers that we
print to in the exact size of, and use string functions on, so we need
to ensure they are large enough to be NULL terminated. In
device_parse() it is not possible for num_partitions to be 0 (we would
have hit a different error first) so remove logically dead code.
Finally, in parse_mtdparts() if we have an error we need to free the
memory allocated to dev.
Cc: Lothar Waßmann <LW@KARO-electronics.de>
Cc: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 166334, 166333, 166332, 166329, 166328)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Commit 089df18bfe ("lib: move hash CONFIG options to Kconfig") moved
CONFIG_SHA1, CONFIG_SHA256, CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL, and
CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL config options to Kconfig. So in the case of
SPL, CONFIG_SPL_HASH_SUPPORT enables CONFIG_SHA1 and CONFIG_SHA256 which
enables SHA SW library by default. But in the case of platforms with
SHA HW library support, SHA SW library becomes redundant and increases
size of SPL by approx 18K. Rework the code so that we have named
members and only have either software or hardware versions of the
algorithm, depending on the relevant config options. Update the comment
around hash_algo to reflect this as well.
Reported-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Cc: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
On some systems `python` is `python3` (for instance, Archlinux). The
`PYTHON` variable can be used to point to `python2` to have a successful
build.
The use of `PYTHON` is currently limited in the Makefile and needs to be
extended in other places:
First, pylibfdt is required to be a Python 2 binding (binman imports
pylibfdt and is only compatible Python 2), so its setup.py needs to be
called accordingly. An alternative would be to change the libfdt
setup.py shebang to python2, but the binding is actually portable. Also,
it would break on system where there is no such thing as `python2`.
Secondly, the libfdt import checks need to be done against Python 2 as
well since the Python 2 compiled modules (in this case _libdft.so) can
not be imported from Python 3.
Note on the libfdt imports: "@if ! PYTHONPATH=tools $(PYTHON) -c 'import
libfdt'; then..." is probably simpler than the currently sub-optimal
pipe.
Reviewed-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
fdtdec.h is included, but not used in rk3399-board-spl.c: remove the
'#include'-statement.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
UEFI API functions have different return types.
Some return a value of type EFI_STATUS other don't.
We therefore should not cast the return value of EFI_EXIT
to another type than the expression passed to EFI_EXIT.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This changes pci_mmc driver to use PCI_CLASS_SYSTEM_SDHCI instead of
individual vendor id & device id pair to support generic PCI SD host
controller.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Sysam stmark2 board is a generic and fully (hw and sw) open board, with
a mcf54415 Coldfire CPU, 128MB of DDR2, 16MB of SPI flash and SD card
as non volatile memories, and a wifi module included on-board.
The board is actually used mainly for Coldfire custodian testing activity
related to the mcf5441x Coldfire family.
For further information please see: http://sysam.it/cff_stmark2.html
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
---
Changes in v2:
- remove CMD_REGINFO
- add board information in commit message
For certain boot types and sbf, for V4 cpu's, an early ddr/sdram init
is required. This patch moves this ddr/sdram early initalization
away from start.S (to be board related).
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
During the the conversion to $(SPL_TPL_), the SPL_ fragment was
left over for the NOR, XIP and YMODEM boot methods in SPL, making
these unselectable.
This commit fixes this by dropping the spurious 'SPL_' fragment
from each line.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reported-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@gmail.com>
Fixes: f94e643 (spl: consistently use $(SPL_TPL_) to select features for SPL and TPL builds)
This patch allows to show the EXT_CSD[179] partition_config
register info, just by specifying the dev param:
U-Boot> mmc partconf 0
EXT_CSD[179], PARTITION_CONFIG:
BOOT_ACK: 0x0
BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE: 0x0
PARTITION_ACCESS: 0x0
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
All boards which use DM_MMC have now been converted to use DM_MMC_OPS.
Drop the option and good riddance.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable driver model for MMC (including BLK), SATA and USB. Note that USB
does not yet work correctly since the nodes are disabled. Hopefully this
can be resolved by the maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When CONFIG_BLK is enabled our weak board_mmc_init() will not be called.
Since there is no clock driver for MX6 yet, we must manually enable the
clocks.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for using driver model for SATA with the cm_fx6 board. The old
code remains for now to permit testing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to use fsl_esdhc_init() with driver model. Move the mmc_init() out
of this function so that we can use it for our common init.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With driver model we want to store the mmc and configuration structure in
platform data. Set up structure up and use it for non-DM as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since esdhc_init_common() can fail it should return an error code. Update
this and also adjust the timeout mechanism to use get_timer(), which is a
more common approach.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since esdhc_reset() can fail it should return an error code. Update this
and also adjust the timeout mechanism to use get_timer(), which is a more
common approach.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Driver model wants to use the core functions in this file but accesses the
driver-private data in a different way. Move the code into new 'common'
functions and set up stubs to call these. Also sort the operations into
alphabetical order for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With driver model we will not use mmc->priv to access driver-private data.
To accomodate this, update internal functions so that we can pass the
private data directly. This will allow the caller to obtain it as it
prefers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this driver to support driver model. This involves implementing the
AHCI operations and reusing existing common code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the AHCI uclass is just a shell and we still use the global
functions to access SATA. Fix this by adding operations to the uclass.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Driver model wants to use the core functions in this file but accesses the
uclass-private data in a different way. Move the code into new 'common'
functions and set up stubs to call these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function will not be used with driver model and it relates to the
other exported functions. Move it down next to them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename dwc_ahsata.h to indicate that it is a private header file. We plan
to create another header with some public functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a strange &(var) coding style in this driver. Adjust it to use
&var instead, which is more usual.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With driver model sata_dev_desc[] does not exist. We still want to use the
common code of this driver so update it to pass struct ahci_uc_priv * to
each of these functions, instead of an integer which must be looked up in
sata_dev_desc[].
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most of the casts in this driver are not necessary. With driver model we
do not cast from void *. Update the driver to follow this rule.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With driver model this becomes uclass-private data. Rename the parameter
varable to reflect this.
With the driver model conversion we will not have any exported functions.
Move all exported functions to be together at the end of the file so that
we can deal with them in one #ifdef block.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the driver model conversion we will not have any exported functions.
Move all exported functions to be together at the end of the file so that
we can deal with them in one #ifdef block.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of having separate code in the 'usb' command, adjust it to use
the common function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Instead of having separate code in the 'ide' command, adjust it to use
the common function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Instead of having separate code in the 'scsi' command, adjust it to use
the common function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Instead of having separate code in the 'sata' command, adjust it to use
the common function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Most block devices provide a command (e.g. 'sata', 'scsi', 'ide') and
these commands generally do the same thing. This makes it harder to
maintain this code and keep it consistent.
We now have a block device interface which is either implemented by driver
model (when CONFIG_BLK is enabled) or with a legacy interface. Therefore
it is possible to handle most of what these commands do with generic code.
Add a new generic function to process block-device commands using the
interface type and the current device number for that type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to find the name of an interface type (e.g. "sata", "scsi")
from the interface type enum.
This is useful for generic code (not specific to SATA or SCSI, for
example) that wants to display the type of interface it is dealing with.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We cannot call dm_scan_fdt_dev() with of-platdata since there is no device
tree. Fix this with an #if check.
Fixes: 3be9a37 (dm: syscon: scan sub-nodes of the syscon node)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The bind() method is called before the device is probed and so the
device has no private data, should use the platform data, and set up
a new struct to hold the mmc and cfg members.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The command handling in this driver is awful, esp. because the driver
depends on command numbers to determine whether this is APPCMD or not.
Also, handling of command RSP response types is totally wrong.
This patch at least plucks out some of the custom command encoding and
fixes the APPCMD handling. The RSP handling still needs work, yet that
might not be needed as it turns out the uniphier-sd.c driver is in much
better shape and supports the same IP, so we might be able to just drop
this driver in favor of the uniphier one.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Hiroyuki Yokoyama <hiroyuki.yokoyama.vx@renesas.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
On some flash (like Macronix), QE (quad enable) bit is in the same
status register as BP# bits, and we need preserve its original value
during a reboot cycle as this is required by some platforms (like
Intel ICH SPI controller working under descriptor mode).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
[Refined code for readability]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The load() methods have inconsistent behaviour on error. Some of them load
an empty default environment. Some load an environment containing an error
message. Others do nothing.
As a step in the right direction, have the method return an error code.
Then the caller could handle this itself in a consistent way.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In principle this can fail, e.g. if the index is out of range. Adjust the
driver signature to allow returning an error code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename these
other functions as well, for consistency:
getenv_vlan()
getenv_bootm_size()
getenv_bootm_low()
getenv_bootm_mapsize()
env_get_default()
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename these
for consistency. Also add function comments in common.h.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename these
two functions for consistency. Also add function comments in common.h.
Quite a few places use getenv() in a condition context, provoking a
warning from checkpatch. These are fixed up in this patch also.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename these
commonly used functions, for consistency. Also add function comments in
common.h.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename setenv()
for consistency. Also add function comments in common.h.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As M4 is sourcing UART clk from OSC, to make UART work
when M4 is enabled, need to select OSC as clk parent,
24M OSC is enough for debug UART in uboot.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
There is not LDO_SOC/PU/ARM/MMDC1 on i.MX6SLL, also no need to gate/ungate
all PFDs to make PFD working.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Under very rare timing circumstances, transitioning into streaming
mode might create a data corruption. Present on Two or more processors
or 1 core with ACP, all revisions. This erratum can be worked round
by setting bit[22] of the undocumented Diagnostic Control Register to 1.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The ARM errata 751472, 794072, 761320 only applied
to the following configuration:
This erratum affects configurations with either:
- One processor if the ACP is present
- Two or more processors
i.MX6 family does not have the ACP and thus only the MPCore system
will be impacted, which are the i.MX6DQ, i.MX6DL, and i.MX6QP.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The IPU AXI QoS for the i.MX6QP and i.MX6DP processors have to be set as
commented in the code:
/* set IPU AXI-id1 Qos=0x1 AXI-id0/2/3 Qos=0x7 */
Set IOMUXC_GPR6 and IOMUXC_GPR7 to 0x77177717 instead of 0x007F007F.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
The IPU AXI QoS for the i.MX6QP and i.MX6DP processors have to be set as
commented in the code:
/* set IPU AXI-id1 Qos=0x1 AXI-id0/2/3 Qos=0x7 */
Set IOMUXC_GPR6 and IOMUXC_GPR7 to 0x77177717 instead of 0x007F007F.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Use the env_save() function directly now that there is only one
implementation of saveenv().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is a strange name for a function that loads the environment. There is
now only one implementation of this function, so use the new env_load()
function directly instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We only have a single implementation of this function now and it is called
env_get_char(). Drop the old function and the weak version.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that env_init() is only defined once we can drop the env_init_new()
name and just use env_init().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This variable is declared as a global in most environment location
drivers. But it is not used outside the drivers and most of the
declarations are unnecessary.
Also some drivers call free() on env_ptr which seems wrong since it is
not in the heap.
Drop the variable where possible, and all calls to free().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a name to the driver and use that instead of the global variable
declared by each driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Most of the init() implementations just use the default environment.
Adjust env_init_new() to do this automatically, and drop the redundant
code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move over to use a the master implementation of the location drivers, with
each method calling out to the appropriate driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We plan to move to a environment access via drivers for each location
where the environment can be stored. Add an implementation for this. So
far it is not used, but will be pressed into service in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we support multiple environment drivers but there is not way to
select between them at run time. Also settings related to the position and
size of the environment area are global (i.e. apply to all locations).
Until these limitations are removed we cannot really support more than one
environment location. Adjust the location to be a choice so that only one
can be selected. By default the environment is 'nowhere', meaning that the
environment exists only in memory and cannot be saved.
Also expand the help for the 'nowhere' option and move it to the top since
it is the default.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Move all of the imply logic to default X if Y so it works again]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fix USB OTG power enable aka USBO1_EN which on Apalis T30 is connected
to the T30 ball GEN2_I2C_SCL.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Set up a location driver for each supported environment location. At
present this just points to the global functions and is not used. A
later patch will switch this over to use private functions in each driver.
There are several special cases here in various drivers to handle
peculiarities of certain boards:
1. Some boards define CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT and CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT but
do not actually load the environment in SPL. The env load code was
optimised out before but with the driver, it is not. Therefore a special
case is added to env/fat.c. The correct fix (depending on board testing
might be to disable CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT.
2. A similar situations happens with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH. Some boards
do not actually load the environment in SPL, so to reduce code size we
need to drop that code. A similar fix may be possible with these boards,
or it may be possible to adjust the environment CONFIG settings.
Added to the above is that the CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT option does not
apply when the environment is in flash.
Obviously the above has been discovered through painful and time-consuming
trial and error. Hopefully board maintainers can take a look and figure
out what is actually needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to use this name for all environment drivers. Update the nand
driver to use a more specific name.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present we have three states for the environment, numbered 0, 1 and 2.
Add an enum to record this to avoid open-coded values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function is the same as env_get_char_spec() apart from dropping the
brackets. Drop the brackets from env_get_char_spec() and use that instead
of env_get_char_memory().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function does nothing but call env_get_char_spec(). Drop it and
adjust its only caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The check for gd->env_valid is used in both the 'if' and 'else' part of
env_get_char(). Move it into that function instead for simplicity. Drop
that code from the two leaf functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function is not used anywhere other than env_get_char(). Move the
code into that function.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These functions are not used outside this file. Make them static and order
them to avoid forward declarations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
About a quarter of the files in common/ relate to the environment. It
seems better to put these into their own subdirectory and remove the
prefix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This target stops us using 'env' as a subdirectory. It is not mentioned in
the help so seems to be an internal target. Rename it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
OLimex A64-OLinuXino is an open-source hardware board
using the Allwinner A64 SOC.
OLimex A64-OLinuXino has
- A64 Quad-core Cortex-A53 64bit
- 1GB or 2GB RAM DDR3L @ 672Mhz
- microSD slot and 4/8/16GB eMMC
- Debug TTL UART
- HDMI
- LCD
- IR receiver
- 5V DC power supply
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
NanoPi A64 is a new board of high performance with low cost
designed by FriendlyElec., using the Allwinner A64 SOC.
Nanopi A64 features
- Allwinner A64, 64-bit Quad-core Cortex-A53@648MHz to 1.152GHz, DVFS
- 1GB DDR3 RAM
- MicroSD
- Gigabit Ethernet (RTL8211E)
- Wi-Fi 802.11b/g/n
- IR receiver
- Audio In/Out
- Video In/Out
- Serial Debug Port
- microUSB 5V 2A DC power-supply
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Also introduce CONFIG_USE_BOOTARGS option so we can control if
CONFIG_BOOTARGS defined at all.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
[trini: Resync r8a779[56]_ulcb, various ls10xx targets]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Even after memory free of phydev, priv is still pointing to the
obsolete address.
So update priv->phydev as NULL after memory free.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add support for Microchip LAN7500, LAN7800 and LAN7850,
USB to 10/100/1000 Ethernet Controllers.
Signed-off-by: Yuiko Oshino <yuiko.oshino@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add an mii helper function to resolve flow control status per
IEEE 802.3-2005 table 28B-3.
This function was taken from the Linux source tree.
Signed-off-by: Yuiko Oshino <yuiko.oshino@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
While it is likely that this entire case is superfluous and can be
removed, correct the test now to match what is in rockchip-common.h and
makes sense based on context of the code. Otherwise we get a large
number of warnings.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This appears to be a simple typo that dates back to the original
implementation of board_detail in commit e79394643b ("common: Update
cmd_bdinfo for PPC").
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
We plan to rewrite this script to use the pytest framework. To make it
easier to review the changes, indent the code to match the next patch.
This gets all of the whitespace changes out of the way.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
OMAP5432 did go into production with AVS class0 registers which were
mutually exclusive from AVS Class 1.5 registers.
Most OMAP5-uEVM boards use the pre-production Class1.5 which has
production efuse registers set to 0. However on production devices,
these are set to valid data.
scale_vcore logic is already smart enough to detect this and use the
"Nominal voltage" on devices that do not have efuse registers populated.
On a test production device populated as follows:
MPU OPP_NOM:
=> md.l 0x04A0021C4 1
4a0021c4: 03a003e9 ....
(0x3e9 = 1.01v) vs nom voltage of 1.06v
MPU OPP_HIGH:
=> md.l 0x04A0021C8 1
4a0021c8: 03400485 ..@.
MM OPP_NOM:
=> md.l 0x04A0021A4 1
4a0021a4: 038003d4 ....
(0x3d4 = 980mV) vs nom voltage of 1.025v
MM OPP_OD:
=> md.l 0x04A0021A8 1
4a0021a8: 03600403 ..`.
CORE OPP_NOM:
=> md.l 0x04A0021D8 1
4a0021d8: 000003cf ....
(0x3cf = 975mV) vs nom voltage of 1.040v
Since the efuse values are'nt currently used, we do not regress on
existing pre-production samples (they continue to use nominal voltage).
But on boards that do have production samples populated, we can leverage
the optimal voltages necessary for proper operation.
Tested on:
a) 720-2644-001 OMAP5UEVM with production sample.
b) 750-2628-222(A) UEVM5432G-02 with pre-production sample.
Data based on OMAP5432 Technical reference Manual SWPU282AF (May
2012-Revised Aug 2016)
NOTE: All collaterals on OMAP5432 silicon itself seems to have been
removed from ti.com, though EVM details are still available:
http://www.ti.com/tool/OMAP5432-EVM
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
A recent change adjusted a test string so that the test no-longer passes.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Fixes: b28c5fcc (test-fit.py: Minor grammar/spelling/clarification tweaks)
Convert name to show explicitly that we are using milliseconds. For a
watchdog timer this is precise enough.
No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
FDT_ERROR is defined as unsigned long. However, since the return value of
fdt_offset() is int, a warning will occur when compiling. Also, it is better
to use -EINVAL than FDT_ERROR.
This fixes this problem by change return value from FDT_ERROR to -EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
CC: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
QEMU supports NVMe emulation. Enable the NVMe driver on QEMU x86.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Maximum Data Transfer Size (MDTS) field indicates the maximum
data transfer size between the host and the controller. The
host should not submit a command that exceeds this transfer
size. The value is in units of the minimum memory page size
and is reported as a power of two (2^n).
The spec also says: a value of 0h indicates no restrictions
on transfer size. On the real NVMe card this is normally not
0 due to hardware restrictions, but with QEMU emulated NVMe
device it reports as 0. In nvme_blk_read/write() below we
have the following algorithm for maximum number of logic
blocks per transfer:
u16 lbas = 1 << (dev->max_transfer_shift - ns->lba_shift);
dev->max_transfer_shift being 0 will for sure cause lbas to
overflow. Let's use 20. With this fix, the NVMe driver works
on QEMU emulated NVMe device.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
NVMe should use the nsze value from the queried device. This will
reflect the total number of blocks of the device and fix detecting
my Samsung 960 EVO 256GB.
Original:
Capacity: 40386.6 MB = 39.4 GB (82711872 x 512)
Fixed:
Capacity: 238475.1 MB = 232.8 GB (488397168 x 512)
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds support to detect the catchall PCI class for NVMe devices.
It allows the drivers to work with most NVMe devices that don't need
specific detection due to quirks etc.
Tested against a Samsung 960 EVO drive.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add nvme commands in U-Boot command line.
1. "nvme scan" - scan NVMe blk devices
2. "nvme list" - show all available NVMe blk devices
3. "nvme info" - show current or a specific NVMe blk device
4. "nvme device" - show or set current device
5. "nvme part" - print partition table
6. "nvme read" - read data from NVMe blk device
7. "nvme write" - write data to NVMe blk device
Signed-off-by: Zhikang Zhang <zhikang.zhang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wenbin Song <wenbin.song@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
NVM Express (NVMe) is a register level interface that allows host
software to communicate with a non-volatile memory subsystem. This
interface is optimized for enterprise and client solid state drives,
typically attached to the PCI express interface.
This adds a U-Boot driver support of devices that follow the NVMe
standard [1] and supports basic read/write operations.
Tested with a 400GB Intel SSD 750 series NVMe card with controller
id 8086:0953.
[1] http://www.nvmexpress.org/resources/specifications/
Signed-off-by: Zhikang Zhang <zhikang.zhang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wenbin Song <wenbin.song@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If CONFIG_MMC_DW is not defined the return value of
init_dwmmc should not rely on a random stack value.
Instead indicate that no error occured.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The if in the else branch is superfluous.
We can use a simple if.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
It does not make sense to check if info is NULL after
dereferencing it.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For DEVICE_NON_SHARED the newly assigned value of attr
is overwritten due to a missing break.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
It does not make sense first to dereference c and then
to check if it is NULL.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
No need to assign a value to sig if the next statement using sig
is itself an assignment of a value to sig.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_OMAP3_SPI
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Minor comment tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Moving SPL_LDSCRIPT to Kconfig triggered an unfortunate attempt of
command substitution, as the sourced auto.conf may include $(ARCH)
which tries to execute a command 'ARCH'.
This showed up as a warning similar to the following:
include/config/auto.conf: line 209: ARCH: command not found
This change does no longer attempt to source auto.conf, but rather
passes it through awk to retrieve the values for CONFIG_LOCALVERSION
and CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO. This will also mitigate the risk of
unintended command substitution.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reported-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
With the new way of doing things (i.e. the hierarchical selection of
SPL_LDSCRIPT via Kconfig) in place, this moves the SPL_LDSCRIPT setting
for the RK3368 from defconfig back into Kconfig.
With this done, there should be no lingering cases of SPL_LDSCRIPT
outside of Kconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the hierarchical defaults set up, we remove these from the header
files. To do so, I've run moveconfig on SPL_LDSCRIPT and this commits
the changes.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With SPL_LDSCRIPT moved to Kconfig (and this being a 'string' config
node), all the lingering definitions in header files will cause
warnings/errors due to the redefinition of the configuration item.
As we don't want to pollute the defconfig files (and values should
usually be identical for entire architectures), the defaults are moved
into Kconfig. Kconfig will always pick the first default that
matches, so please keep these values at the end of each file (to allow
any board-specific Kconfig, which will be included earlier) to
override with an unconditional default setting.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the changes to split SPL/TPL for the RK3368, I apparently missed
some needed adjustments to the RK3188 Kconfig and rock_defconfig.
This fixes build-issues for the rock board after applying the RK3368
enablement (and SPL/TPL) set that resulted from TPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT,
TPL_ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BROM and TPL_TINY_MEMSET being separate symbols
now.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using DM timers w/ the timer0 block within the RK3368, we no
longer depend on the ARMv8 generic timer counting. This allows us to
drop the secure timer initialisation from the TPL and SPL stages.
The secure timer will later be set up by ATF, which starts the ARMv8
generic timer. Thus, there will be a dependency from Linux to the ATF
through the ARMv8 generic timer... this seems reasonable, as Linux
will require the ATF (and PSCI) to start up the secondary cores anyway
(in other words: we don't add any new dependencies).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no reasonably robust way (this will be needed so early that
diagnostics will be limited) to specify the base-address of the secure
timer through the DTS for TPL and SPL. In order to allow us a cleaner
way to structure our SPL and TPL stage, we now move to a DM timer
driver.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a device-model driver for the timer block in the RK3368 (and
similar devices that share the same timer block, such as the RK3288) for
the down-counting (i.e. non-secure) timers.
This allows us to configure U-Boot for the RK3368 in such a way that
we can run with the secure timer inaccessible or uninitialised (note
that the ARMv8 generic timer does not count, if the secure timer is
not enabled).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To fully support DM timer in SPL and TPL, we need a few things cleaned
up and normalised:
- inclusion of the uclass and drivers should be an all-or-nothing
decision for each stage and under control of $(SPL_TPL_)TIMER
instead of having the two-level configuration with TIMER and
$(SPL_TPL_)TIMER_SUPPORT
- when $(SPL_TPL_)TIMER is enabled, the ARMv8 generic timer code can
not be compiled in
This normalises configuration to $(SPL_TPL_)TIMER and moves the config
options to drivers/timer/Kconfig (and cleans up the collateral damage
to some defconfigs that had SPL_TIMER_SUPPORT enabled).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The timer-uclass depends on full OF_CONTROL through its interrogation
of /chosen and the code to determine the clock-frequency.
For the OF_PLATDATA case, these code-paths are disabled and it becomes
the timer driver's responsibility to correctly set the clock-frequency
in the uclass priv-data.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Splitting the feature selection for SPL and TPL, caused a few build
failures to mpx85xx boards. This fixes the fallout by adding the
needed new option names to the respective defconfig files.
Signed-off-byL Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The ITS file generated warnings due to @<num> designations in the naming
which cause DTC to complain as follows:
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/uboot@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/atf@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/pmu@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/fdt@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /configurations/conf@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
This removes the @<num> part from the names, as we only have a single
image for each payload aspect (and only a single configuration) anyway.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We can finally drop TPL_STACK, TPL_TEXT_BASE and TPL_MAX_SIZE off the
whitelist (this time it's really happening!) and migrate the setting
(only used on the RK3368-uQ7 so far) into Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 needs to have a different base-address and stack-pointer
for its TPL stage. Now that we want to do this via Kconfig, we need
to tick the appropriate 'TPL_NEEDS_...' boxes.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that TPL_STACK has been moved off the whitelist (ok, I'm lying:
the 'moving off the whitelist' part comes in once moveconfig
runs... which will be a few commits down the line) and added to
Kconfig, we need to test CONFIG_TPL_NEEDS_SEPARATE_STACK to see
whether the value from TPL_STACK should be used or whether we try to
inherit whatever SPL uses.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Let's clean up behind ourselves and move the (newly defined)
TPL_STACK, TPL_MAX_SIZE and TPL_TEXT_BASE into Kconfig. Given that
0x0 might be considered to be valid values for TPL_TEXT_BASE and
TPL_STACK, we need to introduce helper config options
("TPL_NEEDS_SEPARATE_...") to indicate that these symbols are used
(and not inherited from their SPL variants) for any given
target-platform.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we have split up SPL_LDSCRIPT into a SPL and TPL variant and
have started to use the TPL-variant for the RK3368, it's time to clean
up behind ourselves: move both variants into Kconfig and remove them
from the whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368-uQ7 (codenamed 'Lion') is a micro-Qseven (40mm x 70mm,
MXM-230 edge connector compatible with the Qseven specification)
form-factor system-on-module based on the octo-core Rockchip RK3368.
It is designed, supported and manufactured by Theobroma Systems.
It provides the following features:
- 8x Cortex-A53 (in 2 clusters of 4 cores each)
- (on-module) up to 4GB of DDR3 memory
- (on-module) SPI-NOR flash
- (on-module) eMMC
- Gigabit Ethernet (with an on-module KSZ9031 PHY)
- USB
- HDMI
- MIPI-DSI/single-channel LVDS (muxed on the 'LVDS-A' pin-group)
- various 'slow' interfaces (e.g. UART, SPI, I2C, I2S, ...)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For the RK3368, we can reuse the SPI driver (although we'll have to
eventually investigate whether it can be merged with the
designware_spi.c driver) also used for the RK3288 and RK3399.
This adds the necessary compatible string to support the RK3368.
Note that the assumption that GPLL will be clocked at 594MHz is not
true for the RK3368, but this will not lead to incorrect functioning
(just to a lower-than-expected SPI operating frequency): this has been
documented in the driver, so it doesn't cause any headaches when
someone next needs to touch the clock code of this driver.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With SPL and TPL support for the RK3368 in place, mark SPL and TPL as
supported from Kconfig for the RK3368. As this is primarily tested on
the RK3368-uQ7, we'll leave it to board's individual defconfig to
enable.
Also enable DEBUG_UART_BOARD_INIT for the RK3368, so we get output
during the early boot-up, as we turn on TPL and SPL.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adds SPL support for the RK3368 (assuming that our TPL stage has
initialised DRAM and set up the memory firewall).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In order to reuse the support for the u-boot,spl-boot-order property
from the rk3399, we split it into a reusable module that can be
included by the SPL code for any of our boards.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For full SPL support, including DRAM initialisation, we need a few
nodes from the DTS: this commit adds the DMC (DRAM controller) node,
the service_msch (memory scheduler) node and marks GRF, PMUGRF and CRU
as 'u-boot,dm-pre-reloc'. In addition to this, we also include the
dt-binding for the DMC to allow DTS files including this DTSI to refer
to the symbolic constants for the DDR3 bin and for the
memory-schedule.
Note that the DMC contains both the memory regions for the
(Designware) protocol controller as well as the DDR PHY.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a DRAM controller driver for the RK3368 and places it in
drivers/ram/rockchip (where the other DM-enabled DRAM controller
drivers for rockchip devices should also be moved eventually).
At this stage, only the following feature-set is supported:
- DDR3
- 32-bit configuration (i.e. fully populated)
- dual-rank (i.e. no auto-detection of ranks)
- DDR3-1600K speed-bin
This driver expects to run from a TPL stage that will later return to
the RK3368 BROM. It communicates with later stages through the
os_reg2 in the pmugrf (i.e. using the same mechanism as Rockchip's DDR
init code).
Unlike other DMC drivers for RK32xx and RK33xx parts, the required
timings are calculated within the driver based on a target frequency
and a DDR3 speed-bin (only the DDR3-1600K speed-bin is support at this
time).
The RK3368 also has the DDRC0_CON0 (DDR ch. 0, control-register 0)
register for controlling the operation of its (single-channel) DRAM
controller in the GRF block. This provides for selecting DDR3, mobile
DDR modes, and control low-power operation.
As part of this change, DDRC0_CON0 is also added to the GRF structure
definition (at offset 0x600).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Handling TPL and SPL in the Makefile for mach-rockchip was based on
nested if checks and/or if-else-if paths. This can be simplified and
made more readable by using $(SPL_TPL_) and by introducing
intermediate variables for the aggregation of SPL and TPL features.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The GMAC in the RK3368 once again is identical to the incarnation in
the RK3288 and the RK3399, except for where some of the configuration
and control registers are located in the GRF.
This adds the RK3368-specific logic necessary to reuse this driver.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
As SPI support may be useful in the boot-flow, this adds support for
configuring the SPI controller's clocks in the RK3368 clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the clock support in rk3368_clk_set_rate() conditionalized on
various feature definitions, 'priv' can remain unused (e.g. in the
SPL build when only MMC is enabled).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To enable the GMAC on the RK3368, we need to set up the clocking
appropriately to generate a tx_clk for the MAC.
This adds an implementation that implements the use of the <&ext_gmac>
clock (i.e. an external 125MHz clock for RGMII provided by the PHY).
This is the clock setup used by the boards currently supported by
U-Boot (i.e. Geekbox, Sheep and RK3368-uQ7).
This includes the change from commit
- rockchip: clk: rk3368: define GMAC_MUX_SEL_EXTCLK
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As part of the DRAM initialisation process (running as part of the TPL
stage) on the RK3368, we need to set up the DRAM PLL.
This implements support for configuring the PLL to for 1200, 1332 or
1600 MHz (i.e. for DDR3-1200, DDR3-1333, DDR3-1600 operating modes).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The original clock support for MMC/SD cards on the RK3368 suffered
from a tendency to select a divider less-or-equal to the the one
giving the requested clock-rate: this can lead to higher-than-expected
(or rather: higher than supported) clock rates for the MMC/SD
communiction.
This change rewrites the MMC/SD clock generation to:
* always generate a clock less-than-or-equal to the requested clock
* support reparenting among the CPLL, GPLL and OSC24M parents to
generate the highest clock that does not exceed the requested rate
In addition to this, the Linux DTS uses HCLK_MMC/HCLK_SDMMC instead of
SCLK_MMC/SCLK_SDMMC: to match this (and to ensure that clock setup
always works), we adjust the driver appropriately.
This includes the changes from:
- rockchip: clk: rk3368: convert MMC_PLL_SEL_* definitions to shifted-value form
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On he RK3368, we need to temporarily disable security on the DMA
engines during TPL and SPL to allow the MMC host to DMA into DRAM. To
do so, we need to reset the two DMA engines, which in turn requires
the DMA1_SRST_REQ and DMA2_SRST_REQ constants to refer to the
appropriate bits in the CRU.
As the ATF correctly initialises security (and only leaves EL3 after
doing so), this can not pose a security issue.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To implement a TPL stage (incl. its DRAM controller setup) for the
RK3368, we'll want to configure the DPLL (DRAM PLL).
This commit implements setting the DPLL (CLK_DDR) and provides PLL
configuration details for the common DRAM operating speeds found on
RK3368 boards.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 has a somewhat temperamental BootROM (which I learned the
hard way) when it comes to reconfiguring the CPLL and GPLL (in fact,
experiments show that changing the GPLL broke things for me, while
changing the CPLL seems to be more benign). These should not be
modified by the SPL stage, if we intend to return to the BootROM for
chain booting the next stage.
This commit changes the clock initialisation to not change CPLL/GPLL
before returning to the BootROM (i.e. in TPL). As it's safe to change
these settings if we no longer intend to return to U-Boot, we'll run
the full PLL setup a little later (i.e. in SPL).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the RK3368's limited TPL size, we'll want to use OF_PLATFDATA for
the SPL stage. This implements support for OF_PLATDATA in the clock
driver for the RK3368.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 TRM recommends to configure the bandwith adjustment (CON2)
for PLLs to NF/2. This implements this for all reconfigurations of
PLLs and removes the 'has_bwadj' flag (as the RK3368 always has the
bandwidth-adjustment feature according to its manual).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To implement pinctrl support for the RK3368, we need to add the
bit-definitions to configure the IOMUX and tie these into the
pinctrl framework. This also adds the mapping from the IRQ# back
onto the periheral id for the SPI devices.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no real reason to keep the bit-definitions for the IOMUX in
the grf header file (which defines the register layout of the GRF block):
these should only be used by our pinctrl driver (with the possible
exception of early debug-init code in TPL/SPL).
This moves the relevant definitions from the grf_rk3368.h header
into the pinctrl driver pinctrl_rk3368.c.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 has two SD/MMC controllers that can be used from U-Boot
both during SPL and for booting an OS from the full bootloader stage.
While both are configured to (mostly) sensible settings from the BROM,
additional configuration for the MMC controller is needed to configure
it to 8bit mode.
This adds pinctrl support for the MMC controller.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To add GMAC (Gigabit Ethernet) support (limited to RGMII only at this
point), we need support for additional pin-configuration. This commit
adds the pinctrl support for GMAC in RGMII mode:
* adds a PERIPH_ID_GMAC and the mapping from IRQ number to PERIPH_ID
* configures the RGMII pins
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We will to drop device security temporarily (until the ATF initialises
it fully) from the TPL/SPL stage: this requires access to some
registers in the SGRF.
This adds the sgrf node to the rk3368.dtsi, so we can then bind a
syscon device onto it and access its memory ranges.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 GRF header was still defines with a shifted-mask but with
non-shifted function selectors for the IOMUX defines. As the RK3368
support is still fresh enough to allow a quick change, we do this now
before having more code use this.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
In TPL we will need to configure security in the SGRF of the RK3368.
This change adds support for the SGRF as a syscon device, so we can
retrieve its address range through the syscon API in TPL (and can
avoid having to hard-code the address).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 has both a limited TPL size (just 0x7000 bytes) and the
added challenge of booting in AArch64, which increases the code size
for TPL (particularily when using the LP64 programming model). For
this reason we expect the RK3368 to always use OF_PLATDATA for its
TPL stage.
This change adds support for the MSCH, PMUGRF and GRF register regions
in syscon, which are necessary for initialising the RK3368's DRAM
controller.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For the RK3368, we use a multi-stage boot-process consisting of the
following:
1. TPL: initalises DRAM, returns to boot-ROM (which then loads
the next stage and transfers control to it)
2. SPL: a full-features SPL stage including OF_CONTROL and FIT
image loading, which fetches the ATF, DTB and full U-Boot
and then transfers control to the ATF (using the BL31
parameter block to indicate the location of BL33/U-Boot)
3. ATF: sets up the secure world and exits to BL33 (i.e. a full
U-Boot) in the normal world
4. full U-Boot
TPL/SPL and the full U-Boot are built from this tree and need to
run from distinct text addresses and with distinct initial stack
pointer addresses.
This commit sets up the configuration to run:
- TPL from the SRAM at 0xff8c0000 (note that the first 0x1000
are reserved for use by the boot-ROM and contain the SP
when the TPL is entered)
- SPL from DRAM at 0x0
- U-Boot from DRAM at 0x200000
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The BootROM of the RK3368 Boot ROM does not initialise cntfrq_el0.
This change defines COUNTER_FREQUENCY, which is used by the AArch64 init
code in arch/arm/cpu/armv8/start.S to set up cntfrq_el0.
If the counter-frequency is not correctly set up, the calculation of
delays using the ARMv8 generic timer can not work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On the RK3368 we use a TPL-stage similar to Rockchip's DDR init
(i.e. it initialises DRAM, leaves some info for the next stage and
returns to the BootROM). To allow compatibility with Rockchip's DDR
init code, we use the same register os_reg2 in pmugrf for passing
this info (i.e. DRAM size and configuration) between stages.
This change adds the definitions for os_reg[0] through os_reg[3] to
the pmugrf structure for the RK3368.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 option in Kconfig referred to the RK3328 (copy-and-paste)
and had a few typos and unnecessarily used UTF-8 characters. While
fixing this, I also reformatted and further clarified the text
(e.g. made the grouping into a a big and little cluster of 4 cores
each explicit).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The utility functions in sdram_common.c will be useful both for some
SPL implementations (and if unused, the linked will discard these
anyway) and for the full U-Boot stage.
This changes selects sdram_common.o through the $(SPL_TPL_) macro to
allow better control of its inclusion through the CONFIG_ROM,
CONFIG_SPL_RAM or CONFIG_TPL_RAM options.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To simplify drivers/Makefile a bit when using TPL/SPL, we consistently
use the $(SPL_TPL_) macro to test for drivers that have separate
configuration symbols for the full U-boot, SPL and TPL stages.
Instead of explicitly repeating them in two separate if-guarded
sections of the Makefile, we can now simply list these options once.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds the TPL_DRIVER_MISC_SUPPORT option to allow activation of
DRIVER_MISC_SUPPORT for devices that need it in the TPL stage.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
To allow for a finer-grained control of features for TPL and SPL
builds all modules/boot-methods/etc. need to be consistently selected
based on the $(SPL_TPL_) macros.
This allows splitting the associated config-options in Kconfig: we
don't split the Kconfig options here and now, as this should happen on
an as-needed basis, whenever someone needs a feature/boot-method/etc.
in their TPL.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This splits the compilation of code modules for TPL and SPL for
OF_CONTROL (and related) features between TPL and SPL. The typical
use-case of this is a TPL stage that uses OF_PLATDATA at TPL and
provides full OF_CONTROL at SPL (e.g. on the RK3368).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As include/malloc.h already checks for SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE using the
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED macro, we need to move to having separate entries
as we switch to fully separate configuration for SPL and TPL.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the bringup of the RK3368, we need to support TPL and SPL running
from different addresses... which requires both stages to use a
distinct TEXT_BASE.
This commit adds support for having a separate LDSCRIPT for TPL (which
is expected to make use of the TPL_MAX_SIZE define) and for having a
the option of defining TPL_TEXT_BASE and having the TPL stage linked
against this address.
Note that the handling of the TEXT_BASE is designed to not interfere
with the previous assumption that SPL_TEXT_BASE should be used for TPL
as well, unless TPL_TEXT_BASE is defined. For this reason, the test
in Makefile.spl uses the following (seemingly redundant checks):
1. looks for $(SPL_TPL_)TEXT_BASE
2. looks for SPL_TEXT_BASE (even when building in TPL)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To allow a TPL and SPL to run from different addresses/memories, we
need to split setup of the TPL and SPL stacks. To do so, we introduce
CONFIG_TPL_STACK (not listed in Kconfig) which can be used to override
the initial stack pointer for TPL.
To provide backward compatibility for existing boards, this is added
as an optional configuration item and the normal search order (i.e.
SPL_STACK, then SYS_STACK) apply if not defined.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
TPL builds today don't need to call into firmware or set up the MMU
(if this changes, it should be controlled through a config option
whether to include this or not), but include the needed support code
for this anyway. By moving these unused low-level functions into
seperate function-sections, the linker can garbage-collect the unused
sections.
Note that (if DM support is enabled), there will be a call to the
cache-flushing code from alloc_priv(...) in drivers/core/device.c.
This then add 52 bytes of binary size (an increase from 20589 to 20641
bytes) compared to completely removing this code.
Even for a feature-rich TPL (including DM support as for the RK3368),
this equates to a size difference of significantly more than 10% in
TPL binary size.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Even though there's now a TPL_DM configuration option, the spl logic
still checks for SPL_DM and thus does not pick up the proper config
option.
This introduces the use of CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM) in spl.c to always
pick up the desired configuration option instead of having a
hard-coded check for the SPL variant.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the RK3368, we want to use OF_PLATDATA in TPL, but full OF_CONTROL
in SPL: this requires the introduction of a new family of
configuration options to decouple SPL_OF_CONTROL and SPL_OF_PLATDATA
from TPL.
Consequently, Makefile.spl needs to be adjusted to test for these
configuration items through the $(SPL_TPL_) macro instead of
hard-coding the SPL variant.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This change introduces TPL variants of the REGMAP and SYSCON config
options (i.e. TPL_REGMAP and TPL_SYSCON in analogy to SPL_REGMAP and
SPL_SYSCON) in preparation of a finer-grained feature selection for
building feature-rich TPL variants.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
SPL_REGMAP and SPL_SYSCON were marked as depending on DM, when a
stricter dependency of SPL_DM was possible. This commit makes the
prereq more specific.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
TPL_NAND_SUPPORT, TPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT, TPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT and
TPL_SPI_SUPPORT refer to SPL in their help text. This fixes up
the description to correctly reference TPL.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The (upstream) changes to break up SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for the full
U-Boot and the SPL stage, break TPL (if simple malloc is enabled in
TPL).
This adds support for a TPL-variant of SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN:
- adds TPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
- rewrites a test for CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to access
CONFIG_VAL(SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the finer-grained control over LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT for TPL/SPL (i.e.
with the newly introduced distinction between TPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT and
SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT), we can simplify the #ifdef-check to simply use
CONFIG_IS_ENABELD.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[fixed up to use 'puts' and LIBCOMMON:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The back-to-bootrom option is rather unfortunately named
CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_SPL_BACK_TO_BOOTROM
instead of
CONFIG_SPL_ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BOOTROM
To make is selectable through CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BOOTROM),
we need to rename it. At the same time, we introduce a TPL_ variant of
the option to give us finer-grained control over when it should be used.
This change is motivated by our RK3368 boot process, which returns to
the boot ROM only from the TPL stage, but not from the SPL stage.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[added fix-up for evb-rk3229_defconfig and phycore-rk3288_defconfig:]
[fixed inverted CONFIG_IS_ENABLED test for rk3288:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
include/configs/rock.h: undef
The back-to-bootrom support for Rockchip is equivalent to an
(assembly) implementation of setjmp/longjmp (i.e. it saves the
stack-pointer, link-register and callee-saved registers). Up until
now, this had only been implemented for AArch32 (i.e. ARMv7 or older),
which puts the new ARMv8 devices (which boot in AArch64 mode) at a
slight disadvantage.
To allow use of the 'back-to-bootrom' feature on new devices (e.g. the
RK3368), this commit adds an implementation for AArch64.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On the RK3368, we want our TPL to use the 'return to bootrom' boot
method (to have the bootrom load up the SPL stage) and then continue
with different boot methods (MMC, SPI, etc.) from SPL.
This adds the config option needed to control the availabily of the
'return to bootrom' boot-method separately for the TPL stage.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some devices (e.g. the RK3368) have only limited SRAM, but provide
support for loading the next boot stage after our SPL performs basic
setup (e.g. DRAM).
For target systems like these, we add a boot device BOOTROM that will
invoke a board-specific hook to return to the bootrom (if supported).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The OMAP3_SPI driver can work with or without DM_SPI. Moving this
outside of the #if DM_SPI section allows us to include it on boards
that don't support DM_SPI yet.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
((readl(&emif4_base->sdram_iodft_tlgc) & (1<<10)) == 0x01)
is always false.
This does not match the comment
/*Wait till that bit clears*/
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
I do not have the hardware to test if the code change below
leads to a correct system behavior.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 00bbe96eba ("arm: omap: Unify get_device_type() function")
The control status register value is embedded in a structure somewhere
in SRAM, with the last refactoring effort. This patch allows OMAP3 EVM
(TMDSEVM3530) to boot again using the known control register base and
offset for 'readl', for the OMAP34XX case.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
[trini: Change to if/else, add comment about it.]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_NAND
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Sync up a few more, add imply's]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We should use constant EFI_PAGE_SIZE instead of 4096 where the
coding relies on 4096 being EFI_PAGE_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We should be consistent in the way we calculate page sizes.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This patch brings the OMAP3 EVM to a bootable state, on master, as of
v2017.09-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CMD_SPL
Note that trats does not actually use SPL, so this option can no-longer be
set.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CMD_SCSI
Also update the Makefile to use CONFIG_CMD_SCSI instead of CONFIG_SCSI to
enable the command, fixing an earlier error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[trini: Rework to default y if SCSI, drop cl-som-am57x which did not use
CMD_SCSI for real]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Convert this option and enable it in sandbox. Also correct a bug which
was introduced with the block-device driver model conversion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This command is not used by any board. It also looks quite similar to the
'iod' and 'iow' commands which use the correct I/O macros.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This option enables the 'pci enum' command. It is only enabled by a few
board and these have not yet been converted to driver model, which always
enables this command. It seems easiest to just remove this option.
The affected boards can be converted to use driver model for PCI if
needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
It does not seem worth having an option to enable another sub-command in
this legacy driver. Drop this option so that the sub-command is always
available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Synced ohci0 and ehci0 nodes from Linux for sun50i-a64.dtsi
Here is the Linux last merge tag details:
Merge: 0e91f43d e5770b7
Author: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Date: Fri Jun 9 14:59:55 2017 +1000
Merge remote-tracking branch 'staging/staging-next'
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Traditional KS2 devices supported NAND via the AEMIF peripheral. However,
66AK2G doesn't use the AEMIF but rather the GPMC for NAND. Therefore,
clarify some statements to indicate only certain devices have AEMIF and
in other places just say NAND instead of AEMIF NAND
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Acked-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
commit f1896c45cb: spl: make SPL and normal u-boot stage use independent SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
introduced independent SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for SPL and U-Boot.
Use it on the smartweb board, as above commit broke
the smartweb board.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The 512 MB DDR version of SOM's use CS0 and CS1. CS1 is not correctly
setup in the pin muxing. This causes erratic behavior on suspend/resume
This fix has been tested on both 256 and 512 MB DDR versions.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The 'tests' target will run sandbox, sandbox_spl and sandbox_flattree in
test.py and in the case of sandbox_spl ensure that we just run the
specific tests for that build. Update our matrix to perform similar
test.py runs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
uclass_first_device() returns 0 if there is no device, but error if
there is a device that failed to probe.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The Ethernet function is enabled in the Orange Pi PC2 device tree and
defconfig, however, CONFIG_MACPWR is not properly set, which left the
PHY being disabled when booting, which makes the Ethernet function not
usable.
Add the proper value of this option in the PC2 defconfig.
Fixes: e7bd15ea15 ("sunxi: Add OrangePi PC 2 initial support")
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The PRCM of H3/H5 SoCs have a secure/non-secure switch, which controls
the access to some clock/power related registers in PRCM.
Current Linux kernel will access the CPUS (AR100) clock in the PRCM
block, so the PRCM should be switched to non-secure.
Add code to switch the PRCM to non-secure.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Some new Allwinner SoCs' PRCM has a secure switch register, which
controls the access to some clock and power registers in PRCM block.
Add the definition of this register and its bits in the PRCM header
file.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Tested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Using `fel-boot-lima-memtester-on-orange-pi-pc 672` on an Orange Pi
without heatsink results in the following error after a few minutes:
WRITE FAILURE: 0x00200000 != 0xffdfffff at offset 0x0137f47c (bitflip).
Also, the constructor repository (github/orangepi-xunlong) seems to
contain that 624 Mhz clock speed in its u-boot fork. It may be that 672
Mhz is the advertized overclocked speed.
According to http://linux-sunxi.org/Orange_Pi_PC#DRAM_clock_speed_limit
it may be worth decreasing that value with other Orange Pi boards.
See also e7d6aa0b74.
Signed-off-by: Clément Bœsch <u@pkh.me>
[Add s-o-b line]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The node name for the power seq pin is mmc2@0 like the mmc2_pins_a one.
This makes the original node (mmc2_pins_a) scrapped out of the dtb and
result in a unusable eMMC if U-Boot didn't configured the pins to the
correct functions.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Vadot <manu@bidouilliste.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Olliver Schinagl <oliver@schinagl.nl>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Spotted this debugging OpenBSD's bootloader in qemu. (Wouldn't really
fix anything, the problem was not having any disks, but we should
probably return the correct error code.)
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_locate_handle is called internally so it should not be
marked as EFIAPI.
The external function is efi_locate_handle_ext.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Allow sending restart conditions upon direction change as this is
required by some chips.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denxx.de>
TX drain in transmit procedure could cause issues due
to race between drain procedure and transmition of descriptor
between AGGR TXQ and physical TXQ.
TXQ will be cleared before moving to Linux by stop procedure.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Nadav Haklai <nadavh@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remove IRQ configuration from U-Boot PP driver.
U-Boot don't use interrupts and configuration of IRQ in U-Boot
caused crashes in Linux shared interrupt mode.
Also interrupt use is redundant in RX routine since a single RX
queue is used.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Nadav Haklai <nadavh@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
U-boot use single physical tx queue with size 16 descriptors.
So aggregated tx queue size should be equal to physical tx queue
and cpu descriptor chunk(number of descriptors delivered from
physical tx queue to aggregated tx queue by one chunk) shouldn't be
larger than physical tx queue.
Fix:
Set AGGR_TXQ and CPU_DESC_CHUNK to be 16 descriptors, same as
physical TXQ.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Nadav Haklai <nadavh@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Issue:
BM counters were overrun by probe that called per Network interface and
caused release of wrong number of buffers during remove procedure.
Fix:
Use probe_done and num_ports to call init and remove procedure
once per communication controller.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch enables padding of packets shorter than 64B in TX(set by default).
Disabling of padding causes crashes on MACCIATO board.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
A8K marvell SoC has two South Bridge communication controllers(CP0 and CP1).
Each communication controller has packet processor ports and MDIO.
On MACHIATOBin board ports from CP1 are connected to mdio on CP0.
Issue:
Wrong base address is assigned to MDIO interface during probe.
Fix:
Get MDIO address from PHY handler parent base address.
This should be refined in the future when MDIO driver is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch add GPIO configuration support in mvpp2x driver.
Driver will handle 10G SFP gpio reset and SFP TX disable. GPIO pins should
be set in device tree.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Kostya Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The implementation of function set_pcie_ns_access() uses a wrong
argument. The structure array ns_dev has a member 'ind' which is
initialized by CSU_CSLX_*. It should use the 'ind' directly to
address the PCIe's CSL register (CSL_base + CSU_CSLX_PCIE*).
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[YS: Revise commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
IFC and QSPI are muxed on board. Add fsl_fdt_fixup_flash() to disable
IFC node in dts if QSPI is enabled, or disable QSPI node in dts if
otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
[YS: Revise commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
We shouldn't always change the status to okay. There could be
situations that the esdhc is intentionally disabled in the device
tree.
Signed-off-by: Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This bug is brought by the commit 3d8553f0a3 (pci: layerscape: add
LS2088A series SoC pcie support), which only updated cfg_res.start
and did not update the .end field. This causes fdt_resource_size()
getting wrong value when calculate the cfg1 space address.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[YS: Revise subject and commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Function enable_layerscape_ns_access() is alreayd called soc-wide.
Remove duplicated calling from individual boards.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[YS: Add commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
It is derived from Platform clock instead of Platform PLL frequency.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Function config_board_mux() reads env variable 'hwconfig' which is
only available after relocation for QSPI boot. Move calling
config_board_mux() to misc_init_r().
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
[YS: Revise commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Smart voltage translator is removed from LS2080ARDB/LS2088ARDB
RevF boards. It is only used on LS2081ARDB. Programming GPIO
is only required for LS2081ARDB.
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
[YS: Revise commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Update the default core frequency to 1800MHZ for best performance under
SD boot and eMMC boot.
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Commit 4483b7eb added variable vqmmc_dev but only uses it under
CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR. Add the same macro to variable declaration to
get rid of compiling warning.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The driver is for all boards 24XX and up, so let's eliminate the
extra option called CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP34XX since the driver checks
for CONFIG_OMAP34XX we don't need CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP34XX.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add missing probe function to the device driver to active a device.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch adds the common header include file theadorable-x86-common.h
for the theadorable-x86 targets to define all common options and the
default environment.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This patch adds the infrastructure to define different config headers
with different configurations and default environment for the baseboards
that can now be selected via Kconfig. The new configuration for the
theadorable-x86-conga-qa3-e3845 is also added. Also the new defconfig
file for this new target is added.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This patch adds the infrastructure to define different config headers
with different configurations and default environment for the baseboards
that can now be selected via Kconfig. The new configuration for the
theadorable-x86-dfi-bt700 is also added.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION is not set, the following build error is
seen in arch/x86/lib/acpi_s3.c:
error: expected declaration specifiers or '...' before '*' token
static void asmlinkage (*acpi_do_wakeup)(void *vector) = (void*)WAKEUP_BASE;
This is actually caused by missing asmlinkage declaration, but with
CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION on, the declaration comes from part.h which
is included from common.h.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is defined twice in the same file, with the same value, likely
because of some patch merge issue. Pick the uglier one and nuke it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The I2C reading in the PEX vs SATA detection code often fails on the
first try. Try three times, as the code for EEPROM reading does.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Neither new design uses ISA bus, nor does any U-Boot codes use these
codes. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds support for Macronix flash MX25U6435F (device ID 0xc22537).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Added the AFE (Analog Front End) settings for stability to the
Broadcom Cygnus phy. This improves the time take to perform
auto negotiation.
Signed-off-by: Arun Parameswaran <arun.parameswaran@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
These boards will now use the ksz90x1 driver instead of the mess in
ksz8xxx. This change is needed before the two drivers can be fully
separated.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The KS8721BL and KSZ9021 PHYs are software-incompatible, yet they
share the same ID. Drivers for bothe PHYs cannot safely coexist, so
the solution was to use #ifdefs to select between the two drivers.
As a result KSZ9031, which has a unique ID, is now caught in the
crossfire. Unless CONFIG_PHY_MICREL_KSZ9031 is defined, the KSZ9031
will not function properly, as some essential configuration code is
ifdef'd-out.
To prevent such situations, move the KSZ9000 drivers to a separate
file, and place them under a separate Kconfig option. While it is
possible to enable both KSZ8000 and KSZ9000 drivers at the same time,
the assumption is that it is highly unlikely for a system to contain
both a KSZ8000 and a KSZ9000 PHY, and that only one of the drivers
will be enabled at any given time.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
For strncpy() select a minimal string length of destination and source
strings, here DEFAULT_NAME_LEN is preferable to MAX_LEN.
Due to the NUL-terminated contents of default_string the change is
a noop, however it removes a compilation warning if SH2/3/4 platform
specific strncpy() function is used:
In file included from include/linux/string.h:21:0,
from include/common.h:28,
from net/tftp.c:9:
net/tftp.c: In function 'tftp_start':
arch/sh/include/asm/string.h:52:42: warning: array subscript is above array bounds [-Warray-bounds]
: "0" (__dest), "1" (__src), "r" (__src+__n)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
After upgrading to GCC 7.1, the duplicate const specifies in the
r8152 driver trigger the following build warnings with buildman
(observed on a 'buildman rockchip' test)::
../drivers/usb/eth/r8152.c:62:35: warning: duplicate 'const' declaration specifier [-Wduplicate-decl-specifier]
static const struct r8152_version const r8152_versions[] = {
^~~~~
This commit fixes these by removing the duplicate 'const' specifier
from the declarations.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Previously seeded by obtaining mac addr from env. If mac addr was
never set, rand would output 0. This fix obtains the mac addr
from driver instead.
Signed-off-by: Jimmy Du <jimmy.du@ni.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
To compatible with different rockchip soc, we split the mipi dirver into
common and soc specific parts, and all the soc share the common
functions from common driver part.
Signed-off-by: Eric Gao <eric.gao@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[agust: fix build breakage and warnings]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The environment has pretty much nothing to do with just "PPC", so
rename the macros to just __UBOOT_ENV_SECTION__ which is more
readable.
In addition, only a single macro is needed: the environment now goes
either to the default section (USE_HOSTCC is defined) or in the .text
section.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
CONFIG_SYS_USE_PPCENV is no longer used anywhere. It was used to put
the environment in the special .ppcenv section, but the last
architecture using this section (SuperH) has been changed to not use
it.
Therefore, this commit drops support for CONFIG_SYS_USE_PPCENV
entirely. We only handle two cases:
- We're building the host tool tools/envcrc, in which case the
environment is place with no special section attribute (so it
depends up in .data)
- We're building U-Boot itself, in which case the environnement is
placed in the .text section.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE
The includes, whitelist, etc. were left for now but I don't get any
build errors or warnings on the omap3_logic_defconfig or
am3517_evm_defconfig builds I tried.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Add the dts files to support deivce tree, update the configuration
files to support the device tree and driver model. The peripheral
clock and pins configuration are handled by the clock and the pinctrl
drivers respectively.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the dts files to support deivce tree, update the configuration
files to support the device tree and driver model. The peripheral
clock and pins configuration are handled by the clock and the pinctrl
drivers respectively.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the dts files to support deivce tree, update the configuration
files to support the device tree and driver model. The peripheral
clock and pins configuration are handled by the clock and the pinctrl
drivers respectively.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the dts files to support deivce tree, update the configuration
files to support the device tree and driver model. The peripheral
clock and pins configuration are handled by the clock and the pinctrl
drivers respectively.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the configuration files to support the device tree and driver
model. The peripheral clock and pins configuration are handled by
the clock and the pinctrl drivers respectively.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support driver model and device tree, use the SPI-flash-based
AT45xxx DataFlash driver, DataFlash is a kind of SPI flash.
Instead of ATMEL_DATAFLASH_SPI DataFlash older driver that will
be removed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support driver model and device tree, use the SPI-flash-based
AT45xxx DataFlash driver, DataFlash is a kind of SPI flash.
Instead of ATMEL_DATAFLASH_SPI DataFlash older driver that will
be removed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support driver model and device tree, use the SPI-flash-based
AT45xxx DataFlash driver, DataFlash is a kind of SPI flash.
Instead of ATMEL_DATAFLASH_SPI DataFlash older driver that will
be removed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the dts files to support deivce tree, update the configuration
files to support the device tree and driver model. The peripheral
clock and pins configuration are handled by the clock and the pinctrl
drivers respectively.
Enable the early debug UART to debug problems when an ICE or other
debug mechanism is not available.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Strings read from devices may sometimes fail to be
NULL-terminated. The functions in lib/string.c are subject to
failure in this case. Protect against observed failures in
set_gpt_info() by switching to length-checking variants with a length
limit of the maximum possible partition table length. At the same
time, add a few checks for NULL string pointers.
Here is an example as observed in sandbox under GDB:
=> gpt verify host 0 $partitions
Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
0x0000000000477747 in strlen (s=0x0) at lib/string.c:267
267 for (sc = s; *sc != '\0'; ++sc)
(gdb) bt
#0 0x0000000000477747 in strlen (s=0x0) at lib/string.c:267
#1 0x00000000004140b2 in set_gpt_info (str_part=<optimized out>,
str_disk_guid=str_disk_guid@entry=0x7fffffffdbe8, partitions=partitions@entry=0x7fffffffdbd8,
parts_count=parts_count@entry=0x7fffffffdbcf "", dev_desc=<optimized out>) at cmd/gpt.c:415
#2 0x00000000004145b9 in gpt_verify (str_part=<optimized out>, blk_dev_desc=0x7fffef09a9d0) at cmd/gpt.c:580
#3 do_gpt (cmdtp=<optimized out>, flag=<optimized out>, argc=<optimized out>, argv=0x7fffef09a8f0)
at cmd/gpt.c:783
#4 0x00000000004295b0 in cmd_call (argv=0x7fffef09a8f0, argc=0x5, flag=<optimized out>,
cmdtp=0x714e20 <_u_boot_list_2_cmd_2_gpt>) at common/command.c:500
#5 cmd_process (flag=<optimized out>, argc=0x5, argv=0x7fffef09a8f0,
repeatable=repeatable@entry=0x726c04 <flag_repeat>, ticks=ticks@entry=0x0) at common/command.c:539
Suggested-by: Lothar Waßmann <LW@karo-electronics.de>
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
This patch provides support in u-boot for renaming GPT
partitions. The renaming is accomplished via new 'gpt swap'
and 'gpt rename' commands.
The 'swap' mode returns an error if no matching partition names
are found, or if the number of partitions with one name does not equal
the number with the second name. The 'rename' variant always
succeeds as long as a partition with the provided number exists.
Rewriting the partition table has the side-effect that all partitions
end up with "msftdata" flag set. The reason is that partition type
PARTITION_BASIC_DATA_GUID is hard-coded in the gpt_fill_pte()
function. This does not appear to cause any harm.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Make the partition table available for modification by reading it from
the user-specified device into a linked list. Provide an accessor
function for command-line testing.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
[trini: Make this depend on CMD_GPT_RENAME, as it is the user of this
code]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to read the GPT, modify the partition name strings, and then
write out a new GPT, the disk GUID is needed. While there is an
existing accessor for the partition UUIDs, there is none yet for the
disk GUID.
Changes since v6: none.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Move MAX_SEARCH_PARTITIONS to part.h so that functions in cmd
directory can find it. At the same time, increase the value to
64 since some operating systems use many, and the resources
consumed by a larger value are minimal.
Changes since v6: none.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Make minor changes to README.gpt and sandbox_defconfig to support
testing of the gpt command's functionality in the sandbox.
Changes since v6: none.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
The existing partitions-list parsing in cmd/gpt.c passes a value
from gpt_default() to set_gpt_info() that README.gpt suggests
should begin with 'partitions='. Partition-list strings should
in fact begin with 'uuid_disk', as otherwise the call from
set_gpt_info() to extract_val() to find 'uuid_disk' will fail.
Change README.gpt accordingly.
Changes since v6: none.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
With the changes to fdt_get_base_address() we need to modify the logic
in ft_verify_fdt() for how we check the validity of the CCSR address.
Tested-on: qemu-ppce500 -M mpc8544ds
Fixes: 336a44877a ("fdt: Correct fdt_get_base_address()")
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The logic of what fdt_get_base_address() will search for and return has
changed. Rework get_phys_ccsrbar_addr_early() to perform the logic that
fdt_get_base_address used to perform.
Fixes: 336a44877a ("fdt: Correct fdt_get_base_address()")
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
ahci_probe_scsi() now takes a 'base' argument, and there is an API
that prepares base address for us: ahci_probe_scsi_pci().
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since we now have clock driver on the RCar Gen3 , obtain the clock
configuration using the clock framework functions. In case this
fails, fall back to the original code for pulling the clock config
directly out of OF.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Convert the SH Serial to Kconfig using tools/moveconfig.py tool
and a bit of manual adjustment to cater for failed conversions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add clock driver for the RCar Gen3 R8A7795 and R8A7796 SoCs .
This driver allows reading out the clock configuration set by
previous boot stages and enabling and disabling clock using
the MSTP registers. Setting clock is not supported thus far.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the RCar Gen3 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.12-rc6,
commit 6f7da290413ba713f0cdd9ff1a2a9bb129ef4f6c . This includes both M3
and H3 ULCB and Salvator-X boards.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Allow pasting extra long lines into the U-Boot console on RCar Gen3.
This is OK since we have plenty of resources and it's convenient.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add support for Phytec pfla02, equipped with NAND.
CPU: Freescale i.MX6Q rev1.5 996 MHz (running at 792 MHz)
CPU: Automotive temperature grade (-40C to 125C) at 31C
Reset cause: POR
I2C: ready
DRAM: 1 GiB
NAND: 2048 MiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1
SF: Detected n25q128 with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 64 KiB, total
16 MiB
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Net: FEC [PRIME]
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
CC: Stefan Christ <s.christ@phytec.de>
CC: Stefan Müller-Klieser <S.Mueller-Klieser@phytec.de>
CC: Christian Hemp <C.Hemp@phytec.de>
strncat(a, b, c) appends a maximum of c characters plus the 0 byte
to a.
In board_init we first write 4 characters plus 0 byte to version.
So only ZYNQMP_VERSION_SIZE - 5 additional characters fit into
version.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Modify chip_id() routine such that to handle based on
the current el. Also make it available even if FPGA is
not enabled in system such it can be used always.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch makes chip_id() as a global routine so that
it can be used in other places as required.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch modifies the chip_id routine to get either idcode or
silicon version based on the argument received.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Not using board revision is causing confusion about which board is
supported and tested. Mark dts files exactly with board revision which
was tested. When new board revision arives it can be symlink if SW view
is the same. Also add -revX suffix to compatible string because user space
tools are parsing this string and can change behavior depends of board
revision.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove incorrect code of writing to system timestamp
counter registers. This register writes does nothing
and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Newer psu_init_gpl.c/h contain clock setup. Detect if
reference clock is active. If yes, skip timer setup.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Mask should start from the first bit - using 0xe is just wrong.
3bits are used that's why 0x7 mask is correct.
This patch is fixing silicon ID code detection. Previous behavior was
that bit0 was completely ignored.
Issue was found on 2eg chip detection.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is a need to include psu_init also in mini u-boot configuration
that's why handle psu_init via Kconfig property.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
For some mini platforms there could be a need to include psu_init.
That's why move it to board file instead of spl only file.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch removes ifdef around mmio read and write rotuines
and make them a single routine by checking the current el.
This patch helps to remove ifdef around invoke_smc as well.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
TCM on ZynqMP needs to be intialized in a sequence
and this patch provides a global routine to perform
this as per requirement.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch provides an option to include OCM and TCM memory
into MMU table with corresponding memory attributes.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Dont use local temporary buffer for printing out the
info instead use directly from memroy. This fixes the
issue of stack corruprion due to local buffer overflow.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
These macros and one variable is not used anywhere that's why
they should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Dont panic incase of mmio write/read failures instead return
error and let the peripheral driver take care of clock get
and set failures.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for CCF, this CCF reads the ref clocks
from dt and checks all the required clock control
registers for its source , divisors and calculates
the clock from them. This supports clock and set
functions.
Panic when read/write fails.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make reserve_mmu a weak so that it provides an option
to customize this routine as per platform need
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Z-Turn board is a low cost development board based on the
Xilinx Zynq SoC. While it's powerful and quite versatile, it
so far lacked upstream support.
This patch adds basic support for the Z-Turn. It does however
for now miss enablement for MIO51 reset which means that USB
and ethernet don't work. For that either FSBL or SPL need to
be adjusted. The SPL part will follow later.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Distro boot allows devices to boot using standardized boot methods by
default. This can be very handy for distributions that want to run on
different platforms.
This patch moves the zynq platform to use its old, zynq specific boot
method first and then fall back to distro boot. That way supporting
Linux distributions like openSUSE is much easier.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
When using EFI_LOADER, we add a few special sections for runtime code and
data which get relocated on demand when executing a target OS.
These runtime structures need to get annotated properly in the linker script.
While we do that properly in the generic one, we missed out on the zynq
specific linker script.
This patch adds the EFI runtime section annotations into the zynq linker script
so that the efi loader code actually works on that platform.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment. Also enable "secureboot=y"
flag in environment for ARM based platforms instead of bootcmd.
Signed-off-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Include common config_distro_defaults.h and config_distro_bootcmd.h
for u-boot enviroments to support automatical distro boot which
scan boot.scr from external storage devices(e.g. SD/USB/SATA/SCSI disk)
and execute autoboot script. Tested on ls2088ardb with automatically
boot Ubuntu from SD card or USB disk, if it fails to detect external
storage disk, fall back to nor/qspi boot.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Ying-22455 <ying.zhang22455@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment. Disable fall back option to
qspi boot in case of secure boot. Also enable "secureboot=y" flag
in environment for ARM based platforms instead of bootcmd.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment. Disable fall back option to
qspi boot in case of secure boot. Also enable "secureboot=y" flag
in environment for ARM based platforms instead of bootcmd.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment. Disable fall back option to
nor/qspi boot in case of secure boot. Also enable "secureboot=y"
flag in environment for ARM based platforms instead of bootcmd.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Tested on ls1046ardb with automatically boot Ubuntu from SD card or
USB disk, if it fails to detect external storage disk, fall back to
qspi boot.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Include common config_distro_defaults.h and config_distro_bootcmd.h
for u-boot enviroments to support automatical distro boot which
scan boot.scr from external storage devices(e.g. SD/USB/SATA/SCSI disk)
and execute autoboot script. Tested on ls1043ardb with automatically
boot Ubuntu from SD card or USB disk, if it fails to detect external
storage disk, fall back to nor/qspi boot.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
As per new memory layout, Update env offset
from 0x200000 to 0x300000
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The duplicate definitions for IH_ARCH_ARM and IH_ARCH_ARM64 are removed.
The definitions in <image.h> are used.
According to this modification, the comparison between os arch and cpu
arch is done in C programming instead of ASM programming.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Pet the watchdog once upon each command call (qspi_xfer) and during
each loop iteration in several commands.
This fixes a watchdog reset especially during erase command.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Stein <alexander.stein@systec-electronic.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch includes common config_distro_defaults.h and
config_distro_bootcmd.h for u-boot enviroments to support distro boot
which automatically scan boot.scr from storage devices(e.g.
SD/USB/SATA/SCSI disk) and execute autoboot script on LS1021ATWR board.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
After MMC is converted to DM, convert to use DM SCSI as well for all
x86 boards and imply BLK for both MMC and SCSI drivers.
CONFIG_SCSI_DEV_LIST is no longer used. Clean them up.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the pci_mmc driver over to driver model and migrate all x86 boards
that use it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: remove DM_MMC from edison_defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The value of uma_memory_size depends on an undefined value
from the stack. The value of uma_memory_size is changed but
never used.
So simply remove this superfluous code.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts Intel ICH6 GPIO driver to Kconfig, and add it to the
imply list of platform drivers.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Only a specific type of SPI flash exists on a board, having board
Kconfig to select the SPI flash seems to make more sense. Other
flash types are not necessary except coreboot, which implies all
available flash drivers there.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
QEMU does not support ICH SPI controller yet. It's meaningless to
include SPI flash support.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot as coreboot payload can run on any x86 hardware ideally.
Let's imply some common drivers that are useful.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Imply drivers that are working with Ivybridge platform in the
platform Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
BayTrail integrates lots of peripherals that have U-Boot drivers.
Imply those in the platform Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that all x86 boards have been converted to use DM, we can imply
these uclass drivers (DM_ETH, DM_RTC, DM_USB, DM_VIDEO) from the
top level.
Previously DM_GPIO, DM_KEYBOARD, DM_SERIAL, DM_SPI, DM_SPI_FLASH
are selected. Change to use 'imply' to allow them to be removed.
Note with this change, chromebook_link64 build fails:
common/built-in.o:(.data.env_htab+0xc): undefined reference to 'env_flags_validate'
lib/built-in.o: In function `hsearch_r':
lib/hashtable.c:380: undefined reference to 'env_callback_init'
lib/hashtable.c:382: undefined reference to 'env_flags_init'
make[1]: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT is required for chromebook_link64 to build
again. This is just a workaround as it is not needed at all. See
commit bda40d5 "x86: qemu: Add a config for 64-bit U-Boot" for
the same issue seen on QEMU 64-bit target.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Platform knows whether MRC cache is implemented, but using it can
be a choice of a specific board.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is architecture-dependent early initialization hence should
be put in the platform Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
arch_misc_init() is intended to do architecture-dependent stuff.
This is required by each platform.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F literally indicates board-specific codes
and should be not 'default y' for all x86 boards.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Intel Management Engine is required by the platform, however it's
not a must have when building a U-Boot image. For example, during
development normally programming ME firmware is a one-time effort.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some firmwares might have another window for generated tables.
So, introduce two configuration options to select start address and
maximum length for the generated tables.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Rename try_msr_calibrate_tsc() to cpu_mhz_from_msr(), as that
better describes what the routine does.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
02c0cd2: x86/tsc_msr: Remove irqoff around MSR-based TSC enumeration
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Atom processors use a 19.2 MHz crystal oscillator.
Early processors generate 100 MHz via 19.2 MHz * 26 / 5 = 99.84 MHz.
Later processors generate 100 MHz via 19.2 MHz * 125 / 24 = 100 MHz.
Update the Silvermont-based tables accordingly, matching the Software
Developers Manual.
Also, correct a 166 MHz entry that should have been 116 MHz, and add
a missing 80 MHz entry for VLV2.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
05680e7: x86/tsc_msr: Correct Silvermont reference clock values
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some processor abbreviations in the comments of freq_desc_tables[]
are obscure. This updates part of these to mention processors
that are known to us. Also expand frequency definitions.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
9e0cae9: x86/tsc_msr: Update comments, expand definitions
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If either ratio or freq is zero, the return value is zero. There
is no need to create a fail branch and return zero there.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
14bb4e3: x86/tsc_msr: Remove debugging messages
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
try_msr_calibrate_tsc() is currently Intel-specific, and should not
execute on any other vendor's parts.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
ba82683: x86/tsc_msr: Identify Intel-specific code
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently we read the tsc radio like this:
ratio = (MSR_PLATFORM_INFO >> 8) & 0x1f;
Thus we get bit 8-12 of MSR_PLATFORM_INFO, however according to the
Intel manual, the ratio bits are bit 8-15.
Fix this problem by masking 0xff instead.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
886123f: x86/tsc: Read all ratio bits from MSR_PLATFORM_INFO
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
64-bit U-Boot image is a combination of 32-bit U-Boot (SPL) plus
64-bit U-Boot (proper). For the U-Boot proper, it has be compiled
to 64-bit object codes. Attempting to use a toolchain to compile
64-bit U-Boot for qemu-x86_64, like kernel.org 4.9 i386-linux-gcc,
fails with the following errors:
arch/x86/cpu/intel_common/microcode.c:79:2: error: PIC register
clobbered by 'ebx' in 'asm'
The issue is because toolchain is preconfigured to generate code
for the 32-bit architecture (i386), and currently '-m64' is missing
in the makefile fragment. Using kernel.org 4.9 x86_64-linux-gcc
works out of the box, since it is preconfigured to generate 64-bit
codes.
When compiling U-Boot SPL, '-m32' is passed to the toolchain, no
mater 32-bit (i386-linux-) or 64-bit (x86_64-linux) the toolchain
is preconfigured to generate.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present U-Boot x86 build is using -mpreferred-stack-boundary=2
which is 4 bytes stack boundary alignment. With 64-bit U-Boot, the
minimal required stack boundary alignment is 16 bytes.
If -mpreferred-stack-boundary is not specified, the default is 4
(16 bytes). Switch to use the default one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some LDOs have a bypass capability. Make sure that the bypass is disabled
when is the LDO is enabled (otherwise the voltage can't be changed).
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Modify palmas_mmc1_poweron_ldo() API to set the voltage based on the
voltage parameter passed as argument instead of always setting it to
3.0V. This allows MMC1 to set the LDO1 regulator voltage to 3.3V or 1.8V.
1.8V is required to add support for UHS mode.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move this board over to driver model for MMC and SATA. This means that it
uses CONFIG_BLK as well. In SPL these options remain turned off since it
increases the code size. One option would be to use CONFIG_SPL_OF_PLATDATA
to avoid device-tree overhead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not used in SPL so we do not need to compile it. Make this change
before adding driver-model support to the driver, to avoid build errors.
With driver model we define a U_BOOT_DRIVER() which would otherwise be
present in SPL and not be garbage-collected when building.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Add a driver-model version of this driver which mostly uses the existing
code. The old code can be removed once all boards are switched over.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function has #ifdefs in it which we want to avoid for driver model.
Instead we should use different compatible strings and the .data field.
It also uses the MMC device number which is not available in driver
model except through aliases.
Move the function's into its caller so that the driver-model version can
do things its own way.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
At present the driver-private data is obtained in various functions by
various means. With driver model this is provided automatically. Without
driver model it comes from a C array declared at the top of the file.
Adjust internal functions so that they are passed the private data as
a parameter, allowing the caller to obtain it using either means.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Use the driver-model naming convention for this structure. It is data
private to the driver so the local variable should be called 'priv'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Use the driver-model naming convention for this structure. It is data
private to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
This is expected to be attached to the uclass and the code operates that
way, but the uclass has not been updated. Fix it to avoid using memory at
address 0.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 47fc61a (dm: ahci: Drop use of probe_ent)
When the SATA code was moved into drivers/ata these Kconfig options were
added to that directory. They already exist in drivers/scsi. Remove them
from drivers/ata to fix the duplication.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 7f2b5f4 (sata: Move drivers into new drivers/ata directory)
This function appears to obtain the value of the 'ranges' property rather
than 'reg'. As such it does not behave as documented or expected.
In addition it picks up the second field of the property which is the size
(with prop += naddr) rather than the first which is the address.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if U-Boot proper uses driver model for MMC, then SPL has to
also. While this is desirable, it places a significant barrier to moving
to driver model in some cases. For example, with a space-constrained SPL
it may be necessary to enable CONFIG_SPL_OF_PLATDATA which involves
adjusting some drivers.
Add new SPL versions of the options for DM_MMC, DM_MMC_OPS and BLK. By
default these follow their non-SPL versions, but this can be changed by
boards which need it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the AHCI SCSI driver only supports PCI with driver model.
Rename the existing function to indicate this and add support for adding
a non-PCI controller .
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Migrate all remaining instances of CMD_NAND, CMD_NAND_TRIMFFS
CMD_NAND_LOCK_UNLOCK and CMD_NAND_TORTURE from the headers into the
defconfig files.
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With driver model the serial device is often not called "serial". Mark
driver-model stdio devices so that they can be detected and we can look up
the uclass. This is a more reliable way of finding out whether the console
is connected to a serial device or not.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Put the check for whether a console is a serial device in a function so
that we can share the code in the two places that use it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The image address passed to secure_boot_verify_image() may not be
cacheline aligned, round the address down to the nearest cacheline.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
When we have MMC available we assume that we want to put the env as a
file on FAT.
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The main uses of CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT are for network support and for
disabling "Falcon Mode" support at run-time. As this build enables
neither, remove this feature.
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We rename the various FAT_ENV_xxx options to CONFIG_ENV_FAT_xxx so that
they can be modified via Kconfig. Migrate all existing users to the new
values.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_TWL4030_PWM is not being used by any source, so let's remove the #define
and the whitelist entry
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Commit ca9193d2b1 ("efi_loader: gop: fixes for CONFIG_DM_VIDEO without
CONFIG_LCD") dropped the explicit (void*) cast for fb_base in efi gop support
for CONFIG_LCD without DM. This patch adds it back, eliminating the now occuring
warning again
Fixes: ca9193d2b1 ("efi_loader: gop: fixes for CONFIG_DM_VIDEO without CONFIG_LCD")
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Patch queue for efi - 2017-07-29
A lot of EFI greatness this time around. Thanks a lot to the
two amazing new contributors
Heinrich Schuchardt and
Rob Clark
we now gain
- stable objects across multiple bootefi invocations
- fixes for shim
- fixes for ipxe
- protocol installation
- device path conversion to/from text
- working "lsefi" support in grub
- working notifiers
- various bug fixes
Some platforms might require different approach when filling memory
mappings configuration table.
Allow them to override the common method.
At the same time export acpi_create_mcfg_mmconfig().
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In Baytrail and Quark support code acpi_fill_madt() is identical.
Deduplicate its implementation by moving to lib/acpi_tables.c.
At the same time mark acpi_fill_madt() with __weak attribute to keep a
possibility to override it in platform code
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
ACPI specification defines FADT fields marked as reserved in U-Boot.
Name these fields in accordance with ACPI specification.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In some cases we would need build date as integer value.
Export U_BOOT_BUILD_DATE as %Y%m%d integer value.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If ASL compiler failed by any reason do not produce output C file.
Otherwise sequential run of make will shadow the actual error in ASL,
i.e.
CC board/intel/edison/dsdt.o
board/intel/edison/dsdt.c:1:1: error: unterminated comment
/*
and user has to remove dsdt.c and run make in order to see the error again.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Change from EHCI to xHCI on the DFI BayTrail SoM.
The xHCI USB hub is connected to an GPIO on the DFI BayTrail SoM. For
correct operation, it needs to get reset upon power-up. Otherwise it
may happen that the hub is not detected after a software reboot. This
patch also configures this GPIO in the dts for correct operation.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This config option is needed on the congatec x86 BayTrail board, as
otherwise the USB hub will not get initialized correctly. This
patch selects this Kconfig option again.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To support the Spansion SPI NOR flashes, this patch enables the support in
defconfig. This increases the U-Boot binary too much so that it does
not fit into its area in the ROM. So also move the VIDEO BIOS blob
a bit to make some space here.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add Intel Edison board which is using U-Boot.
The patch is based on work done by the following people (in alphabetical
order):
Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Dukjoon Jeon <dukjoon.jeon@intel.com>
eric.park <eric.park@intel.com>
Fabien Chereau <fabien.chereau@intel.com>
Felipe Balbi <felipe.balbi@linux.intel.com>
Scott D Phillips <scott.d.phillips@intel.com>
Sebastien Colleur <sebastienx.colleur@intel.com>
Steve Sakoman <steve.sakoman@intel.com>
Vincent Tinelli <vincent.tinelli@intel.com>
In case we're building for Intel Edison, we must have 4096 bytes of
zeroes in the beginning on u-boot.bin. This is done in
board/intel/edison/config.mk.
First run sets hardware_id environment variable which is read from
System Controller Unit (SCU).
Serial number (serial# environment variable) is generated based on eMMC
CID.
MAC address on USB network interface is unique to the board but kept the
same all over the time.
Set mac address from U-Boot using following scheme:
OUI = 02:00:86
next 3 bytes of MAC address set from eMMC serial number
This allows to have a unique mac address across reboot and flashing.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Tinelli <vincent.tinelli@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <felipe.balbi@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[bmeng: Add MAINTAINERS file for Intel Edison board]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Kbuild complains if USB is not selected before any of host driver.
warning: (X86) selects USB_EHCI_HCD which has unmet direct dependencies (USB)
warning: (X86) selects USB_EHCI_HCD which has unmet direct dependencies (USB)
Select it for X86.
Fixes: 64d6ac5bc4 ("Kconfig: USB: Migrate CONFIG_USB_EHCI_HCD users to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
[bmeng: Update all x86 boards' defconfig files to remove CONFIG_USB]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This should make it easier to see when a callback back to UEFI world
calls back in to the u-boot world, and generally match up EFI_ENTRY()
and EFI_EXIT() calls.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: remove static from const var]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Missing an EFI_ENTRY() or doubling up EFI_EXIT() leads to non-obvious
crashes. Let's add some error checking.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: fix bogus assert() and fix app_gd breakage]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Move clk_release_all() prototype and definition inside
OF_CONTROL flag to avoid following compilation error for
poplar platform:
aarch64: + poplar
+drivers/usb/host/built-in.o: In function `ehci_usb_remove':
+drivers/usb/host/ehci-generic.c:159: undefined reference to `clk_release_all'
+drivers/usb/host/built-in.o: In function `ehci_usb_probe':
+drivers/usb/host/ehci-generic.c:133: undefined reference to `clk_release_all'
+make[1]: *** [u-boot] Error 139
+make: *** [sub-make] Error 2
Introduced by 4e542c4 clk: add clk_release_all()
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Fix following warnings encountered with platforms
dra7xx_evm and dra7xx_hs_evm :
arm: + dra7xx_evm
+ hccr = (struct xhci_hccr *)devfdt_get_addr(dev);
+ ^
+ hcor = (struct xhci_hcor *)((phys_addr_t)hccr +
+ ^
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c: In function 'xhci_dwc3_probe':
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:124:9: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:125:30: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Wpointer-to-int-cast]
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:125:9: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
arm: + dra7xx_hs_evm
+ hccr = (struct xhci_hccr *)devfdt_get_addr(dev);
+ ^
+ hcor = (struct xhci_hcor *)((phys_addr_t)hccr +
+ ^
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c: In function 'xhci_dwc3_probe':
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:124:9: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:125:30: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Wpointer-to-int-cast]
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:125:9: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Introduced by 7e65e84 usb: host: xhci-dwc3: Convert driver to DM
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This driver is used to stub PHY operations in a driver (USB, SATA).
This is useful when the 'client' driver (USB, SATA, ...) uses the PHY
framework and there is no actual PHY harwdare to drive.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Call generic_phy_init() only when a PHY was found.
This will avoid a crash if no "phys" property is found in DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reported-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Call generic_phy_init() only when a PHY was found.
This will avoid a crash if no "phys" property is found in DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reported-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add CONFIG_DM_USB flag to avoid following compilation errors
detected by buildman :
+drivers/usb/host/built-in.o: In function `xhci_dwc3_remove':
+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:168: undefined reference to `xhci_deregister'
+drivers/usb/host/built-in.o: In function `xhci_dwc3_probe':
+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:145: undefined reference to `usb_get_dr_mode'
+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:152: undefined reference to `xhci_register'
introduced by patch d5c3f014da3 "usb: host: xhci-dwc3: Convert driver to DM"
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reported-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
To avoid compilation breakage on platform that doesn't
support DM PHY but uses xhci-dwc3 driver, add the missing
CONFIG_PHY flag.
Introduced by patch :
84e53877 "usb: host: xhci-dwc3: Add generic PHY support"
Cc: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reported-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
- factorize code between read and write transaction
- always use dfu_transaction_cleanup() to initialize
the internal variable: easy maintenance
- replace direct access by dfu_get_buf() and dfu_get_buf_size()
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Change long (32 bits on arm) to u64 (same type than offset)
for size and read offset r_left
So partition and device used for DFU can be greater than 4GB
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
solve issue on get_medium_size() function
the detection of error is a simple test < 0
but for ARM platform, long is 32bits and 2GB = 0x80000000
is seen as error.
I solve the issue by changing the prototype fo the function
to separate size and result.
This patch prepare the next patch with size change to u64.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Fix the memory leak by freeing the allocated out request buffer
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
So far LS/FS devices directly attached to xHC root port can be
successfully enumerated by xHCI driver, but if they are connected
behind a hub, the enumeration process fails to address the device.
It turns out xHCI driver still misses a part that in the device's
input slot context, all Transaction Translator (TT) related fields
are not programmed. The xHCI spec defines how to enable TT.
Now LS/FS devices like USB keyboard/mouse can be enumerated behind
a high speed hub.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no way to know whether the attached device is a hub or
not in advance before the device's descriptor is fetched. But
once we know it's a high speed hub, per the xHCI spec, we need
to tell xHC it's a hub device by initializing hub-related fields
in the input slot context.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After fetching hub descriptor, we need to call USB uclass operation
update_hub_device() to notify HCD to do some preparation work.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For USB host controllers like xHC, its internal representation of
hub needs to be updated after the hub descriptor is fetched. This
adds a new op that does this.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A high speed hub has a special responsibility to handle full speed/
low speed devices connected on downstream ports. In this case, the
hub must isolate the high speed signaling environment from the full
speed/low speed signaling environment with the help of Transaction
Translator (TT). TT details are provided by hub descriptors and we
parse and save it to hub uclass_priv for later use.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
xHCI spec says: the values of the 'route string' field shall be
initialized by the first 'Address Device' command issued to a
device slot, and shall not be modified by any other command.
So far U-Boot does not program this field, and it does not prevent
SS device directly attached to root port, or HS device behind an HS
hub, from working, due to the fact that 'route string' is used by
the xHC to target SS packets. But in order to enumerate devices
behind an SS hub, this field must be programmed.
With this commit and along with previous commits, now SS & HS devices
attached to a USB 3.0 hub can be enumerated by U-Boot.
As usual, this new feature is only available when DM is on.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For future extension, change xhci_setup_addressable_virt_dev()
signature to accept a pointer to 'struct usb_device', instead
of its members slot_id & speed, as the struct already contains
these two plus some other useful information of the device.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
USB 3.0 hub uses a hub depth value multiplied by four as an offset
into the 'route string' to locate the bits it uses to determine the
downstream port number. We shall set the hub depth value of a USB
3.0 hub after it is configured.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
USB 3.0 hub port status field has different bit positions from 2.0
hubs. Since U-Boot only understands the old version, translate the
new one into the old one.
Since we are going to add USB 3.0 hub support, this feature is only
available with driver model USB.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes we need know if a given hub device is root hub or not.
Add a new API to test this. This removes the xHCI driver's own
version is_root_hub() and change to use the new API.
While we are here, remove the unused/commented out get_usb_device()
in the xHCI driver too.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present hub_port_reset() is defined in DM USB, but it is never
called hence remove it (removing another ifdefs).
While we are here, change legacy_hub_port_reset() name to
usb_hub_port_reset() to better match other function names in the
same hub module.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use USB hub device's dev->uclass_priv to point to 'usb_hub_device'
so that with driver model usb_hub_reset() and usb_hub_allocate()
are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As there is no board that currently uses xhci-pci driver without DM
USB, drop its support and leave only DM support.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
BayTrail SoC supports both EHCI and xHCI controllers. However only
one host controller (either EHCI or xHCI) can be used. To enable
HSIC and SS ports, xHCI must be used. This turns on xHCI support on
Intel MinnowMax board.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Occasionally it was observed that on Intel MinnowMax board, with a
USB 2.0 device connected to the bottom port, when doing 'usb start'
on the xHCI controller:
scanning bus 0 for devices... cannot reset port 3!?
But neither of the two USB ports is routed to xHCI root port 3.
Adding some debug information shows that xHCI port 3 PORTSC register
mysteriously reports both CCS = 1 and CSC = 1.
This is not seen every time. After increasing the timeout to wait
for power to become stable, the issue is gone. So this indicates
current default USB power-on delay (20ms) might be at a critical
region where power is stable/unstable. U-Boot provides a mechanism
to have a environment variable to override the default one. Add
one for MinnowMax.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
USB 3.0 defines bMaxPacketSize0 field in the device descriptor as
the exponent of 2, so let's print the calculated actual size.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that EHCD does not use CONFIG_SYS_USB_EHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS,
remove it in all boards' config files.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
EHC reports supported maximum number of ports in the HCSPARAMS
register, so it's unnecessary to use a hardcoded config option
CONFIG_SYS_USB_EHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that xHCD does not use CONFIG_SYS_USB_XHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS,
remove it in all boards' config files.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
xHC reports supported maximum number of ports in the HCSPARAMS1
register, so it's unnecessary to use a hardcoded config option
CONFIG_SYS_USB_XHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
HCSPARAMS1:MaxPorts field specifies the maximum port number value,
and its valid values are in the range of 1 to 255.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
USB 3.0 hub port status has different bit position regarding to
port power, port speed, etc. But others are the same as 2.0 hubs.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
USB 3.0 hubs have a slightly different hub descriptor than USB 2.0
hubs, with a fixed (rather than variable length) size. Change the
host controller drivers that access those last two fields
(DeviceRemovable and PortPowerCtrlMask) to use the union.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For accuracy, we should use 'sizeof(struct usb_port_status)' as the
wLength for 'get port status' request, although it happens to be
equal to 'sizeof(struct usb_hub_status)'.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Testing a USB 3.0 hub by connecting it to the xHCI port on Intel
MinnowMax, when issuing 'get hub descriptor' to the hub, xHCI
reports a transfer event TRB with a completion code 6 which means
'Stall Error'.
In fact super speed USB hub descriptor type is 0x2a, not 0x29.
Sending correct SETUP packet to the hub makes it not stall anymore.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It was observed that on Intel MinnowMax board, when xHCI is enabled
in the BayTrail SoC, with a USB 3.0 device connected to the bottom
USB 3.0 port (mapped to xHCI root port #7), its PORTSC register is
always 0x201203 (CCS = 1, CSC = 0). The root cause of such behavior
is unknown yet. Connect status change bit is set on the same port
with a USB 2.0 device (mapped to xHCI port #1, which is a different
port on the root hub).
With current logic in usb_scan_port(), the enumeration process will
abort if it does not detect a connect status change on a hub port.
However since a device connection status is correctly reported, the
enumeration process can still continue.
With this change, USB device connected to the bottom blue port on
MinnowMax board can be enumerated under either SS or HS mode.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
A valid input slot context for a 'configure endpoint' command requires
the 'Context Entries' field to be initialized to the index of the last
valid endpoint context that is defined by the target configuration. We
set up the 'Context Entries' field, but we forget to include the input
slot context in the input control context 'Add Context flags' bitmap.
So xHC will simply ignore input slot context and continue using its own
which contains old information of the device.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The scratchpad buffer array is used to define the locations of
statically allocated memory pages that are available for the
private use of the xHC. The xHCI spec explicitly mentions that
system software shall allocate the scratchpad buffers before
placing the xHC in to Run mode (Run/Stop (R/S) = ‘1’), however
U-Boot is missing this part.
This causes xHC on Intel platform does not respond the very first
'enable slot' command that is given to xHC and the 'enable slot'
command completion event TRB is never generated and xHC seems to
hang forever.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In xhci_queue_command(), when the command is not 'reset endpoint',
'stop endpoint' or 'set TR dequeue pointer', endpoint ID should not
be encoded in the TRB.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There is no member called 'dma' in struct xhci_container_ctx. Remove
the comments that mentions it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
use array to save deasserted resets reference in order to
assert them in case of error during probe() or during driver
removal.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
use array to save enabled clocks reference in order to
disabled them in case of error during probe() or during
driver removal.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use an array to save enabled clocks reference and deasserted resets
in order to respectively disabled and asserted them in case of error
during probe() or during driver removal.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
this allows to get file, line and function location
of the current error message.
Signed-off-by: patrice chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is usefull to get phandle number contained
in a property list.
For example, this allows to allocate the right amount
of memory to keep clock's reference contained into the
"clocks" property.
To implement it, either of_count_phandle_with_args() or
fdtdec_parse_phandle_with_args() are used respectively
for live tree and flat tree.
By passing index = -1, these 2 functions returns the
number of phandle contained into the property list.
Add also the dev_count_phandle_with_args() based on
ofnode_count_phandle_with_args()
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add clk_release_all() method which Disable/Free an
array of clocks that has been previously requested by
clk_request/get_by_*()
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add reset_release_all() method which Assert/Free an
array of resets signal that has been previously successfully
requested by reset_get_by_*()
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is needed in error path to assert previously deasserted
reset by using a saved reset_ctl reference.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This allow to check if a PHY has been correctly
initialised and avoid to get access to phy struct.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
phy->dev need to be set to NULL in case of generic_phy_get_by_index()
fails. Then phy->dev can be used to check if the phy is valid
Reported-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
DWC3 dual role mode is selected using DT "dr_mode"
property. If not found, DWC3 controller is configured
in HOST mode by default
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add Driver Model support with use of generic DT
compatible string "snps,dwc3"
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These are not needed now since the drivers now use driver model. Drop
them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Convert this PMIC driver to driver model and fix up other users. The
regulator and GPIO functions are now handled by separate drivers.
Update nyan-big to work correct. Three boards will need to be updated by
the maintainers: apalis-tk1, cei-tk1-som. Also the TODO in the code re
as3722_sd_set_voltage() needs to be completed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This pmic includes GPIOs which should have their own driver. Add
a driver to support these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This pmic includes regulators which should have their own driver. Add
a driver to support these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Update the tegra pci driver to support a live device tree. Fix the check
for nvidia,num-lanes so that an error will actually be detected.
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Adjust this code to support a live device tree. This should be implemented
as a PHY driver but that is left as an exercise for the maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The PMC can be modelled as a syscon peripheral. Add a driver for this
so that it can be accessed by drivers when needed. Enable it for tegra124
boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Enable the debug UART in SPL to allow early serial output even if the
standard UART does not work (e.g. due to driver model problem).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
At present this function only supports 32-bit (single-cell) values. Update
it to support two-cell values also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
We sometimes need to read a resource from an arbitrary node. In any case
for consistency we should not put the live-tree switching code in
a dev_read_...() function. Update this to suit.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Current puts() and putc() have similar #ifdef / if() conditionals.
Make puts() iterate over putc() to avoid code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
DT property values can be strings as well as integers. This is why
of_get_property/fdt_getprop returns an opaque pointer.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
During 'scsi reset', scsi_bus_reset() is called with udevice pointed
to NULL, which causes exception. As a temporary fix, disable the call
for DM SCSI for now.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Running 'scsi scan' command causes scsi_scan_dev() to be called,
from which device_probe() is called and consequently AHCI driver
probe routine will be called as SCSI driver's parent, and finally
ahci_probe_scsi() calls scsi_scan_dev() again.
Remove the call to scsi_scan_dev() in ahci_probe_scsi().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable booting from SATA on the wandboard.
Sata support was already enabled, but distro_bootcmd is not configured
to boot from it.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
commit 306dd7dabd ("net: fec_mxc: fix PHY initialization bug with CONFIG_DM_ETH")
has broken the build of the fec_mxc driver with CONFIG_DM_ETH
enabled because it changed the parameters passed to *fec_get_miibus()
without changing the functions prototype.
This patch fixes up the prototype of fec_get_miibus() for the DM_ETH case.
Signed-off-by: Lothar Waßmann <LW@KARO-electronics.de>
Rather than open-coding EFI_EXIT() + callback + EFI_ENTRY(), introduce
an EFI_CALL() macro. This makes callbacks into UEFI world (of which
there will be more in the future) more concise and easier to locate in
the code.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
There are a couple spots doing things like:
return EFI_EXIT(some_fxn(...));
which I handn't noticed before. With addition of printing return value
in the EFI_EXIT() macro, now the fxn call was getting evaluated twice.
Which we didn't really want.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
A few lines (defines and declarations) had been duplicated when the
puma-rk3399 board was initially merged. This removes the duplicates
and changes the style to use local constants instead of pasted
literals.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
[fixed up commit-message & converted to use 'const u32':]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
function board_init_f_init_reserve will call memset, which
is implemented in lib, and enabled by CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
in spl stage.
To reduce the code size, also enable SPL_TINY_MEMSET.
As rk3036 will return to bootrom immediately after dram
initialization, there is no need to run DM, so disable
SPL_DM_SERIAL.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
RK3036 only has 4kb sram, the spl code will use
3.4 ~ 3.5 kb, the last 0.5kb are used for SP and
GD, so there is no space for malloc. Also, the spl
will directly return to bootrom after dram initialized,
they never need the space for malloc.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
SPL and normal u-boot stage use different malloc pool size
configuration before relocation, so use CONFIG_VAL(SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN)
to fit different boot stage.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andyshrk@gmail.com>
Changes in v3:
- use CONFIG_VAL(), which suggested by Simon
Changes in v2: None
arch/sandbox/cpu/start.c | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Some platforms have very limited SRAM to run SPL code, so there may
not be the same amount space for a malloc pool before relocation in
the SPL stage as the normal U-Boot stage.
Make SPL and (the full) U-Boot stage use independent SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN,
so the size of pre-relocation malloc pool can be configured memory
space independently.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[fixed up commit-message:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Some platforms have very limited SRAM to run SPL code, so there may
not be the same amount space for a malloc pool before relocation in
the SPL stage as the normal U-Boot stage.
Make SPL and (the full) U-Boot stage use independent SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN,
so the size of pre-relocation malloc pool can be configured memory
space independently.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[fixed up commit-message:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Some platforms have very limited SRAM to run SPL code, so there may
not be the same amount space for a malloc pool before relocation in
the SPL stage as the normal U-Boot stage.
Make SPL and (the full) U-Boot stage use independent SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN,
so the size of pre-relocation malloc pool can be configured memory
space independently.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[fixed up commit-message:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Some platforms have very limited SRAM to run SPL code, so there may
not be the same amount space for a malloc pool before relocation in
the SPL stage as the normal U-Boot stage.
Make SPL and (the full) U-Boot stage use independent SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN,
so the size of pre-relocation malloc pool can be configured memory
space independently.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[fixed up commit-message:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add the 'usbkbd' environment variable to the 'stdin', the contents of
the keyboard input can be auto-displayed on the serial terminal,so
you don't need to manually set the environment variable 'stdin'.
Signed-off-by: Leo Wen <leo.wen@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT and SPL_DRIVERS_MISC_SUPPORT were previously
enabled through rk3399_common.h. This change implies these options
through Kconfig.
These need to always be active for the RK3399, as follows:
- SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT is needed to pass the SPL build
- SPL_DRIVERS_MISC_SUPPORT is needed to pass the SPL build
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Currently, drive-strenght to 12ma are described and supposed to be used
on RK3288. However, the pinctrl driver for this SoC only handles muxing
and pull up/pull down via PU/PD control registers. So complex IPs like
GMAC are working in normal ethernet 100mbps, but not at 1gbps typically.
This commit adds support for handling drive-strength of 12ma, when it's
defined in the DT.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@collabora.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
When creating a EFI/GUID partition map for the RK3399-Q7 through
U-Boot, the partition entries should be places at a 1MB offset from
the start of the device to give us space for the environment (at 16KB
on SD/MMC devices), the SPL stage (at 32KB on SD/MMC devices) and the
image payload (at 256KB on SD/MMC devices).
This change sets this up through the u-boot,efi-partition-entries-offset
/config property in the RK3399-Q7 DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
As our SPL stage can grow quite large (80KB+ are not unusual) on the
RK3399-Q7, the default setting for the environment location (in
include/configs/rockchip-common.h) can overlap our SPL.
This change finally makes use of the 'u-boot,mmc-env-offset' DTS
property to override the environment location and put it at 16KB into
the device, which is right before the SPL (located at 32KB).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This removes the unused 'rate' field from both rk3399_pmuclk_priv and
rk3399_clk_priv. I didn't bother to check where this came from (i.e.
what the historical context of these was), but only verified that
these are indeed unused across all code-paths.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rk3368_clk_priv has two unused fields: rate, has_bwadj. This
removes them as there's no need for either (i.e. has_bwadj is always
true for the RK3368, according to its TRM).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The clk driver for the RK3368 picked the wrong data structure's size
for its auto-alloc size: the size was calculated on the structure
representing the CRU hardware block instead of the priv structure.
As the CRU's register file is much larger than the driver's priv,
this did not cause any pain (except wasting memory).
Fix this by using the correct data structure's size.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building for a TPL/SPL setup (e.g. on the RK3368), we need the
TPL stage to have the extra space for for the 'Rockchip SPL name'
(i.e. 'RK33' word). Yet, the SPL will start execution at its first
word (i.e. the first word in the SPL binary needs to be a valid
instruction). To make things a bit more involved, CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
is defined both for the SPL and the TPL stage.
To avoid having to explicitly test for the first stage (TPL, if and
only if TPL and SPL are built, SPL otherwise), this commit modifies
the sequence to repeat the 'b reset' (instead of reserving 4 bytes
of undefined space) at the start of the boot0 hook: if overwritten
(and execution starts at the second word), the first instruction is
still a 'b reset'... if not overwritten, we start on a 'b reset' as
well.
This solution wouldn't even require the check whether we are in the
SPL/TPL build (i.e. CONFIG_SPL_BUILD), but we leave this check in for
documentation purposes.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add regulator-init-microvolt for driver to init the regulator,
and the min output value is not 800000mV for the PWM2 io domain has
changed to VCC3V0 instead of VCC1V8 in rockchip evb, we need to
correct it with the value measured when PWM2 output HIGH.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The Identification Page (32 byte) is an additional page which can be written
and (later) permanently locked in Read-only mode.
phyCORE-RK3288 SoMs are using this page to describe the module variant.
This page also contains a MAC.
Our boards can be equipped with a different amount of EEPROMs. To make
this more transparent let's add an alias for the eeprom which stores the
module variant.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This reverts TXCLK toggling that was accidently dropped while reworking
commit 2454b719fb ("rockchip: rk3288: Add pinctrl support for the gmac
ethernet interface"). So the TX clock is enabled and we can use
GMAC_ROCKCHIP in 1Gbps when basic PINCTRL support is enabled
(!PINTRL_FULL).
Fixes: 2454b719fb ("rockchip: rk3288: Add pinctrl support for the...")
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@collabora.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
We are about to reuse the rockchip timer (header file) for 64bit ARMv8
chips, so it seems a good time to make the register sizes explicit by
changing from 'unsigned int' to 'u32'.
Reorders the header-includes in rk_timer.c to ensure that 'u32' is
definded before it is used by 'asm/arch/timer.h'.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
When booting shim -> fallback -> shim -> grub -> linux the memory map is
a bit larger than the size linux passes in on the first call. But in
the EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL case we were not passing back the updated size
to linux so it would loop forever.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In the source_file_format.txt file we talk about how to construct a
valid FIT image. While it already says to look at the source for the
full list, add kernel_noload to the explicit list of types. This is
arguably the most important type to use as most often we are including a
kernel that will run from wherever it is loaded into memory and execute.
This for example, allows you to create a single FIT image for Linux that
can be used on both OMAP and i.MX devices as the kernel will not need to
be moved in memory.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
STM32F7 and H7 shared the same SDRAM control block.
On STM32H7 few control bits has been added.
The current driver need some minor adaptation as FMC block
enable/disable for H7.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
FMC driver is now able to discover the bank number by
parsing bank subnodes.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FMC is able to manage 2 SDRAM banks, but the current driver
implementation is only able to manage the first SDRAM bank.
Even if only bank2 is used, some bank1 registers must be
configured.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace all fdtdec_get..() calls by ofnode_read...() or dev_read..().
This will allow drivers to support a live device tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Retrieve RAM base address from DT instead of using STM32_SDRAM_FMC
For STM32F7, FMC block base address is 0xA0000000, but SDRAM
registers are located at offset 0x140 inside FMC block.
Update the stm32_fmc_regs fields with all FMC registers
to map SDRAM registers at the right address.
These additionals registers will be used later.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Migrate all FMC defines from arch/arm/include/asm/arch-stm32f7/fmc.h
to drivers/ram/stm32_sdram.c
This will avoid to add an additionnal arch-stm32xx/fmc.h file when
a new stm32 family soc will be introduced.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All drivers which was using clock_get() are now using
clk_get_rate() from clock framework, now it's safe to
remove clock_get().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Replace proprietary clock_get() by clk_get_rate()
The stm32_qspi is now "generic" and can be used
by other STM32 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Replace proprietary clock_get() by clk_get_rate()
The stm32x7 serial driver is now "generic" and can be used
by other STM32 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
This allow to remove include/dm/platform_data/serial_stm32x7.h
which was included in the past by stm32x7 driver and by
stm32f746-disco.c board file.
Since patch 42bf5e7c27 "serial: stm32f7: add device tree support"
this file is no more needed in board file.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
clean the code by removing unused enums, structs and
defines related to clocks
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Add clock framework .get_rate callback.
This step will allow to convert all drivers which was using
proprietary clock_get() to use clock framework .get_rate().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Retrieve RCC base address from DT, this will prepare
the ground for future STM32 SoCs support.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Also remove its declaration from stm32.h which
is no more needed.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
The inline assembly functions in mon.c assume that the caller will
check for the return value in r0 according to regular ARM calling
conventions.
However, this assumption breaks down if the compiler inlines the
functions. The caller is then under no obligation to use r0 for the
result.
To fix this disconnect, we must explicitly move the return value
from the smc/bl call to the variable that the function returns.
Signed-off-by: Madan Srinivas <madans@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The load address of ramdisk, rdaddr is 0x88080000 and fit_loadaddr
is defined as 0x88000000. This leaves only 512Kbytes for the
fit image. When the FIT images are larger than this, it will
overwite the ramdisk and cause the boot to fail.
For eg, The K2 HS fit images are a few MB and end up overwriting
the ramdsk. This patch moves the fit_loadaddr to 0x87000000,
leaving a 16MB window for the fit image. This memory can be
reclaimed once the kernel starts running.
Signed-off-by: Madan Srinivas <madans@ti.com>
On early K2 devices (eg. K2HK) the secure ROM code does not support
loading secure code to firewall protected memory, before decrypting,
authenticating and executing it.
To load the boot monitor on these devices, it is necessary to first
authenticate and run a copy loop from non-secure memory that copies
the boot monitor behind firewall protected memory, before decrypting
and executing it.
On K2G, the secure ROM does not allow secure code executing from
unprotected memory. Further, ROM first copies the signed and encrypted
image into firewall protected memory, then decrypts, authenticates
and executes it.
As a result of this, we cannot use the copy loop for K2G. The
mon_install has to be modified to pass the address the signed and
encrypted secure boot monitor image to the authentication API.
For backward compatibility with other K2 devices and K2G GP,
the mon_install API still supports a single argument. In this case
the second argument is set to 0 by u-boot and is ignored by ROM
Signed-off-by: Thanh Tran <thanh-tran@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Madan Srinivas <madans@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We first split the CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND into its components to improve
readability. We then make the following order changes:
- Run findfdt first so the fdt name can be used in envboot like OMAP
- Install the boot monitor before running the PMMC so we can make any
needed secure changes before PMMC, do this on both HS and non-HS
- Move set_name_pmmc to just before get_pmmc_${boot}
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Updates the default u-boot environment variables to support secure
boot. On secure devices, a secure boot monitor (sec-bm) needs to
be installed by u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Madan Srinivas <madans@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Updates the default u-boot environment variables to support FIT image
loading.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
BeagleBoard X15 revC board is similar to X15 revB1 except
with a SR2.0 where revB1 uses a SR1.1. Add board detection
support for revC.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
board_is*("rev", board_ti_get_rev()) uses strncmp() for
revison detection and assumes it is success if return value
is <= 0. This will fail in case of multiple versions, as
revb will be true for board_is_*revb() and board_is_*reva().
Fix it by looking for exact match of the string.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
GPIOs are now supported on Meson GXBB, enable driver and command in
the config.
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit adds GPIO support to the Amlogic Meson pin controller
driver, based on code from Linux kernel.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Import Amlogic Meson DTS files from Linux kernel version 4.12
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As is often the case with SoC development, slightly different
products (i.e. different part number) are developed based on the
same silicon-die. Such fine grained information is unmaintainable.
Also, "SoC:" is a better fit that "CPU:".
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
It has been a while since ARM Trusted Firmware supported UniPhier SoC
family. U-Boot SPL was intended as a temporary loader that runs in
secure world. It is a maintenance headache to support two different
boot mechanisms. Secure firmware is realm of ARM Trusted Firmware
and now U-Boot only serves as a non-secure boot loader for UniPhier
ARMv8 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Before commit 7cbc12415d ("efi_loader: initalize EFI object list
only once") we recreated the world on every bootefi invocation.
That included the object tree as well as the configuration tables.
Now however we don't recreate them, which means we must not explicitly
override the configuration tables, as otherwise we may lose our SMBIOS
table from the configuration table list on second bootefi invocation.
This patch makes bootefi call our normal configuration table modification
APIs to add/remove the FDT instead of recreating all tables from scratch.
That way the SMBIOS table gets preserved across multiple invocations.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The INSTALL_CONFIGURATION_TABLE callback also provides the ability to
remove table entries. This patch adds that functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Enable FPGA driver build for Arria 10 SPL because FPGA driver is
needed by Arria 10 SPL to configure and getting DDR up before
loading U-boot into DDR and booting from there.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Move FPGA driver which is Gen5 specific code into Gen5 driver file
and keeping common FPGA driver intact. All the changes are still keeping
in driver/fpga/ and no functional change. Subsequent patch would move
FPGA manager driver from arch/arm into driver/fpga/.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Remove parameter from socfpga_bridges_reset(), and keeping this function
for single purpose which is just triggering reset on bridges.
socfpga_reset_deassert_bridges_handoff() can be called for releasing reset
on any bridges based on the bridge setting defined in fdt.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Probably this went unnoticed before, but it causes problems with
addition of 804b1d73 ("efi_loader: log EFI return values too")
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_... options which have already been converted to
Kconfig only have a small amount of help. Move the rest of it over from
the README.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI
CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
In fact this already exists for sunxi as a 'choice' config. However not
all the choices are available in Kconfig yet so we cannot use that. It
would lead to more than one option being set.
In addition, one purpose of this series is to allow the environment to be
stored in more than one place. So the existing choice is converted to a
normal config allowing each option to be set independently.
There are not many opportunities for Kconfig updates to reduce the size of
this patch. This was tested with
./tools/moveconfig.py -i CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC
And then manual updates. This is because for CHAIN_OF_TRUST boards they
can only have ENV_IS_NOWHERE set, so we enforce that via Kconfig logic
now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It seems that gcc 6.3 at least is smart enough to warn about the _val
variable being unassigned in the default case in the set_hdr_field()
macro, but not smart enough to figure out that the default case is never
taken. This results in warnings such as the following:
pfx##hdr32[idx].field = _val; \
^
../tools/mips-relocs.c:51:11: note: _val was declared here
uint64_t _val; \
^
../tools/mips-relocs.c:88:2: note: in expansion of macro set_hdr_field
set_hdr_field(p, idx, field, val)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
../tools/mips-relocs.c:408:3: note: in expansion of macro set_phdr_field
set_phdr_field(i, p_filesz, load_sz);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
../tools/mips-relocs.c: In function main:
../tools/mips-relocs.c:77:25: warning: _val may be used uninitialized
in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
Avoid this by assigning _val = 0 in the default case, and asserting that
we didn't actually hit it for good measure.
For reference gcc 7.1.1 seems to be smart enough to not hit the above
warning without this patch.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Fixes: 011dd93ca97a ("MIPS: Stop building position independent code")
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
This patch fixes 2 bugs introduced by the following commit
2bb5b63 MIPS: bootm: rework and fix broken bootm code
The CONFIG_IS_ENABLED macro prepends 'CONFIG_' Hence, remove CONFIG_
from CONFIG_MIPS_BOOT_ENV_LEGACY usage.
Also, 2bb5b63 reworks bootm so that linux_env_legacy runs before
linux_cmdline_legacy. However, linux_env_legacy depends on
linux_cmdline_legacy running first as linux_cmdline_init initialilzes
linux_argp which linux_env_legacy later depends on during its
initialization.
Reorder the code so that linux_cmdline_legacy runs before
linux_env_legacy.
Signed-off-by: Zubair Lutfullah Kakakhel <Zubair.Kakakhel@imgtec.com>
U-Boot has up until now built with -fpic for the MIPS architecture,
producing position independent code which uses indirection through a
global offset table, making relocation fairly straightforward as it
simply involves patching up GOT entries.
Using -fpic does however have some downsides. The biggest of these is
that generated code is bloated in various ways. For example, function
calls are indirected through the GOT & the t9 register:
8f998064 lw t9,-32668(gp)
0320f809 jalr t9
Without -fpic the call is simply:
0f803f01 jal be00fc04 <puts>
This is more compact & faster (due to the lack of the load & the
dependency the jump has on its result). It is also easier to read &
debug because the disassembly shows what function is being called,
rather than just an offset from gp which would then have to be looked up
in the ELF to discover the target function.
Another disadvantage of -fpic is that each function begins with a
sequence to calculate the value of the gp register, for example:
3c1c0004 lui gp,0x4
279c3384 addiu gp,gp,13188
0399e021 addu gp,gp,t9
Without using -fpic this sequence no longer appears at the start of each
function, reducing code size considerably.
This patch switches U-Boot from building with -fpic to building with
-fno-pic, in order to gain the benefits described above. The cost of
this is an extra step during the build process to extract relocation
data from the ELF & write it into a new .rel section in a compact
format, plus the added complexity of dealing with multiple types of
relocation rather than the single type that applied to the GOT. The
benefit is smaller, cleaner, more debuggable code. The relocate_code()
function is reimplemented in C to handle the new relocation scheme,
which also makes it easier to read & debug.
Taking maltael_defconfig as an example the size of u-boot.bin built
using the Codescape MIPS 2016.05-06 toolchain (gcc 4.9.2, binutils
2.24.90) shrinks from 254KiB to 224KiB.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
shim.efi (or rather gnu-efi's LibLocateProtocol() which shim.efi uses)
resolves protocols via efi_locate_handle() so the console protocols
need to be added to the efi object list.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: whitespace fixes]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
There are a bunch of protocols which should be exposed by GUID but are
not. Add a helper macro to create an efi_object, to avoid much typing.
Note that using the pointer for efiobj->handle is semi-arbitrary. We
just need a unique value to match the efiobj supporting the protocol
with the handle that LocateHandle() returns..
See LibLocateProtocol() in gnu-efi. It does LocateHandle() to find all
the handles, and then loops over them calling HandleProtocol() with the
GUID of the protocol it is trying to find.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Turns out this is rather useful to tracking down where things fail.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Boot service ProtocolsPerHandle is implemented in
efi_protocols_per_handle.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The above CONFIG options are in Kconfig, and now have correct depends and
inter-dependencies. Migrate these to configs/ from include/configs/. In the
case of CMD_UBIFS also change it to be a default y if CMD_UBI.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The first argument 'type' of CreateEvent is an 32bit unsigned
integer bitmap and not an enum.
The second argument 'type' of SetTimer take values of an
enum which is called EFI_TIMER_DELAY in the UEFI standard.
To avoid confusion rename efi_event_type to efi_timer_delay.
Reported-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
If several EFI applications are executed in sequence we want
to keep the content of the EFI object list.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The call to efi_create_event requires notification functions
flagged as EFIAPI.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Patch has also been sent to fix grub to not ignore the error returned
and treat protocol_buffer_count as valid. But that that might take a
while to trickle into distro's, so this workaround might be useful.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Move the logic for converting a node to text from
efi_convert_device_path_to_text to convert_device_node_to_text.
Provide a wrapper function convert_device_node_to_text_ext.
As we use only shallow device paths so we can call
directly call efi_device_node_to_text from efi_device_path_to_text.
Add output for MAC addresses.
Add output for not yet supported types/subtypes.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_get_memory_map should set a defined value for map_key.
We later can introduce the test against this value in
efi_exit_boot_services as required by the UEFI standard.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Make EFI GOP support work with DM_VIDEO but without legacy LCD.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Want to re-use this for file protocol, which I'm working on.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
shim.efi, for example, actually tries to parse this, but is expecting
backslashes.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Remove the ARCH_SUNXI and RBTREE dependencies.
CMD_UBIFS already gets RBTREE from CMD_UBI (from MTD_UBI), and should
the first become independant from the latter, there would likely be a
dependency on MTD_UBI anyway.
Cc: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan-ext@sagemcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Many configs still define CMD_MTDPARTS in their non-Kconfig but
CMD_MTDPARTS has now moved to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan-ext@sagemcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This missing dependency has probably remained under the radar because
MTD_PARTITIONS is still whitelisted.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan-ext@sagemcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With PowerPC 4xx support removed, we have removed xilinx-ppc support as
well, remove this file now.
Fixes 98f705c9ce ("powerpc: remove 4xx support")
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Pasting longer lines into the U-Boot console prompt sometimes leads to
characters missing. One problem here is the small 16-byte FIFO of the
legacy NS16550 UART, e.g. on x86 platforms.
This patch now introduces a Kconfig option to enable RX interrupt
buffer support for NS16550 style UARTs. With this option enabled, I was
able paste really long lines into the U-Boot console, without any
characters missing.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[trini: Guard ns16550_serial_remove with
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SERIAL_PRESENT) to match struct assignment]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fixes 4bd754d8ab ("arm: omap: Detect boot mode very early") where
the intent was to store the boot params information in a known
location and pass it to SPL very early. Unfortunately it didn't
account for OMAP3 boards.
This patch adds adds this functionality back into OMAP3 boards.
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
commit 2eb48ff7a2 ("powerpc, 8260: remove support for mpc8260")
removed support for 8260 CPU.
This patch remove some remainders.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Add missing .h and add missing declarations in .h
Declare local functions as static. Make interrupt_init_cpu function
signatures consistent with how decrementer_count is declared.
Based on warnings reported by 'make C=2'
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
[trini: drop cpu_init_f as 8xx/83xx are different from the rest, rework
interrupt_init_cpu/decrementer_count]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Avoid unnecessary assembly functions when they can easily be written
in C.
Also remove dc_read() as it is nowhere referenced
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
All complex case have been removed and we now only support
MPC866 and MPC885 families.
So check_CPU() can be made a lot simpler.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
reginfo command is calling mpc8xx_reginfo(), mpc85xx_reginfo()
or mpc86xx_reginfo() based on CONFIG_ symbol.
As those 3 functions can't me defined at the same time, let's
rename them print_reginfo() to avoid the #ifdefs
The name is kept generic as it is not at all dependent on
powerpc arch and any other arch could want to also print
such information.
In addition, as the Makefile compiles cmd/reginfo.c only when
CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO is set, there is no need to enclose the U_BOOT_CMD
definition inside a #ifdef CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO
Lets all remove the #ifdefs around the U_BOOT_CMD as this
file is only compiled when CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO is defined
Finally, this is a PowerPC-only command, disable it on a number of
non-PowerPC platforms.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to avoid TBU increment due to TBL reaching its max
and wrapping, reset TBL before resetting TBU
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
The actions inside #ifdef CONFIG_8xx in arch/powerpc/lib/time.c
can be performed before, in a 8xx dedicated function.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
It is possible to flag MAC addresses as locally administred. In this
case they don't need to be unique. This is only allowed for interfaces
which have no connection to the outside. For the TEGR1 board we use
this feature.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
If we rebrand the IVM and ethaddr was set previously we need to change
ethaddr. Otherwise we end up with a wrong MAC adress for the ethernet
interface.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
It is annoying to have to set up and maintain two sets of toolchains, one
for buildman and one for moveconfig.
Adjust moveconfig to make use to buildman's toolchains. This should make
things easier.
One missing feature is the ability to specify the toolchain on the command
line with a special environment variable, e.g. CROSS_COMPILE_ARM. I'm not
sure if that is useful, but if it is it could be implemented in buildman.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add an option to specify 'all' to enable all flags. Also print an error
if an unrecognised flag is used. At present it just prints usage
information which is not very helpful.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Similar to what is done with OMAP5 class boards we need to
perform fixups common to this SoC class, add support for this here
and add HS fixups.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
If a firmware node is already present in the FDT we will fail to create
one and so fail to add our OP-TEE node, make this fixup first check for
a firmware node and then only try to add one if it is not found.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Some of the fixups currently done for OMAP5 class boards are common to
other OMAP family devices, move these to fdt-common.c.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
TEE loading and firewall setup are common to all omap2 devices, move
these function out of omap5 and into mach-omap2. This allows us
to use these functions from other omap class devices.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
When running a 'make clean' or carelessly removing u-boot.cfg, all
future make invocations (until autoconf is regenerated) will print
an error for a missing u-boot.cfg due to missing rules and dependencies.
This commit adds (i) an explicit rule dependency from all (which will
invokes the configuration checker) to cfg, and (b) adds a rule to
invoke scripts/Makefile.autoconf to regenerate u-boot.cfg.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
FreeBSD recently switch to it's BSDL dtc. While it support most of the
features of the GPL one it still lacks the incbin directive.
Add the possibility to specify which dtc we want to use for compiling dts
and generating fit image.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Vadot <manu@bidouilliste.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Odroid C2 has two GiB of memory with two reserved regions.
reg = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x1000000>;
reg = <0x0 0x10000000 0x0 0x200000>;
Patch
bfcef28ae4 (arm: add initial support for Amlogic Meson and
ODROID-C2) provided function dram_init_banksize to reserve the
first 16 MiB of RAM for firmware in function dram_init_banksize
in arch/arm/mach-meson/board.c and defined
CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS = 1.
With this patch dram_init_banksize is changed to additionally
reserve the 2MiB region for the ARM Trusted Firmware (BL31).
CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS is set to 2.
Cc: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The env_nand, env_mmc and env_ubi implementations all implement
redundancy using an identical serial-number scheme. This commit
migrates them to use the implementation in env_common, which is
functionally identical.
Signed-off-by: Fiach Antaw <fiach.antaw@uqconnect.edu.au>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All current environments that implement redundancy use almost
identical implementations. This patch implements the env_nand
implementation as a function in env_common, and updates the
env_export function to export an env_nand-style 'flags' field by
default.
Signed-off-by: Fiach Antaw <fiach.antaw@uqconnect.edu.au>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If one does not already have a rule to create a custom device node when
a given device enumerates it can be useful to have udev create a
bus path based node to the entry in /dev/bus/usb that was just
enumerated. Given that DFU itself does not require a /dev entry it is a
good idea to provide a rule that will generate one.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Closing a file descriptor does not guarantee that the data has been
successfully saved to disk, as the kernel might defer the write.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
In efi_set_timer we receive the trigger time in intervals of 100 ns.
We should convert it to intervals of 1000 ns by 64bit division.
The patch supplies function efi_div10 that uses multiplication to
implement the missing 64 bit division.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Set up a timer event and the WaitForKey event.
In the notify function of the timer event check for console input
and signal the WaitForKey event accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_set_timer is refactored to make the function callable internally.
Wrapper function efi_set_timer_ext is provided for EFI applications.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_create_event is refactored to make it possible to call it
internally. For EFI applications wrapper function
efi_create_event_ext is created.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI standard defines the type for the tpl level as EFI_TPL
alias UINTN.
UINTN is an integer is defined as an unsigned integer of native
width. So we can use size_t for the definition.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Up to now the boot time supported only a single event.
This patch now allows four events.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In our implementation the internal structure of events is known.
So use the known type instead of void.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
If efi_free_pool is called with argument NULL an illegal memory
access occurs.
So let's check the parameter on entry.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The efi_loader currently stops iterating over the available
block devices stopping at the first device that fails.
This may imply that no block device is found.
With the patch efi_loader only iterates over valid devices.
It is based on patch
06d592bf52f6 (dm: core: Add uclass_first/next_device_check())
which is currently in u-boot-dm.git.
For testing I used an odroid-c2 with a dts including
&sd_emmc_a {
status = "okay";
};
This device does not exist on the board and cannot be initialized.
Without the patch:
=> bootefi hello
## Starting EFI application at 01000000 ...
WARNING: Invalid device tree, expect boot to fail
mmc_init: -95, time 1806
Found 0 disks
Hello, world!
## Application terminated, r = 0
With the patch:
=> bootefi hello
## Starting EFI application at 01000000 ...
WARNING: Invalid device tree, expect boot to fail
mmc_init: -95, time 1806
Scanning disk mmc@70000.blk...
Scanning disk mmc@72000.blk...
Card did not respond to voltage select!
mmc_init: -95, time 9
Scanning disk mmc@74000.blk...
Found 3 disks
Hello, world!
## Application terminated, r = 0
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Currenty any EFI status other than EFI_SUCCESS is reported as
Application terminated, r = -22
With the patch the status code returned by the EFI application
is printed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi.h held only a few EFI status codes.
The patch adds the missing definitions for later usage.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Specification, version 2.7,
defines in chapter 2.1.2 - UEFI Application that an EFI application may
either directly return or call EFI_BOOT_SERVICES.Exit().
Unfortunately U-Boot makes the incorrect assumption that
EFI_BOOT_SERVICES.Exit() is always called.
So the following application leads to a memory exception on the aarch64
architecture when returning:
EFI_STATUS efi_main(
EFI_HANDLE handle,
EFI_SYSTEM_TABlE systable) {
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
With this patch the entry point is stored in the image handle.
The new wrapper function do_enter is used to call the EFI entry point.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
ConvertPathToText is implemented for
* type 4 - media device path
* subtype 4 - file path
This is the kind of device path we hand out for block devices.
All other cases may be implemented later.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[agraf: fix whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI specification requires that LocateProtol finds the first
handle supporting the protocol and to return a pointer to its
interface.
So we have to assign the protocols to an efi_object and not use
any separate storage.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Four protocols per object is too few to run iPXE.
Let's raise the number of protocols per object to eight.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
UEFI boot service LocateHandleBuffer is implemented by calling
efi_allocate_handle and efi_locate_handle.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
To implement LocateHandleBuffer we need to call efi_locate_handle
internally without running through EFI_EXIT.
So put EFI_ENTRY and EFI_EXIT into a new wrapper function
efi_locate_handle_ext.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Implement InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces in function
efi_install_multiple_protocol_interfaces by repeatedly
calling efi_install_protocol_interface.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For the implementation of UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces we
need to call efi_uninstall_protocol_interface. In internal calls
we should not pass through EFI_EXIT.
The patch introduces a wrapper function
efi_uninstall_protocol_interface_ext.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For the implementation of InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces we
need to call efi_install_protocol_interface. In internal calls
we should not pass through EFI_EXIT.
The patch introduces a wrapper function
efi_install_protocol_interface_ext.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Without the patch efi_uninstall_protocol_interface always returns an
error.
With the patch protocols without interface can be uninstalled.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_install_protocol_interface up to now only returned an error code.
The patch implements the UEFI specification for InstallProtocolInterface
with the exception that it will not create new handles.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add all parameter checks for function efi_open_protocol that do not
depend on a locking table.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_open_protocol was implemented to call a protocol specific open
function to retrieve the protocol interface.
The UEFI specification does not know of such a function.
It is not possible to implement InstallProtocolInterface with the
current design.
With the patch the protocol interface itself is stored in the list
of installed protocols of an efi_object instead of an open function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[agraf: fix efi gop support]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
DTB is encoded in big endian. When we retrieve property values,
we need to use fdt32_to_cpu (aka be32_to_cpu) for endian conversion.
This is a bit error-prone, but sparse is useful to detect endian
mismatch.
We need to use (fdt32_t *) instead of (u32 *) for a pointer of a
property value. Otherwise sparse warns "cast to restricted __be32".
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When CONFIG_BLK is enabled, the hwpart id is different with legacy
interface, update it to kame driver work with CONFIG_BLK.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Move CONFIG_CMD_SATA option to Kconfig to fix the following build
error:
In file included from include/configs/mx6cuboxi.h:137:0,
from include/config.h:7,
from include/common.h:21,
from common/env_common.c:11:
include/config_distro_bootcmd.h:161:2: error: expected '}' before 'BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_references_SATA_without_CONFIG_SATA'
BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_references_SATA_without_CONFIG_SATA
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Since commit ce412b79e7 ("drivers: net: phy: atheros: add separate
config for AR8031") Ethernet does not work on mx6sabreauto.
This commit correctly assigns ar8031_config() as the configuration
function for AR8031 in the same way as done in the Linux kernel.
However, on mx6sabreauto design we need some additional configurations,
such as enabling the 125 MHz AR8031 output and setting the TX clock
delay that need to be done in the board file.
This is the equivalent fix from commit 4b6035da48 ("mx6sabresd: Make
Ethernet functional again").
Reported-by: Miquel RAYNAL <miquel.raynal@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Replace fdtaddr and rdaddr variable names with u-boot standard names
fdt_addr_r and ramdisk_addr_r.
This will make the use of pxe boot more easy.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Bruenn <p.bruenn@beckhoff.com>
Add support for Falcon mode and explain in the README the steps to
boot the kernel directly without loading the full U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
warp can run different kernel versions, such as NXP 4.1 or
mainline.
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the eMMC
changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use UUID method to specify the rootfs
location.
Succesfully tested booting a NXP 4.1 and also a mainline 4.12 kernel.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the eMMC
changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use UUID method to specify the rootfs
location.
Also add CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND to run finduuid function and distro_bootcmd.
This change was made based on U-Boot commit:
- ca4f338e2e
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the eMMC
changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use UUID method to specify the rootfs
location.
This change was made based on U-Boot commit:
- ca4f338e2e
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the eMMC
changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use UUID method to specify the rootfs
location.
This change was made based on U-Boot commit:
- ca4f338e2e
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
mx6sabre boards can run different kernel versions, such as NXP 4.1 or
mainline.
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the eMMC
changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use UUID method to specify the rootfs
location.
Succesfully tested booting a NXP 4.1 and also a mainline kernel on a
mx6qsabresd and mx6dlsabreauto.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
WEIM cannot be used when I2C3 is enabled due to pin conflict, so keep
WEIM disabled by default.
I2C3 controls GPIO I2C expander (USB host and OTG have VBUS controlled by
the GPIO I2C expander), magnetometer, accelerometer.
Not disabling WEIM in U-Boot causes I2C3 to behave badly when booting
a NXP 4.1 kernel, which leads to probe failure on several devices,
including the lack of USB:
imx_usb 2184000.usb: Can't register ci_hdrc platform device, err=-517
By keeping WEIM disabled in U-Boot these kernel issues are gone.
Reported-by: Takashi Matsuzawa <tmatsuzawa@xevo.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_FORCE_VSELECT is not the correct method
to set I/O to 1.8. To boards that does not support vqmmc-supply,
use vs18_enable in fsl_esdhc_cfg. If regulator is supported,
use fixed 1.8V regulator for vqmmc-supply.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Handle vqmmc supply. Some boards have a fixed I/O voltage
at 1.8V for emmc, so the usdhc also needs to be configured
as 1.8V by setting VSELECT bit. The vs18_enable is the one
that used to checking whether setting VSELECT or not in
the driver. So if vqmmc supply is 1.8V, set vs18_enable,
the driver will set VSELECT.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
When using eMMC with 1.8V I/O, the VSELECT bit need to be set in
the USDHC controller when init.
This patch adds a parameter "vs18_enable" in fsl_esdhc_cfg
structure and priv data, so each controller can have different
settings.
We could not use CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_FORCE_VSELECT, it has problem
that it will apply to all USDHC controllers and it only set the 1.8V
at init phase. So if user does not select to the eMMC device,
the voltage on the I/O pins are not correct.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The type should be int, not u8. cfg->wp_enable will finally be
assigned to priv->wp_enable whose type is int.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
As mx6sabreauto supports SPL now, all variants can boot using the same
defconfig.
This patch:
- Removes non-SPL targets.
- Renames target to mx6sabreauto_defconfig.
- Renames folder and board files to mx6sabreauto.
- Updates MAINTAINERS, Makefile and Kconfig accordingly.
- Removes .cfg files.
- Adds a README with instructions to build and flash SPL and u-boot.img.
Signed-off-by: Vanessa Maegima <vanessa.maegima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add support for mx6q, mx6dl and mx6qp sabreauto boards in SPL.
Retrieved the mx6q DCD table from:
board/freescale/mx6qsabreauto/imximage.cfg
Retrieved the mx6dl DCD table from:
board/freescale/mx6qsabreauto/mx6dl.cfg
Retrieved the mx6qp DCD table from:
board/freescale/mx6qsabreauto/mx6qp.cfg
Flashed SPL and u-boot.img to an SD card and could successfully boot it
on mx6q, mx6qp and mx6dl sabreauto boards.
Signed-off-by: Vanessa Maegima <vanessa.maegima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The Cubox-i and Hummingboard series of devices have an option of
SATA on board, and depending on how the fuses are blown even the
option to boot SPL from SATA. So enable support for it so it can
be used to boot the OS from if people desire.
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
This change sets the VLDO4 settings output to 2.8V in PMIC
initialization so that the MIPI DSI/CSI input voltage is 2.8V
as per the schematics. The original code provides an output of
3.3V which violates the voltage mentioned in the schematics.
Signed-off-by: Gautam Bhat <mindentropy@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Currently the following build error is seen when a board using MMC SPL
is built and the MXS nand driver is also selected:
arch/arm/cpu/armv7/built-in.o: In function `arch_cpu_init':
arch/arm/cpu/armv7/mx6/soc.c:432: undefined reference to 'mxs_dma_init'
On mx6 the only user of mxs_dma_init() is the mxs nand driver, so
move it there.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
When CONFIG_DM_ETH is set, the FEC ethernet controller is reset after
the PHY has been set up and initialzed. This breaks the communication
with the PHY and results in an inoperable ethernet interface.
Do the initialization with CONFIG_DM_ETH in the same order as with
legacy ETH support to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Lothar Waßmann <LW@KARO-electronics.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
imx6qdl_icore_mmc_defconfig => imx6qdl_icore_rqs_defconfig
Since icorem6_rqs support MMC/eMMC boot, so doesn't need
to name it explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Document the binding for the Broadcom STB SoCs wake-up timer node
allowing the system to generate alarms and exit low power states.
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Add support for the debug UART to assist with early debugging.
Enable it for i.CoreM6 as an example.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Remove space between #define to macro
- Add tab between macro and value
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the common baud generation code into _mxc_serial_setbrg
so-that dm and non-dm can call this func.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the common initialization code into _mxc_serial_init
so-that dm and non-dm can call this func.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Control reg write should be part of setbrg for better
buadrate generation, so move cr1 and cr2 write to
mxc_serial_setbrg
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use RFDIV in dm-code instead of numeric value, so-that
it can be common for dm and non-dm.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch will add common reg space for non-dm and
dm code and non-dm reg space can be accessed using
mxc_base.
This will
- get rid of __REG volatile assignments
- Make common reg_space by removing unneeded macros
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
i.MX 6UL and 6ULL have different boot device capabilities and
use therefor use a different boot device selection table than
other i.MX 6 devices. Particularly, the value which has been
used so far (b0001) is assigned to QSPI boot for these two
devices.
There is no common reserved value for all i.MX 6devices. Use
b0010 for i.MX 6UL and 6ULL via compile time ifdef.
Reported-by: Joël Esponde <joel.esponde@honeywell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Joël Esponde <joel.esponde@honeywell.com>
There is no need to add a 100us delay after the DDR initialization.
Other imx6 boards do not have such delay either, so simply remove it.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
SPL is already selected via CONFIG_SPL=y, so there is no need
to pass it inside CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
SPL is already selected via CONFIG_SPL=y, so there is no need
to pass it inside CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
SPL is already selected via CONFIG_SPL=y, so there is no need
to pass it inside CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
SPL is already selected via CONFIG_SPL=y, so there is no need
to pass it inside CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The verify_header callback in kwbimage.c only verifies v0 headers checksum.
Running 'mkimage -l' on a v1 image gives the following misleading output:
GP Header: Size ae000000 LoadAddr 34160600
Implement support for v1 headers. For that, factor out the header checksum code
to a separate main_hdr_checksum_ok() routine. This routine relies on the fact
that the checksum field offset is the same in both v0 and v1 headers. With this
patch applied 'mkimage -l' correctly identifies the image:
Image Type: MVEBU Boot from sdio Image
Image version:1
Data Size: 398904 Bytes = 389.55 KiB = 0.38 MiB
Load Address: 007fffc0
Entry Point: 00800000
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The offset marking in kwbimage.h is inconsistent. main_hdr_v0 uses decimals,
main_hdr_v1 uses hex without '0x' prefix, secure_hdr_v1 uses hex with '0x'
prefix. Make all offset marks hex with '0x' prefix.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently, Marvell Armada8k development board use 3 different
defconfigs:
mvebu_db-88f7040-nand_defconfig
mvebu_db-88f7040_defconfig
mvebu_db-88f8040_defconfig
Having 3 different defconfigs makes maintenance difficult.
This patch removes the defconfigs mentioned above and introduce
a new defconfig which represents the Armada8k family.
NOTE:
In order not to break automatic tools compilation,
a default device-tree is set in the defconfig (armada-8040-db).
However, when compiling u-boot, the user MUST explicitly export
the DEVICE_TREE for the requested board because using A80x0
device-tree on A70x0 might break the device.
For more information, refer to "doc/README.marvell" (intoduced
in this patch).
Change-Id: I98515b6306498358f3722ecf7ac4c87f236ebbd8
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Turris Omnia is a open-source router created by CZ.NIC.
The code is based on the Marvell/db-88f6820-gp by Stefan Roese
with modifications from Tomas Hlavacek in the CZ.NIC turris-omnia-uboot
repository, which can be found at
https://gitlab.labs.nic.cz/turris/turris-omnia-uboot
By default, the Turris Omnia uses btrfs as the main and only filesystem,
and also loads kernel and device tree from this filesystem. Since U-Boot
does not yet support btrfs, you should not flash your Turris Omnia board
with this unless you know what you are doing.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Hlavacek <tomas.hlavacek@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 board/CZ.NIC/turris_omnia/Makefile
create mode 100644 board/CZ.NIC/turris_omnia/kwbimage.cfg
create mode 100644 board/CZ.NIC/turris_omnia/turris_omnia.c
create mode 100644 configs/turris_omnia_defconfig
create mode 100644 include/configs/turris_omnia.h
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This module can be found on the Turris Omnia board connected
via the I2C interface.
Among some cryptographic functions, the chip has a 512 bit
One Time Programmable memory, 88 byte configuration memory
and 512 byte general purpose memory.
The Turris Omnia stores serial number and device MAC address in
the OTP memory.
This commit adds basic support for reading the EEPROM and also
exposes the chips Random Number Generator.
The driver is based on code by
Josh Datko, Cryptotronix, jbd@cryptotronix.com
and also
Tomas Hlavacek, CZ.NIC, tomas.hlavacek@nic.cz
Signed-off-by: Tomas Hlavacek <tomas.hlavacek@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 drivers/misc/atsha204a-i2c.c
create mode 100644 include/atsha204a-i2c.h
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This I2C mux is found, for example, on the Turris Omnia board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This device tree is taken from mainline Linux kernel commit
7b7db5ab. Added is also a -u-boot.dtsi file with these additions:
- aliases for I2C and SPI devices are added, because i2cmux and
SPI flash doesn't work otherwise
- spi_flash node has been added so that the new DM API works
- the ATSHA204A node is added in the i2c@5 node
- "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc"s are added in needed nodes for SPL
build to work correctly
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 arch/arm/dts/armada-385-turris-omnia-u-boot.dtsi
create mode 100644 arch/arm/dts/armada-385-turris-omnia.dts
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Orion watchdog can be found on some Marvell Armada chips.
This driver is based on the code by Tomas Hlavacek in the CZ.NIC
turris-omnia-uboot repository, which can be found at
https://gitlab.labs.nic.cz/turris/turris-omnia-uboot, and that
one is based on code by Sylver Bruneau. His code is already in
mainline Linux kernel.
The code uses the new driver model API.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Hlavacek <tomas.hlavacek@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 drivers/watchdog/orion_wdt.c
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The DDR3 training code for Marvell A38X currently computes 1t timing
when given board topology map of the Turris Omnia, but Omnia needs 2t.
This patch adds support for enforcing the 2t timing in struct
hws_topology_map, through a new enum hws_timing, which can assume
following values:
HWS_TIM_DEFAULT - default behaviour, compute whether to enable 2t
from the number of CSs
HWS_TIM_1T - enforce 1t
HWS_TIM_2T - enforce 2t
This patch also sets all the board topology maps (db-88f6820-amc,
db-88f6820-gp, controlcenterdc and clearfog) to have timing set to
HWS_TIM_DEFAULT.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The declaration of otg*_plat and otg*_board_data is guarded by
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_*, but their use in arch_misc_init is not. The
ifdef flow goes something like:
if (CONFIG_USB_MUSB_* && other_conditions)
declare usb_data
if (other_conditions)
use usb_data
Thus when CONFIG_USB_MUSB_* is not declared, we try to use the
data structures, but these structures aren't defined.
To fix this, move the USB initialization code into the same #ifdef
which guards the declaration of the data structures. Since the DM_USB
vs legacy cases are completely different, use two versions of
arch_misc_init(), for readability.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT or CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT are defined
in am335x_evm.h, a dependency on g_dnl.c is created. This in turn
creates a dependency on having USB gadget enabled.
As a result we can't create configs with USB gadget disabled.
Since these CONFIG_ variables are now part of kconfig, move them to
the board defconfigs, and out of am335x_evm.h. This both preserves
current defaults, and allows creating configs with USB gadget off.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The TI816x has 2 GPIO banks. For bank 0 we had been clearing the enable
bit when setting BIT(8). Correct this by setting it to BIT(1) | BIT(8)
after we set and wait for BIT(1) (aka PRCM_MOD_EN). Enable GPIO1 as
well so that when CMD_GPIO is enabled it won't crash probing the second
bank. Enable CMD_GPIO on ti816x_evm.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The ti816x SoC revision of the ethernet IP block is handled by the
"davinci_emac" driver, rather than the "cpsw" driver as done by later
members of the family. Enable the relevant plumbing.
Signed-off-by: Sriramakrishnan <srk@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Wool <vitaly.wool@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Make make nand_info array static, since all direct users of nand_info array
have been converted to use get_nand_dev_by_index() API.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Reviewed-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
nand_info is used all over the file so abstract it with
get_nand_dev_by_index() which will help for DM conversion.
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
DTB is encoded in big endian. When we retrieve property values,
we need to use fdt32_to_cpu (aka be32_to_cpu) for endian conversion.
This is a bit error-prone, but sparse is useful to detect endian
mismatch.
We need to use (fdt32_t *) instead of (u32 *) for a pointer of a
property value. Otherwise sparse warns "cast to restricted __be32".
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Include <dm/util.h> to fix sparse warnings:
symbol 'dm_dump_all' was not declared. Should it be static?
symbol 'dm_dump_uclass' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function returns the pointer to the value of a node property.
The current name ofnode_read_prop() is confusing. Follow the naming
of_get_property() from Linux.
The return type (const u32 *) is wrong. DT property values can be
strings as well as integers. This is why of_get_property/fdt_getprop
returns an opaque pointer.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix sparse warnings "... was not declared. Should it be static?"
Also, fix redefinition of dm_warn/dm_dbg.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
While the previous pass through fixed one place where we knew that
fdt_getprop would be given a positive len, in the case of 'fdt set' we
do not, so check that we did no get NULL from fdt_getprop().
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 163249)
Fixes 72c98ed1ab ("fdt: Add a check to do_fdt() for coverity")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Many tegra boards have the console UART node disabled. With livetree this
prevents serial from working since it does not 'force' the console to be
bound. Updates the affected boards to fix this error.
The boards were checked with:
for b in $(grep tegra boards.cfg |grep -v integrator | \
awk '{print $7}' | sort); do
echo $b;
fdtgrep -c nvidia,tegra20-uart b/$b/u-boot.dtb |grep okay;
done
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
This error condition should have a debug() message. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Add support for a live device tree to the core serial uclass.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
This function is quite long. Move the core code into a separate function
in preparation for adding livetree support.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Update this driver to support a live device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Update these two files so include files in the right order.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Add some debugging to show when the backlight is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Update this driver to support a live device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
We should sync the display (e.g. flush cache) when backspace is pressed
to ensure that the character is erased correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Enable full bootstage support so we can time SPL and U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
The error handling code does not current detect an error right away.
Adjust it to return immediately.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Enable this to allow debugging when the serial UART driver is
misconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Calculate the time taken to set up the LCD.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
The of_n_addr_cells() and of_n_size_cells() functions are useful for
getting the size of addresses in a node, but in a few places U-Boot needs
to obtain the actual property value for a node without walking up the
stack. Add functions for this and just the existing code to use it.
Add a comment to the existing ofnode functions which do not do the right
thing with a flat tree.
This fixes a problem reading PCI addresses.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
This function allows a device's status to be read. This indicates whether
the device should be enabled or disabled.
Note: In normal operation disabled devices will not be present in the
driver-model tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Add a function which reads resources from a device, such as the device
hardware address. This uses the "reg" property in the device.
Unlike other functions there is little sense in inlining this when
livetree is not being used because it has some logic in it and this would
just bloat the code size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
This provides a way to find the number of strings in a string list. Add it
and also fix up the comment for ofnode_read_string_index().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
If a system module is named the same as one of those used by binman we
currently pick the system module. Adjust the ordering so that our modules
are chosen instead.
The module conflict reported was 'tools' from jira-python. I cannot access
that package to test it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
Currently we have code which prints out platform data at the start of SPL.
Now that we have tests for dtoc this is probably not necessary. Drop it.
Update test_ofplatdata to check for empty output since it is useful to
check that sandbox_spl works as expected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function uses several separate string replaces where a regular
expression might seem more reasonable. Add a comment justifying the way it
is currently done.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Collect the main logic of dtoc into a function and put it into
dtb_platdata. This will allow tests to use this function instead of
duplicating the code themselves.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than using static functions within the class, move them out of the
class. This will make it slightly easier for tests to call them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option is the only one actually used by the dtb_platdata class. Pass
it explicitly to avoid needing to pass the whole option object to the
constructor.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To simplify running tests we should move this class into its own file.
This allows the tests to import it without having to import dtoc.py, which
runs the tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
By using a Kconfig parser we can find the location of each option in the
Kconfig tree. Using the information from the database we can then
automatically add an 'imply' option into the right place if requested by
the user.
Add a -a option to support adding 'imply' options. Display the location of
any existing 'imply' option so that progress can be examined. Add a -A
option to hide any existing 'imply' options so that already-completed
additions need not be considered further.
Also add documentation for this feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes it is useful to display CONFIG_TARGET or CONFIG_CMD configs. Add
an option to control this.
Also we generally ignore implying configs which affect fewer than 5
boards. But sometimes it is useful to show those those, so add an option
that reduces the minimum to two.
ERRATUM configs are never useful for implying things, so ignore those.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to process only a subset of boards to save time.
Often that subset is defined by the defconfig files in a git commit. This
change allows things like:
# Build the database
./tools.moveconfig.py -b
# Find some implying configs
./tools/moveconfig.py -i CONFIG_X
# Add some 'imply' statements to Kconfig files
./tools/moveconfig.py -i CONFIG_X -a CONFIG_A,CONFIG_B
# Reprocess the defconfig files to see if we can drop some changes
git show --stat | ./tools/moveconfig.py -s -d -
# Update the commit, with fewer defconfig changes
gii commit -au
Where the commit contains defconfig files, this will reprocess them to
take account of the imply statements that you added.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox has a special case where it directly calls os_putc()
when it does not have a console yet.
Now that we have the pre-console buffer enabled we can drop this. Any
early characters will be buffered and output later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Enable the pre-console buffer, displaying the model and post-relocation
console announce on sandbox. Also add a model name to the device tree.
This allows testing of these features.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
At present this feature casts the address to a pointer. Use the
map_sysmem() function so that it will work correctly on sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Add a simple test to make sure that these functions obey the buffer size
passed into them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
At present the U-Boot banner is only displayed on the serial console. If
this is not visible to the user, the banner does not show. Some devices
have a video display which can usefully display this information.
Add a banner which is printed after relocation only on non-serial devices
if CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE is defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Move the display options code into a separate function so that the U-Boot
banner can be obtained from other code. Adjust the 'version' command to
use it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
As a demonstration of how to use SCSI with driver model, move link over
to use this. This patch needs more work, but illustrates the concept.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This function should not be used with driver model. Update the code to
reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some AHCI drivers use SCSI under the hood. Rather than making the AHCI
driver be in the SCSI uclass it makes sense to have the AHCI device create
a SCSI device as a child. That way we can handle any AHCI-specific
operations rather than trying to pretend tha the device is just SCSI.
To handle this we need to provide a way for AHCI drivers to bind a SCSI
device as its child, and probe it. Add functions for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Split out the code that scans a single SCSI bus into a separate function.
This will allow it to be used from driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Change this function to return an error number instead of true/false.
This allows us to return a proper error number.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The SCSI uclass currently has no operations. It just uses the global SCSI
functions. Fix this by adding operations to the only two drivers that use
the uclass, and replacing the global functions with those defined locally
in the SCSI code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With driver model we need to define implementations of exec() and
bus_reset() separately for each SCSI driver. As a first step, create a
local version of each function in the AHCI driver and call each from its
global version.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The 'mode' parameter is actually a flag to determine whether to display
a list of devices found during the scan. Rename it to reflect this, add a
function comment and adjust callers to use a boolean.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With driver model these functions need a device pointer. Add one even
when CONFIG_DM_SCSI is not defined. This avoids having ugly conditional
function prototypes, When CONFIG_DM_SCSI is not defined we can just ignore
the pointer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add operations for SCSI. These are not yet implemented, but we have the
struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With driver model we cannot have static data or assume that there is only
one device of each time. Adjust the code so that 'probe_ent' is not needed
with driver model. Add a new ahci_init_dm() function which can init AHCI
for driver model without re-allocating the uclass data. Move over the only
existing driver to use this new function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Two AHCI drivers use SCSI with CONFIG_DM_SCSI. The SCSI uclass calls
scsi_low_level_init() which is implemented by ahci.c. If
CONFIG_SCSI_AHCI_PLAT is defined it does one thing and if it is not
it does something else.
We don't need to call through scsi_low_level_init() to get the init
completed. Instead, adjust the two drivers to call into AHCI directly.
Drop the post-probe init in the SCSI uclass. This means that driver model
doesn't need to use scsi_low_level_init(). It is a legacy function and
driver model should use a driver's probe() method instead.
While we are here, add a comment to the top of the file explaining what
ahci.c does.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This code is duplicated. Create a ahci_start_ports() function to handle
this and call it from both places.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These are very confusing without some sort of indentation. At some point
we will be able to remove them, but for now, indent them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With driver model we need each device to have its own state. As a step
towards this, restrict use of the global 'probe_ent' to just a few places
in the file. This will allow us to add driver-model functions which can
pass the correct data around.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This array relates to the AHCI controller so should be exist out on its
own in the file. Move it into the structure. Adjust functions that need
access to this to take the structure as a parameter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is not a very useful name since once it is probed it still hangs
around. With driver model we will use uclass data for this, so rename the
struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the two driver-model SCSI drivers use device platform data to
store information that relates to the uclass. It is better to use uclass
platform data in this situation. Update the code to do this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We should not be using typedefs in U-Boot and 'ccb' is a pretty short
name. It is also used with variables. Drop the typedef and use 'struct'
instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This name should be lower case. Also the _block suffix is superfluous.
Rename it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Put the driver-model declarations first since we are migrating to that.
Also drop scsi_init() when driver model is used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present we have the SCSI drivers in the drivers/block and common/
directories. It is better to split them out into their own place. Use
drivers/scsi which is what Linux does.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present we have the SATA and PATA drivers mixed up in the drivers/block
directory. It is better to split them out into their own place. Use
drivers/ata which is what Linux does.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present CONFIG_CMD_SATA enables the 'sata' command which also brings
in SATA support. Some boards may wish to enable SATA without the command.
Add a separate CONFIG to permit this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This function is only defined by one driver and is empty. Move it into
the SCSI implementation itself. We could remove it, but it should be
useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This driver is for a PowerPC board that will likely be removed soon.
Rather than converting it to driver model, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Sometimes a node will have multiple compatible strings. Drivers may use
one or the other so the best approach seems to be to #define them to be
equivalent.
Update dtoc to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Make minor changes to README.gpt and sandbox_defconfig to support
testing of the gpt command's functionality in the sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
The instructions for creating a disk image that are presently in
README.sandbox fail because sfdisk doesn't know about GPT.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some CONFIG options can be implied by others and this can help to reduce
the size of the defconfig files. For example, CONFIG_X86 implies
CONFIG_CMD_IRQ, so we can put 'imply CMD_IRQ' under 'config X86' and
all x86 boards will have that option, avoiding adding CONFIG_CMD_IRQ to
each of the x86 defconfig files.
Add a -i option which searches for such options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add a -b option which scans all the defconfigs and builds a database of
all the CONFIG options used by each. This is useful for querying later.
At present this only works with the separate -b option, which does not
move any configs. It would be possible to adjust the script to build the
database automatically when moving configs, but this might not be useful
as the database does not change that often.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The newest clean-up features are not mentioned in the docs. Fix this and
add a few hints for particular workflows that are hopefully helpful.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is convenient to provide the full patch to the defconfig files in some
situations, e.g. when the file was generated by a shell command (e.g.
'ls configs/zynq*').
Add support for this, and move the globbing code into a function with its
own documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add aliases for mmc controller to get a fixed order with
emmc at index 0 and sdmmc at index 1.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes it is useful to iterate through all devices in a uclass and
skip over those which do not work correctly (e.g fail to probe). Add two
new functions to provide this feature.
The caller must check the return value each time to make sure that the
device is valid. But the device pointer is always returned.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some tests which check the behaviour of uclass_first_device() and
uclass_next_device() when probing of a device fails.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SDMMC-PWREN is a pin to control voltage for SDMMC IO, it may
be high active or low active, the dwmmc driver always assume
the sdmmc-pwren as high active.
Kernel treat this pin as fixed regulator instead of a pin from
controller, and then it can set in dts file upon board schematic,
that's a good solution, we can also do this in u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The phyCORE-RK3288 is a SoM (System on Module) containing a RK3288 SoC.
The module can be connected to different carrier boards.
It can be also equipped with different RAM, SPI flash and eMMC variants.
The Rapid Development Kit option is using the following setup:
- 1 GB DDR3 RAM (2 Banks)
- 1x 4 KB EEPROM
- DP83867 Gigabit Ethernet PHY
- 16 MB SPI Flash
- 4 GB eMMC Flash
Add basic support for the PCM-947 carrier board, a RK3288 based development
board made by PHYTEC. This board works in a combination with
the phyCORE-RK3288 System on Module.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Enabling CONFIG_SPL_POWER_SUPPORT will cause a compiler warning:
‘get_ldo_reg’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
Let's wrap get_ldo_reg(), rk808_ldo and rk818_ldo with ENABLE_DRIVER
which is only set for non SPL builds.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This change migrates the USB_DWC2 configuration item to Kconfig
and runs moveconfig to adjust header files and defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Meng Dongyang <daniel.meng@rock-chips.com>
Split off into a separate patch:
Ran moveconfig to migrate other boards:
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Some address relevant varibable is defined originally as u64. To
compatible with arm32, this patch change them to uintptr_t type.
Signed-off-by: Eric Gao <eric.gao@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
According to rk3288 spec, the pwm register order is:
PWM_PWM0_CNT,
PWM_PWM0_PERIOD_HPR,
PWM_PWM0_DUTY_LPR,
PWM_PWM0_CTRL
but the source code's order is:
struct rk3288_pwm {
u32 cnt;
u32 duty_lpr;
u32 period_hpr;
u32 ctrl;
};
So, correct it here. It is the same as RK3399.
Signed-off-by: Eric Gao <eric.gao@rock-chips.com>
Edited the commit message:
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The origin patch get rockchip dwmmc by name 'ciu', which lead
to the SPL not able to remove 'clock-names' node in dts.
I'm not saying this is not correct, but I would prefer to handle
this in dts or clock driver to save memory for SPL.
For example the rk3288 SPL size has out of memory if not enable
BACK_TO_BROM option, there are many other SoCs has less internal
memory than rk3288.
This reverts commit 480a9b834c.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Enable mmc_dw_rockchip driver, disable CONFIG_SPL_OF_PLATDATA
first for some dependence patches still not merged.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rockchip rk322x sysreset is much like rk3036 and other Rockchip SoCs,
only difference is that the target register address is different.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add sdram driver in U-Boot for get the correct sdram size from
sys_reg, so that U-Boot can co-work with Rockchip loader or SPL
to get different dram capability and then tell the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add sdram driver in U-Boot for get the correct sdram size from
sys_reg, so that U-Boot can co-work with Rockchip loader or SPL
to get different dram capability and then tell the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
There are some functions like sdram_size_mb can be re-used for
different rockchip SoCs, just put them into common file.
Add board_get_usable_ram_top() for ram_top init base on
SDRAM_MAX_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Added SDRAM_MAX_SIZE definition for RK3036:
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
fixup: 3036 fix for sdram_common
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This covers the DRAM controller initialisation for the RK3188, RK3288
and RK3399... all of these read some of the tuning/setup/timing
parameters from the device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This covers the serial driver (ns16550 and compatible) used for the
Rockchip devices.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This covers the Gigabit Ethernet MAC (i.e. common designware driver and
rockchip-specific wrapper).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This covers the dw_mmc and sdhci wrapper drivers for Rockchip.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This change covers the USB3 (xhci) driver for the Rockchip devices.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This change covers the rk_spi.c (SPI driver) used in Rockchip devices.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This change covers the pinctrl drivers for the Rockchip devices.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
ARCH_OMAP2 has been renamed ARCH_OMAP2PLUS in commit a93fbf4a78
("ARM: omap2+: rename config to ARCH_OMAP2PLUS and consolidate Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
To set wait state, a hard coded value is used instead of using
latency parameter. stm32_flash_latency_cfg() is currently used
in arch/arm/mach-stm32/stm32f4/clock.c and in
drivers/clk/clk_stm32f7.c with, in both case, "5" as parameter.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The size of the secure image does not include the size of the
header, subtract this out before we move the image or we grab
extra data after the image.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
gpio2 is used to detect lcd based on which pin mux is done in SPL.
gpio7 is used to enable vtt regulator. Enable these two gpio nodes
in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable spl_early_init() so that spl can use
DT very early during boot.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
ROM stores the boot params information in a known location
and passes it to SPL. This information needs to be copied
very early during boot or else there is a chance of getting
corrupted by SPL. So move this boot device detection very early
during boot.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This port adds support for:
1) Serial
2) eMMC
3) USB
It has been tested with ARM TRUSTED FIRMWARE running u-boot as the
BL33 executable [see board's README]
eMMC has been tested for reading and booting the loader and linux
kernels as well as saving the u-boot environment.
USB has been tested with ASIX networking adapter and SanDisk 7.4GB
drive.
PSCI has been tested via the reset call (PSCI executes from DDR)
The firwmare upgrade process has been tested via TFTP and USB FAT
filesystem containing the fastboot.bin image in one of the partitions.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge.ramirez-ortiz@linaro.org>
This driver is used in another board; remove board information from
the driver debug log.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge.ramirez-ortiz@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
set_state_ops is kept under PINCTRL_FULL flag in order
to decrease memory footprint in some configuration.
PINCTRL_FULL can be enabled for debug purpose.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Include K2G ICE to OF_LIST so it can be used for runtime board
detection.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
K2G ICE evm will have its own dtb. Therefore, add it to the list of dtbs
located in the appended U-boot dtb FIT image. Therefore, when swapping out
dtbs K2G ICE boards can grab the correct one.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add basic DT support for K2G ICE evm. Only minimal peripherals are
supported to allow console output and MMC boot.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Disable netcp by default like all other peripherals in the dtsi file.
Enable the peripheral explicitly in the board specific dts file.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Upstream Linux has the unit address being added to the various 66AK2Gx
boards dts. Therefore, update the dts to mimic this change.
Also remove memory node from the base K2G dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Adding the unit address to the memory node was causing the below error:
Warning (reg_format): "reg" property in /memory has invalid length
(8 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 2)
Further debugging showed that this was due to the memory node added by
default to skeleton.dtsi which was being included in keystone-k2g.dtsi.
Adding a missing node was all that was needed to remove this deprecated
dtsi file from the SoC dtsi. With skeleton.dtsi removed the dtc compiler
no longer complained about including the unit address for the memory node.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG to allow "board_name" to
be set depending on the board it is being ran on.
Update findfdt to use this new dynamic board_name value to determine
which dtb should be used.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Certain peripherals used by K2G GP aren't used on K2G ICE evm. Or
configuration is slightly different. Therefore, use board detection to
deal with these variations.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some code doesn't apply to K2G ICE evm. Therefore, use board detection to
wrap these calls.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add configuration settings used by the K2G ICE evm. Also use board
detection to determine which DDR3 configuration to use.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add basic pinmux data for new K2G ICE evm. Also add pinmuxing for a
generic K2G evm which includes I2C 0 and 1 used for board detection
purposes.
Since multiple K2G boards are supported that means initially generic
pinmuxing should be used when board detection hasn't ran. Once board
detection runs the proper pinmuxing can be reran to match the board
being ran on.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a function that can be used to determine if the board being ran on is
a K2G Industrial Communication Engine EVM or K2G General Purpose EVM based
on values programmed on the EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Different K2G evms may need to program the various
KS2_DDRPHY_DATX8_X_OFFSET registers in different ways. Therefore, use
the mask and val registers for each KS2_DDRPHY_DATAX_X_OFFSET to
properly program the register.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
K2G GP doesn't require the MR2 register to be programed since the
default is good enough. However, newer K2G boards do need to change
this register value. Therefore, instead of not writing this register if
ran on a K2G board just program the value to be written to match the
default/reset value.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Future boards will need to configure DDR3 registers in a slightly
different manner. Support this by defining additional variables and
defines that will be utilized later.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable various config options to allow U-boot at runtime to select the
proper dtb to use from the list of dtb's within the FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some K2G evms have their EEPROM programming while most do not. Therefore,
add EEPROM board detection to be used as the default method and fall back
to the alternative board detection when needed.
Also reorder board configuration. Perform bare minimal configuration
initially since board detection hasn't ran. Finish board configuration
once the board has been identified.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now with support for U-boot runtime dtb selection each board needs to
define board_fit_config_name_match so U-boot can determine what the
correct dtb is within the FIT blob.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For K2G, runtime DTB selection utilizes the embedded_dtb_select function.
Therefore, define the function which will perform a EEPROM read and then
retries selecting the correct dtb now that it can detect which board its
on. For other Keystone devices use an empty function since they will still
use the embedded FIT functionality but their FIT will only contain a single
dtb.
Most production K2G boards do not have their EEPROM programmed. Therefore,
perform a test to verify a K2G GP is currently being used and if it is then
set the values normally set by a EEPROM read.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
u-boot.bin is a copy of:
u-boot-fit-dtb.bin if CONFIG_FIT_EMBED is enabled,
u-boot-dtb.bin if CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE is enabled,
u-boot-nodtb.bin if DT is not enabled.
So, use u-boot.bin to to generate keystone images instead of
u-boot-dtb.bin
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add additional make targets and options for building embedded FIT U-boot
images.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Runtime U-boot dtb selection is generally a two step process. First step
is to simply use an initial generic dtb. The second step is to select
the dtb and perhaps execute additional code ones U-boot knows what board
it is running on. Embedded_dtb_select handles the second step by allowing
board specific code to run and perform what ever necessary configuration
that is needed.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With U-boot runtime board detect for DTB selection a "default" dtb needs
to be created. This will be used temporarily until the "proper" dtb is
selected.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce K2G evm specific dtsi file for U-boot specific configurations.
This will help seperate U-boot only configurations thus making it easier to
keep device tree files synced between U-boot and Linux.
For now only add nodes to allow i2c drivers to be probed early during
the boot process.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
OF_LIST will be useable by SPL and U-boot. Therefore, update its
dependency to allow it to be enable by either SPL or U-boot specific
config option.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
When the EEPROM is first read its contents are stored in memory as a
cache to avoid further I2C operations. To determine if the EEPROM was
previously read the easiest way is to check the memory to see if the
EEPROM's magic header value is set. Create a new function that can
determine if the EEPROM was previously read or not without having to
perform a I2C transaction.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch gives U-boot the runtime support to have the board specific
code decide which FDT to use. This is especially useful for devices
that need this type of runtime determination and also doesn't use SPL.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some platforms may append a FIT image to the U-boot image. This function
aids in parsing the FIT image and selecting the correct DTB at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some of the functions within spl_fit will be used for non spl purposes.
Instead of duplicating functions simply break the functions to be reused
into its own file.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Only add the new define to image.h, otherwise we see breakage
due to massive include leakage into host tools in some cases]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In some situations the EEPROM used for board detection may not be
programmed or simply programmed incorrectly. Therefore, it may be
necessary to "simulate" reading the contents of the EEPROM to set
appropriate variables used in the board detection code.
This may also be helpful in certain boot modes where doing i2c reads
may be costly and the config supports running only a specific board.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr. <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With Davinci I2C switching to device model, K2E requires U-boot specific
device tree entries. This is only required for I2C 1 which is needed
extremely early during the boot process.
Fixes: 1743d040b1 ("ARM: keystone: Enable DM_I2C by default")
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
2017-07-10 13:45:34 -04:00
4904 changed files with 207736 additions and 79623 deletions
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
